Cetacean Children's Bibliography--Fiction, Nonfiction, and Other Resources

Last update: July 1, 2005

Note: A very special thank-you to Gayle Julien (asgej@uaa.alaska.edu) for her suggestions, and for her many interesting and delightful commentaries on various books in this bibliography. Thanks, too, to Julia (aka Nai'a, eclipse@a.crl.com) for her recommendations and commentaries and to Scott Taylor for his commentaries.

My adult fiction bibliography contains some young-adult fiction titles that are not duplicated in the present bibliography (although several appear in both places). Cetacean video titles for children from the National Geographic Society, Walt Disney, and other sources appear in the Cetacean Videography, and cetacean songs and taped stories for children (most of which are marked "For children") appear in the Cetacean Audiography.

The "Other Resources" section of this bibliography contains information about non-book items (such as games and exhibits) and resources for educators. Please note, however, that there are also some book resources for educators in the main section of the bibliography that are not repeated in the "Other Resources" section.

Suggestions for additions, and commentary on any title by both adults and children, are most welcome (please send to Trisha Lamb, dolphintlf@aol.com).


Acres, A. Opo, the Gay Dolphin. Wellington: A. H. & A. W. Reed, 1956. (Nonfiction)

Adams, Pam, and Annie Kubler. Dolly Dolphin's Play School. Auburn, Maine: Child's Play-International, 1981. Grades baby to preschool. (Fiction)

"Dolly Dolphin squeaks as she teaches tricks."

___________. Wally Whale and Friends. Auburn, Maine: Child's Play-International, 1981. Grades 4 and up. (Fiction)

Adamson, Deb. Stormy the Baby Dolphin: A Gulf Coast Rescue. Illustrated by Susan Schaub MacKay. Eakin Publications, 2000. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

From the author, public relations director at Mystic Aquarium: "Shark-bitten, bleeding, and clinging to life is how Stormy was first discovered on a Texas beach. His successful rehabilitation and subsequent journey to Mystic Aquarium in Mystic, Connecticut, has riveted so many young children nationwide because he is such a miracle story. Children are fascinated by Stormy because they can relate to the drama of being separated from one's mother and are in awe of the brutal shark attack. Children routinely log on to the Mystic Aquarium web-site . . . to get a live 'Stormy cam' glimpse at this young dolphin that beat the odds. Less than 5% of all dolphins that strand on beaches actually survive, so Stormy is a true success story. I wrote Stormy's story because I saw an opportunity to teach young children and adults about an animal they are so enamored with. Dolphins have a special mystique for many. Stormy's story also provides a chance to inform the children about the caring and humane efforts made by thousands of volunteers who spend countless hours rescuing and caring for stranded marine animals. Stormy puts a name to one of those thousands of animals that wash ashore annually. Now, at about three-years old, Stormy is doing well . . ."

Trisha: Stormy died January 16, 2001, at age four at Mystic Aquarium.

Adkins, Leona. Ollie the Orca and His Friend the Nurse. New York: Carlton Press, 1995.

Albert, Burton. Sharks and Whales. Illustrated by Pamela Baldwin Ford. New York: Putnam Publishing Group/Platt & Munk, 1979. Grades 1-6. (Nonfiction)

Allen, Joseph. Mikey Goes Whale Watching. Illustrated by W. Woodaman. San Diego, California: Ocean Allen Publishing, 1986. Grades 1-5. (Fiction)

Allen, Judy. Whale. Illustrated by Tudor Humphries. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Candlewick Press, 1992. Grades preschool - 2. (Fiction)

Beautifully illustrated story about a young girl and her parents who witness the seemingly magical rescue of a humpback whale and her baby from an oil slick by "the spirits of dead whales." Includes a whale fact sheet.

Allen, Laura Jean. Ottie and the Star. Early I Can Read, Weekly Reader Book. New York: Harper & Row, 1979. (Fiction)

"A little otter encounters a shark, a dolphin, and a startfish while trying to catch a star."

Althea. Whale. Illustrated by Barbara McGirr. Save Our Wildlife Series. Chicago, Illinois: Longman, 1988. (Nonfiction)

Alvarez, Cynthia. Moby Dick's Revenge. New York: David McKay Co., 1996. Grades preschool-2. (Fiction)

Alvarez, Cynthia, Kathy Suter, and Jack Bernstein. Ace Venture: Pet Detective. New York: Random House Children's, 1995. Ages 4-8. (Fiction pictureback) (See also below the book of the same name by Marc Cerasini for older readers.)

From the publisher: "America's favorite pet detective embarks on a hilarious search for the Miami Dolhpin's mascot [a rare bottlenose dolphin named Snowflake] while risking life and fin coming nose to snout with a killer shark, in an adaptation of the . . . [Ace Ventura] movie."

Amato, Carol A. Captain Jim and the Killer Whales. Illustrated by Patrick O'Brien. Hauppage, New York: Barron's Educational Series, 1995. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

From the publisher: "Captain Jim is a wise old fisherman who tells young Zach and Mandy about the creatures of the sea--especially about orcas, or killer whales. Here are dozens of fascinating facts, not only about whales, but about many other sea creatures.quot;

Amery, Heather. Jonah and the Whale. BIble Tales Series. Tulsa, Oklahoma: EDC Publishing, 1997. Grades: preschool and up.

Ames, Lee J. Draw 50 Sharks, Whales and other Sea Creatures. New York: Doubleday, 1989. Ages 8-14.

Anastasio, Dina. Flipper Junior Novelization. Los Angeles: Price Stern Sloan, 1996. Ages 7-12. (Fiction)

___________. Dolly Dolphin and the Strange New Something. Shamu and His Crew Adventure. Seattle, Washington: Third Story Books, 1994. Grades K-3. (Fiction)

Anderson, J. I. I Can Read About Whales and Dolphins. Illustrated by Pamela G. Johnson. Mahwah, New Jersey: Troll Associates, 1996. Grades 2-4. (Nonfiction)

___________. Yo puedo leer sobre las ballenas y los delfines. Illustrated by Judith Frinquello. Mahwah, New Jersey: Troll Associates, 1981. Grades 2-4. In Spanish. (Nonfiction)

Andrews, Roy Chapman. All About Whales. New York: Random House Books for Young Readers, 1964. Grades 4-5. (Nonfiction)

Annixter, Jane, and Paul Annixter. Vikan the Mighty. New York: Holiday Hosue, 1969. Grades 7 and up. (Fiction)

Appleton, Victor, II. Tom Swift and the Electronic Hydrolung. Tom Swift Jr. Adventure series, no. 18. New York: Grosset & Dunlap, 1961. (Fiction)

Contents: Undersea Survey, Porpoise Tag, Enemy Frogmen, Gunman's Surprise, A Lucky Blast, and more

Archambault, John. The Birth of a Whale. Illustrated by Janet Skiles. Parsippany, New Jersey: Silver Burdett Press, 1996. Also available on audiocassette from the same publisher. Ages 6-8. (Nonfiction)

Lauren Peterson, in Booklist, March 15, 1996: " . . . Archambault shows his serious side here, with a melodic poem describing the birth of a humpback whale. He is more concerned with capturing the grace and majesty of the magnificent creature than he is with presenting information, but a few basics are included, woven smoothly into the text without interrupting the rhythmic flow of the verse. Skiles follows suit with pleasing watercolor illustrations that are realistic but not very informative or detailed. Esbensen's Baby Whales Drink Milk (1994) will be of more instructional value, but Archambault's book will provide excellent enrichment and be of interest to teachers searching for material to integrate science and language arts in the curriculum," Copyright 1996, American Library Association. All rights reserved.

From Kirkus Reviews, February 1, 1996: "Archambault . . . writes brief verse about the birth of a humpback whale that makes a usually majestic event somewhat trite and even boring. 'A humpback whale sings it song, diving deep through the deep water dark./The deep water dark, the deep water dark, singing, dancing in the deep water dark.' The refrain and accompanying illustration are repeated seven times during the course of the book, adding length but little content. The words are never compelling as poetry, and there aren't enough facts to compete with other books on the humpback whale. The illustrated spreads in washed shades of aqua and deep blue are accurate but not very engaging." Copyright 1996, Kirkus Associates, LP. All rights reserved..

Arena, Felice. Dolphin Boy Blue. London: Collins, 1996. (Fiction)

Ariel Books Staff. Whales. Kansas City, Missouri: Andrews and McMeel, 1996. (Nonfiction)

Aristeen, Katy K. Jonah, the Whale and the Vine. KidScripts Series. Boston: Pauline Books and Media, 1997. Grades 2-5. (Fiction)

Armour, Michael C. Orca Song. Illustrated by Katie Lee. Narrated by Peter Thomas. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution, 1994/Norwalk, Connecticut: TMC/Soundprints, 1994. Grades preschool-2. (Fiction)

Trisha: This book (full size or mini-book) may come bundled with a small stuffed orca and/or an audiotape and tells the story of a young orca who gets caught in an abandoned cargo net, frees himself before he drowns, strands, is rescued by humans, and then finds his pod again.

Armour, Richard. Sea Full of Whales. McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1974. Grades preschool-2. (Nonfiction)

" Very good. What's that out at sea like a ship with no sail? the chances are good what you see is a whale. There are blue whales and killers and humpbacks galore, finbacks and right whales and narwhals and more. If you would know them, they're all in this book. You'll learn much about them by taking a look."

Armstrong, Richard. The Secret Sea. Illustrated by Roger Payne. London: Dent, 1976. (Fiction)

Arnold, Caroline. Baby Whale Rescue: The True Story of J.J.. Illustrated by Richard Hewett. BridgeWater Books, 2000. Ages 5-9.(Nonfiction)

From Kirkus Reviews: "Arnold and Hewett . . . record the harrowing rescue of a baby gray whale who had become separated from her mother off the coast of California. She was discovered on January 10, 1997, exhausted, hungry, and near death. J.J. was 14 feet long when she was brought to SeaWorld as a young calf. Gaining 900 pounds in the first month, she had to be moved to a new home by crane. Her caretakers started planning on giving J.J. skills so that she could be released and survive on her own in the ocean. Divers put her food on the bottom of the pool, each day in a different location, so she could practice searching. Arnold is relaxed in her telling, allowing the already dramatic events to unfold naturally: 'Everyone cheered as J.J. took a big breath, dove deep, and disappeared. The young whale was on her own.' Full-color photos capture the excitement of J.J.'s release, but also the hard work of preparing her for her return to the sea." -- Copyright (c)1999, Kirkus Associates, LP. All rights reserved.

___________. Killer Whale. New York: William Morrow and Co., 1994. Grades 2 and up. (Nonfiction)

About training captive orcas.

Arnov, Boris. Bally the Blue Whale: Life Story of the Largest Living Mammal. Illustrated by John Mack. Criterion Books, 1964.

Arnsteen, Katy Keck. Jonah, the Whale and the Vine. Kid Scripts. Daughters of St. Paul, 1997. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "Instead of obeying God, Jonah tries to run away and ends up inside a whale, until he repents and goes on to warn the people of Nineveh to change their ways."

Asato, Dennis. A Dolphin Day in Hawaii. Anoai Press, 1999. (Fiction)

An adventure story of friendship and sharing between a dolphin and a bear - in the spirit of Hawaiian Aloha.

Trisha: A kind and beautiful story with some of the most endearingly sweet and pure illustrations I've ever seen--they could not be better. Even though the bear sprays water on the dolphin to keep him wet, bringing the dolphin on land to share in the bear's world is not realistic physically for the dolphin and that would need to be explained.

Asimov, Isaac. Why Are the Whales Vanishing?. Ask Isaac Asimov Series. Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Gareth Stevens, Inc., 1992. Grades 2-3. (Nonfiction)

"Discusses how modern whale hunting methods have caused many species of whales to become endangered and what can be done to help protect the whales."

Atkinson, [first name unknown]. Jonah's Whale of a Time Book. Lion Pub., 1999. Ages 9-12. (Fiction)

Baby Bubbles. Swindon: Child's Play International, 1986. (Fiction)

A plastic-covered sponge bath book containing: Baby Bubbles, Dolly Dolphin's Play School, Noah's Ark, and Wally Whale and His Friends.

Baby Whale. Los Angeles: Price Stern Sloan, 1991. (Nonfiction)

From The Horn Book: "Following the life of a baby humpback whale through the first years of its life, the book has undistinguished illustrations showing feeding habits, natural and man-made hazards, habitats of the humpback whale, and the whales' migration patterns. Useful and interesting for early readers." Copyright 1991 The Horn Book, Inc. All rights reserved.

Baglio, Ben M. Dolphin Diaries: Into the Blue. Dolphin Diaries Series, no. 1. Scholastic, 2002. Ages 9-12. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "Jody McGrath and her family are sailing around the world researching dolphins, and Jody records all their exciting adventures in her Dolphin Diaries. In the series' first book, the yacht begins its journey in the waters off Florida. A sudden storm puts Jody's life in danger, but a dolphin rescues her from the water and brings her back to safety."

___________. Dolphin Diaries: Touching the Waves. Dolphin Diaries Series, no. 2. Scholastic, 2002. Ages 9-12. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "On the second leg of their world trip to research dolphins, the McGraths arrive in Key West. Young Jody can hardly wait to meet the 'dolphin teachers' at the special dolphin center, but when one of the teachers goes missing, it is up to Jody and her friends to solve the case."
___________. Dolphin Diaries: Riding the Storm. Dolphin Diaries Series, no. 3. Scholastic, 2002. Ages 9-12. (Fiction)
From the publisher: "Jody and her family have arrived in the Bahamas, to study the dolphins. Jody then hears rumors of a sunken treasure ship nearby that has never been found. Jody hopes that she and her crewmates can find the treasure, but a gang of obnoxious teenagers are also on the trail!"

___________. Dolphin Diaries: Under the Stars. Dolphin Diaries Series, no. 4. Scholastic, 2002. Ages 9-12. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "Jody McGrath and her family are sailing around the world researching dolphins, and Jody records all their exciting adventures in her dolphin diaries. In the series' fourth book, Jody is at Dolphin Haven in the Bahamas, where dolphins Bella, Misty, and Evie are about to give birth. Everyone is excited, but also worried. In the past, Evie's calves have died, and this may be her last chance to become a mother. Misty's and Evie's calves survive, but Bella's does not. Although the crew is saddened by the stillborn calf, they still rejoice in the two new dolphins."

___________. Dolphin Diaries: Chasing the Dream. Dolphin Diaries Series, no. 5. Scholastic, 2003. Ages 9-12. (Fiction)

From the publisher. "Jody McGrath and her family are sailing around the world researching dolphins, and Jody records all their exciting adventures in her Dolphin Diaries. In the series' fifth book, Jody and the crew arrive in the Caribbean and make a new dolphin friend, Frida. But other dolphins there have been captured and taken to live in dirty, unhealthy conditions -- just to entertain tourists! Jody is outraged. Can she help win freedom for these dolphins?"

___________. Dolphin Diaries: Racing the Wind. Dolphin Diaries Series, no. 6. Scholastic, 2003. Ages 9-12. (Fiction)

___________. Dolphin in the Deep. Animal Ark Series, no. 22. Scholastic, 2001. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "Mandy's been spending most of her Florida vacation at the local animal park, playing with two tame dolphins, Bob and Bing. The dolphins are happy performing together -- but when Bob dies, Bing seems lonely and depressed. Mandy and her friend, Joel, worry about Bing's future. But then they come up with a daring plan to set him free. Can Mandy and Joel help the lonely dolphin . . . before it's too late?"

Bailer, Darice. Humpback Goes North. Illustrated by Steve Marchesi. Smithsonian Oceanic Collection. Norwalk, Connecticut: Soundprints Corp. Audio, 1996. Ages 4-8. (Fiction), 1998.

Book, tape, and small and large stuffed humpbacks.

Bailey, Donna. Dolphins. Austin, Texas: Raintree Steck-Vaughn Publishers, 1992. Also available in Spanish as Los Delfines. Grades 1-4. (Nonfiction)

A simple introduction to dolphins with good photographs.

___________. Different Kinds of Dolphins. Green Level Set 2-D. Austin, Texas: Raintree Steck-Vaughn, 1990. (Nonfiction)

Bailey, Jill. Earth's Endangered Creatures: Project Dolphin. Austin, Texas: Raintree Steck-Vaughn, 1992. Grades 3-7. (Nonfiction)

Contains sections on diving with dolphins, captive dolphins, and the tuna industry and other threats.

Bailey, John. The Wonderful Dolphins: Man's Oldest Underwater Playmates and Newest Scientific Discovery. New York/London: Rutledge Books/Hawthorn Books, 1965.

From the dust jacket: "Porpoises and dolphins have long been man's favorite underwater playmates, and sailors' tales about the high-leaping mammals have been a part of sealore since antiquity.

"In this book, naturalist John Bailey tells all about these extraordinary creatures--their habits and habitats, their past and promised future helping man. When scientists discovered how similar the dolphin's brain is to man's, they began their . . . search for knowledge about the dolphin . . . "

Chapters include: The Alien in the Sea, Dolphins Long Ago, Fun with People, The Thinking Dolphin, and The Mystery of the Dolphins. Indexed.

___________. Project Whale. Chatham: Raintree Steck-Vaughn, 1991. Grades 3-7. (Fictional vignettes combined with nonfiction)

Walter Coleman takes six tourists on his boat to observe gray whales giving birth in a protected lagoon. Other fictional vignettes like the latter are combined with nonfiction accounts of the behavior and threatened status of several species of whales.

Bainbridge, Beryl. The Dolphin Connection. CollinsDove Publishers. (Young adult fiction)

Bair, Diane. Whale Watching. Mankato, Minnesota: Capstone Press, 2000. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

Baker, Barbara B., and Donna Wysinger. Duke, the Whale. Pre-Readers Series, Vol. 9. Sandy, Utah: The Learning Crew, 1994. Grades K-1. (Fiction)

Baker, Laura Nelson. From Whales to Snails. New York: Atheneum, 1970.

The author describes two members of each of eight branches of the animal family, including whales; bats; snakes; chameleons; frogs and toads; salamanders; sharks and rays; gobies and other bony fishes; hummingbirds; owls; ants; butterflies; spiders and scorpions; octopi; snails; and first animals, sponges, starfish, and others.

Baker, Sanna Anderson. Who's a Friend of the Water-Spurting Whale?. Hand-lettered and illustrated by Tomie de Paola. Elgin, Ill.: Chariot Books, 1987/Burns & Oates, 1989. (Fiction)

"A simple retelling of the story of Job."

Bakoske, Sharon, and Margaret Davidson. Dolphins. Illustrated by Courtney. Step into Reading Series: Step 2. New York: Random House Books for Young Readers, 1993. Grades 1-3. (Nonfiction)

Ballantine, Betty. The Secret Oceans. New York: Bantam Books, 1994. (Young adult fiction)

Lavishly illustrated with original paintings by twelve award-winning artists.

Excerpted from the dust jacket: David Schlessinger and the crew of the Turtle descended to the ocean depths with an ambitious objective--to establish communication with the whales. They had no idea they would encounter a species more intelligent than humankind, and even less could they imagine being captured for study themselves.

Their captors were honorable and kind, and intended to eventually release them back to the wild . . . Professor Schlessinger was avid with curiosity. He saw the intelligence of the creatures he dubbed "cetasapiens" as a path to communication.

Unknown to them all, the cetasapiens were members of a high order of civilization and had been monitoring the activities of homosapiens for some time. The secret watchers had carefully noted the Turtle's test dives, assessing both the ship and each individual aquanaut, in preparation for an experiment of their own . . . .

With only 1-1/2% of the oceans explored by humans, the cetasapiens had found it easy to keep their existence a secret for millennia. But secrecy was no longer a protection: Their very existence was threatened by human destructiveness-- and they intended to do something about it . . .

Bambaren, Sergio. Samantha: A Story of Friendship. Illustrated by Michele Gold. Giger, 2000. Ages 9-12. (Fiction)

"The story begins with Samantha, a young girl, who spends most of her time on her own, and often feels misunderstood. But after meeting Delphi, a very special dolphin, she discovers a whole new world! Delphi takes Samantha on a wonderful journey though the seas. She meets Delphi's friends and listens to their loving messages and their words of wisdom. Through her adventure, Samantha learns how to be a friend, a good friend. She learns about True Friendship!"

Banks, Carol. Frank the White Dolphin. Whitby, Ontario, Canada: Plowman, 1989.

Barden, Cindy. Whales: Easy Theme Reader. Easy Readers series. Westminster, California: Teacher Created Materials, 1997.

Barlowe, Sy. Learning About Whales. Mineola, New York: Dover Publications/Toronto, Ontario, Canada: General Publishing Company/London: Constable and Company, 1997. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

From the back cover: "How many of nature's largest deep-sea creatures can you identify? In this fact-filled little activity book you'll learn about 12 different whales--from the narwhal, with its long, spiral tusk, to the fierce [sic] killer whale. Each page describes special characteristics of one kind of whale and also contains space for a sticker illlustration.

"As you learn about the right, fin, minke, gray, [short-finned] pilot, bowhead, blue, humpback, [sei, sperm, narwhal, and killer] whales, you can have fun placing the stickers of the whales in their proper places. This book is an easy, enjoyable way to learn about whales that's perfect for use at home or in the classroom."

___________. Learning About Dolphins. Mineola, New York: Dover Publications/Toronto, Ontario, Canada: General Publishing Company/London: Constable and Company, 2001. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

Barrett, Norman S. Delfines. Danbury, Connecticut: Franklin Watts, 1991. Grades 3-5. (Nonfiction)

___________. Dolphins. Picture Library. Danbury: Franklin Watts, 1991. Grades K-4. (Nonfiction)

___________. Ballenas. Danbury, Connecticut: Franklin Watts, 1990. Grades 3-5. (Nonficton)

___________. Whales. Picture Library. Danbury: Franklin Watts, 1989. Grades K-6. (Nonfiction)

Barron, T. A. The Merlin Effect. Philomel Books, 1994. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "13-year-old Kate Gordon travels to a remote lagoon in Baja California, hoping to help her father discover a sunken Spanish galleon that disappeared centuries ago. In time, she learns that the ship may have carried something far more valuable than all the gold and silver aboard -- a mysterious drinking horn out of Arthurian legend, which may have led to the demise of the wizard Merlin. As she explores alone in her sea kayak, Kate encounters several pieces of the puzzle; a terrible whirlpool, a group of ever-singing whales, a seemingly ageless fish, and a prophesy that, under certain conditions, the ancient ship may rise and sail again. She plunges into an undersea world of bizarre creatures and terrifying foes. But to save the life of her father, she must find some way to regain her own free will, and to succeed where even Merlin failed. This . . . tale weaves together mystery and fact, history and myth, science and faith, all in the course of a compelling adventure."

Barstow, Robbins. Grandiosas Criaturas del Mar: Una Introduction al Mundo de las Ballenas y Otros Cetaceaos. Translated by Accent, Inc., staff. Illustrated by Donald Sineti. Wethersfield: Cetacean Society International, 1988. In Spanish. Grades 7-12. (Nonfiction)

___________. Meet the Great Ones: An Introduction to Whales and Other Cetaceans. Wethersfield: Cetacean Society International, 1987. Grades 7-12. (Nonfiction)

Baruch, Dorothy Walter. I Would Like to Be A Pony, and Other Wishes. Illustrated by Mary Chalmers. New York: Harper, 1959.

Synopsis: "Poems which express wishes children may have to be like different animals--a crabe, a whale, a pony, or a lizard."

Bayes, Ronald H. Porpoise. Red Clay Books, n.d.

Beaty, John Yocum. The Baby Whale, Sharp Ears. Illustrated by Helene Carter. New York: J. P. Lippincott Company, 1938.

Beauchamp, Charlie. A Whale's Tale. Salem, Massachusetts: Pacific Tower, 1995. Grades 1-4. (Fiction)

Bechard, Margaret Another Jonah. New York: Viking Penguin, forthcoming 1998. (Fiction)

Befelar, Roger. Tale of the Whale. Fisher-Price Great Adventures series. Illustrated by Rose Berlin and Will Foster. Grand Haven, Michigan: School Zone Publishing, 1997.

Behrens, June. Dolphins!. Chicago, Illinois: Children's Press, 1989. Grades 1-4. (Nonfiction) ___________. Whales of the World. Chicago, Illinois: Children's Press, 1987. (Nonfiction)

___________. Whalewatch! Chicago, Illinois: Children's Press, 1978. Grades K-4. (Nonfiction)

Describes the experience of a group of school children on a whalewatch in California where they observe the Pacific gray whale.

Benchley, Nathaniel. Demo and the Dolphin. Harper & Row, 1981. (Fiction)

___________. Edgar, The Super Dolphin. Illustrated by Mamoru Funai. An I Can Read Book. New York: Harper & Row, 1970. Grades K-3. (Fiction)

Trisha: Whereas the inappropriately titled The Happy Little Whale shows a little whale being netted and taken from its family and forever confined to captivity, in the present book, the young dolphin Edgar cleverly outwits the captors who net him, leaps from his tank "straight up into the air--and over the side of the ship--home to his mother."

From the book: "One man tried to put a funny hat on him. But Edgar shook it off. 'He'll learn to like it,' the man said. 'In time, we can teach him to like anything.' 'Not me, you can't!' Edgar wailed, 'I'm a dolphin. I'm supposed to live in the ocean! I want to go back to my mother!'"

___________. Kilroy and the Gull. New York: Harper and Row, 1977. Grades 4-6. (Fiction)

Kilroy is a killer whale.

___________. The Deep Dives of Stanley Whale. Illustrated by Mischa Richter. New York: HarperCollins Publishers, 1973/Tadworth: World's Work, 1976. Grades preschool-3. (Fiction)

Bender, Lionel. Whales & Dolphins. First Sight Series. Shooting Star Press, 1993.

Contents: Seagoing Mammals, Breathing, Moving, Baleen Whales, Toothed Whales, Dolphins and Porpoises, Senses and Sounds, Migration, Breeding, Giant Babies, Intelligence, Survival File, Identification Chart, Making a Whale Mobile

The Book of Whales, Dolphins, and Porpoises. Smithmark, 1992. (Nonfiction)

Eight toothed whales and eight baleen whales are described.

___________. Whales. First Sight Series. Danbury, Connecticut: Franklin Watts, 1988. Grades K-9. (Nonfiction)

Bennett, David. The Lonely Whale. Kingfisher, 1991. (Fiction)

Berendes, Mary. Beluga Whales. Chicago: The Child's World, Inc., 1998. (Nonfiction)

Beresford, Elisabeth. The Smallest Whale. Illustrated by Susan Field. London: Orchard, 1996. (Fiction)

Berg, Cami. D Is for Dolphin. Illustrated by Janet Biondi. South Harpswell: Windom Books, 1991. Ages 5-10.

Scott: A very beautiful book of the alphabet for youngsters, using the aspect of Dolphins for each letter. Very nicely done.

Berger, Gilda. Whales. Illustrated by Lisa Bonforte. New York: Doubleday, 1987. Grades 4-7. (Nonfiction)

Provides biological and behavioral information for twenty some whale species, including killer whales, blue whales, dolphins, and porpoises. Also discusses their relationship to humans and their threat of extinction.

Berger, Melvin. A Whale Is Not a Fish--and Other Animal Mix-Ups (Baleine ou Poisson? Meli-Melo Ches les Animaux). New York: Scholastic, 1995. (Nonfiction)

___________. As Big As a Whale: Theme Pack. Ranger Rick Science Spectacular Series. New York: Newbridge Communications, Inc., 1993. Grades 2-4. (Nonfiction)

Berger, Melvin, and Gilda Berger. Splash: A Book about Whales and Dolphins. A Hello Science Reader, Level 3. Scholastic, 2001. (Nonfiction)

___________. Do Whales Have Belly Buttons? Questions and Answers about Whales and Dolphins. Illustrated by Higgins Bond. New York: Scholastic, 1998. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

Bernard, Stephan. Interactive: Dolphins. New York: Scholastic, 1997. (Nonfiction)

Bernstein, Jack, Tom Shadyac, and Jim Carrey. Adapted by Cynthia Alvarez and Kathy Suter. Ace Ventura, Pet Detective. New York: Random House, 1995. (See also video of the same name in the Cetacean Videography.

Berres, Francis B., William S. Briscoe, James C. Coleman, and Frank M. Hewett. Whale Hunt. Illustrated by Frank M. Hewett. Deep Sea Adventure series. Harr Wagner Publishing, 1967. (Fiction)

Trisha: I've included this story about whaling and its associated ravages because it also contains a ghost ship that saves whales.

Bertrand, Diane. Jonah, the Whale. Econo-Clad Books, 1999. Ages 9-12. (Fiction)

Betty, Stafford. Sunlit Waters: The Whale and the Girl Who Cared. Mystic, Connecticut: Twenty-Third Publications, 1990.

Bible Stories. San Francisco: Chronicle Books.

"Piece together a beautifully illustrated puzzle as you read eight classic Bible stories, endorsed by both a rabbi and a priest. From the Old Testament, classic stories such as Noah's animal filled ark, David's defeat of the Giant Goliath, and Jonah's encounter with the whale provide children with a wonderful introduction to religion and history. A large colorful puzzle depicting scenes from all the stories is included."

Biemiller, Carl L. Follow the Whales: The Hydronauts Meet the Otter-People. New York: Doubleday.

Bird, Bettina. Whale Wonder. Trend Facts series. Melbourne, Australia: Longman, 1995. (Nonfiction)

Blackerby, Alva W., and Linn Argyle Forrest. Tale of an Alaska Whale. Portland, Oregon: Binfords & Mort, 1955. (Fiction)

Blake, Richard R. A Dolphin's Tale. Illustrated by Rachel Serrate. Profitable Publishing (a division of Thornton Publishing), 2001. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "Some tribes of people native to the lands surrounding the Amazon speak of a legend of magical dolphins. This is the story of one of those magical creatures, a very special buffeo, named Angelique."

From the author: ". . . about one of the legends of the Amazon River dolphins and how a young female dolphin saves the life of a young boy she falls in love with."

Blanchet, M. Wylie. A Whale Named Henry.

"A wise, delightful story by the author of The Curve of Time. Follows Henry's adventures as he makes his way back to open water after the tide sucks him into turbulent Sechelt Inlet on the British Columbia coast."
Bokoske, Sharon. Dolphins!. Econo-Clad Books, 1999. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)
From a review in Horn Book: "This addition to the series explores a high-interest topic with controlled vocabulary, limited text on each page, and no chapters. Though it will be a comfortable read for many youngsters, an attempt to abbreviate information results in a choppy style and incomplete information. -- Copyright (c) 1994 The Horn Book, Inc. All rights reserved.

Bonham, Frank. The Loud, Resounding Sea. New York: HarperCollins Children's Books/Thomas Y. Crowell Company, 1963. (Young adult fiction)

From the dust jacket: "The dolphin's supposed ability to communicate with humans has been the subject of much ancient mythology and several recent [as of 1963] scientific studies. In this tale that hovers between reality and illusion, Frank Bonham uses his background research to make a judicious guess about the true capabilities of this remarkable mammal.

"After a surfboarding accident, Skip Turner's life was apparently saved by a dolphin. Moreover, the boy thought he heard the dolphin speak to him! Repeated experiments with a trained oceanographer showed that not only could the dolphin talk, but it might have other startling talents. When the news suddenly leaked out, Skip found himself involved in a swirl of publicity and 'business opportunities.' With events completely out of hand, he had to decide what was most important in all the hullabaloo. Clearly, his developing friendship with the dolphin came first, and this was being jeopardized by curiosity seekers.

"Mr. Bonham presents a delightful picture of dolphins and their amazing capabilities. Whether a dolphin and a boy could have the adventures they have here is a timely question and one which combines with Skip's very real problems to draw the reader into a fascinating story."

From "A Note from the Author": "I don't know why the sight of a dolphin close at hand excites one so much. There seems to be a kindship of some sort between dolphins and men--or should I say children? Antony Alpers says, 'Children have always been accorded first rights to their friendship.' And in Patrick Leigh Fermor's words: 'These creatures bring a blessing with them. No day in which they have played a part is like other days.'"

Borchard, Therese Johnson. Whitney Rides the Whale With Jonah : And Learns She Can't Run Away. Illustrated by Wendy Vannest. The Emerald Bible Collection. Paulist Press, 1999. Ages 9-12. (Fiction)

A reader from Amazon.com: "This series has a wonderful idea at its heart: After being faced with a difficult problem, 10-year-old Whitney travels back in time to ancient Israel with the help of her grandmother's magical Bible. There she ends up playing a key part in the world's best-loved Bible stories. When Whitney returns to the present time, she finds she knows how to better handle her own problems. What makes this book and the other one I've read so far (Whitney Sews Joseph's Many-Colored Coat) is that Whitney is very active in both time periods -- she deals with her problem in the present, and she makes a real contribution to solving the biblical problem when she goes back in time. All that plus humor and a character kids will identify with. I can't wait for the rest of the series."

Borovsky, Paul. The Fish That Wasn't. Hyperion, 1994. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "Vincent turns out to be a whale and must be returned to the sea, and despite her unhappiness over losing her friend, Paulina comes to understand where Vincent truly belongs."

Boschini, Henny, and Luciano Boschini. Chasing Whales off Norway. Merrick, New York: Scroll Press, Inc., 1973. Grades K-4. (Fiction)

Bosworth, J. Allan. A Wind Named Anne. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1970. (Young adult fiction)

From the dust jacket: "'Go among them with harpoons and the will to harm, and whales are something to reckon with. But if paths merely cross, it's as if heaven were upside down . . . below instead of above, because they come like sea-angels and play. . . .'"

"A half-grown killer whale . . . some looted lobster pots . . . an old sailor, beached and measuring out his life ashore . . . a boy with a streak of Yankee independence and a reverence for living things . . . a New England town in the process of joining the twentieth century . . . and a wind of hurricane force called Anne on the weather charts . . . these are some of the strands J. Allan Bosworth has woven together into a beautiful and compelling novel."

Bour, Laura. Whales. Illustrated by Laura Bour. First Discovery Books. New York: Scholastic, 1993. Grades preschool-3. (Nonfiction)

Bourque, Joan. Dreams of Dolphins Dancing. Illustrated by Joan Bourque. Cornville, Arizona: Curtis Books, 1996. Address: P.O. Box 1112, Cornville, Arizona 86325, USA, e-mail: brqswks@sedona.net, (800) 484-9681-#9112. Ages 7-10. (Fiction plus nonfiction workbook)

" An artist illustrated environmental-awareness fiction book . . . It includes educational, fun facts about the underwater world.

"While on an island vacation, a young girl [Alyssa] and her imagination become members of the underwater world by befriending a spirited, lone dolphin. The two embark on a journey of discovery on their way to find the spinner dolphins. Along the way, the dolphin guides [Alyssa] through delightful scenes of fish and coral living peacefully and happily, sharing food and shelter. Sadly, they also discover evidence of underwater destruction. Alyssa is saddened and questions what a child can do to fight the destruction and pain she's witnessed in the sea.

"Her helpless perspective fades as she is introduced to the self-contained island home of a local fisherman and his wife. Alyssa's future involvement is clarified as the fisherman's wife weaves a basket and explains how individual blades of grass work together to create beauty and strength. She realizes that one small, but committed, person might really make a difference."

The eight-page workbook that accompanies the book contains "exciting activites and discussion ideas that encourage children to: get involved in animal protection organizations, imagine living on an island, strengthen their vocabulary, weave a basket from recycled magazines, and discuss interconnectedness, animal communication, and recycling."

Trisha: This is an *exquisitely* illustrated book with a story about a family that goes on vacation by a tropical reef. It is chock full of interesting and lively information about various species of marine life encountered in the reef, with a message about environmental responsibility, and a vocabulary that will challenge younger children. As is common in cetacean books usually intended for somewhat older, young-adult audiences, the dolphin in the present story communicates with his young human friend, Alyssa, via telepathy, although it is not labelled as such. It is the dolphin who teaches Alyssa about the reef residents, and he and Alyssa also exchange life stories with each other.

The section on dolphins caught in a fishing net by a large commercial fishing boat may be disturbing to younger readers, as it is left unresolved, but the story is otherwise gentle, even when addressing other forms of environmental degradation.

The eight-page workbook contains thoughtful and interesting activities in the areas of science, social studies, geography, vocabulary, interconnectedness, communications, and recycling.

North American Bookdealers Exchange Best Children's Book of the Year 1996

Bown, Deni. Shark and Whale. Ultimate Sticker Books series. New York: D. K. Publishing, 1994.

Boyle, Charles. Tailey Whaley: A Tale of a Whale with a Whale of a Tail. Illustrated by Everett Davidson. Annapolis, Maryland: Trident Publishing, 1996.

From the back cover: "A young whale becomes sad and lonely when [his whale] playmates ridicule his oversized tail. His mother stops this abuse by leaving the pod and raising him alone. Years later, his powerful tail helps rescue his childhood tormentors from whale hunters. When the mean whales invite him back, he [helps them to] learn some truths about friendship."

Trisha: A delightfully illustrated book about friendship and kindness, even toward the whalers, whose whaling boat and weapons are disabled by Tailey so that no whales may be injured, but whose transport boat is left intact so that they may return home.

Bradman, Tony. Wow! I'm a Whale! A Swoppers Story. Illustrated by Clive Scruton. London: Bloomsbury, 1996. Ages 6-9. (Fiction)

Braithwaite, Althea, and Carolyn Rubin. Whales. Illustrated by Peter Gill and Barbara McGirr. Save Our Wildlife Series. Chicago, Illinois: Dearborn Trade, 1988. Grades K-3. (Nonfiction)

Brandel, Marc. The Mystery of the Kidnapped Whale. The Three Investigators series, no. 35. New York: Random House, 1983, 1991 (Bullseye series)/London: Armada, 1985. (Fiction)

From the back cover: "The stranded whale had disappeared--and not back into the ocean! Someone has sneakily taken the little whale away. And now a mysterious client is asking The Three Investigators to find it. The client refuses to give his name--but he will pay cash! Why do so many peole want the baby whale? It makes no sense to the young detectives . . . until they learn that the whale can lead them to sunken treasure!"

Brett, Caroline. The Whale: The Sovereigns of the Sea. London: Boxtree Limited, 1991/Ada, Oklahoma: Garrett Educational Corp., 1992. Grades 3-6. (Nonfiction)

"The Whale is one of an exciting series of wildlife books for children produced by Boxtree in collaboration with Survival, television's longest-running and most successful wildlife series.

"This book, illustrated with . . . colour photographs on every page, provides . . . insight into the lives of whales . . . A glossary explains key words in the text, making this an ideal book for young learners."

Species covered include an overview of the great whales, the humpback whale, an overview of the toothed whales, the beluga and the narwhal, an overview of dolphins and porpoises, killer whales, and freshwater dolphins. Other topics covered include: reproduction, whaling, and saving the whales. Indexed.

Bridge, Linda McCarter. The Playful Dolphins. Photographs by Lowell Georgia. Washington, D.C.: National Geographic Society, 1976. Preschool. (Nonfiction)

Promotes captivity.

Bright, Michael. Humpback Whale. Project Wildlife Series. Danbury, Connecticut: Franklin Watts, 1990. (Nonfiction)

___________. Saving the Whale. Danbury, Connecticut: Franklin Watts, 1987. Grades 4-9. (Nonfiction)

Brill, Marlene Targ. Jonah and the Whale. Children's Bible Stories Series. Publications International, 1993. (Fiction)

Brittain, Mary Ann. A Whale Called Trouble. Raleigh, North Carolina: North Carolina State Museum of Natural Sciences, 1985. Grades 1-12. (Nonfiction)

Brogery, Achim. Buenos Dias Querida Ballena (Good Morning, My Dear Whale). Editorial Juventud, S.A., 1984. (Fiction)

Bronson, Wilfrid S. Children of the Sea. New York: Harcourt, Brace and Company, 1940. (Fiction)

This is "the tale of a dolphin and his friendship with a boy who lived on the island of Nassau.

"The dolphin was born in a backwater of the Florida Everglades, and the first part of the book describes with excitement and charm his life among the sea creatures of both southern and northern waters. Then comes the story of Smudgy, the boy of Nassau, and finally the enchanting account of the friendship between boy and dolphin. As Mr. Bronson says, this is not based on actual fact, but there is no reason why it could not happen."

Brooks, Marshall. A Visit to Pinky Ryder's: A Book to Read Inside a Whale. Brooklyn, New York: The Smith, 1995.

Bruger, Achim. Good Morning Whale. Translation of Gutten Tag, lieber Wal. New York: Macmillan, 1974.

Brust, Beth Wagner. Zoobooks: Dolphins and Porpoises. San Diego, California: Wildlife Education, Ltd., 1990/Mankato, Minnesota: Creative Education, 1990/Econo-Clad Books, 1999. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction, Young Adult)

Describes the physical characteristics, behavior, and enemies of dolphins and porpoises.

Buettner, Debi. Discover Bottlenose Dolphins: The Dangers of Dolphin Life. Illustrated by Jason Karecki. K & M International, 1998. Grade 5. (Nonfiction)

Buffett, Jimmy, and Savannah Jane Buffett. Jolly Mon. Illustrated by Lambert Davis. Orlando, Florida: Harcourt Brace & Company, 1988.

StephanieMartindale: This book is very beautiful. (Link points to an archived version) The pictures and the story are wonderful. Songwriter and performer Jimmy Buffett and his daughter, Savannah Jane, collaborate on an original tale about a magic guitar and the lucky man who finds it. Pirates and trickery, music and enchantment, friendship and the loyalty of a very special dolphin create a timeless story of adventure that will be treasured by young and old alike.

I just bought the book for my daughter at a school book fair. It even has a song with the music at the end of the book. I played it for her on guitar the other day. The guitar that the man finds in the ocean has a beautiful picture of a dolphin on it. I'm so taken with this book that I just bought it for a nephew as well.

According to the back of the book, there's a cassette that goes with it also called Jolly Mon.

Bunting, Eve. The Day the Whale Came. Illustrated by Scott Menchin. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1998. Ages 6-10. (Fiction)

From Kirkus Reviews, March 1, 1998: "When a train pulls into town carting a dead whale, the citizens of Johnstown, Illinois--one in a Model A--eagerly hand over their buffalo-head nickels and dimes to Captain Pinkney for a chance to view the dead behemoth. Tommy, who has read about whales, is nauseated by the spectacle, particularly when it turns out the whale is rotting and smelly. His friend, Ben, wants to cut off a hunk of the whale as a souvenir, intentions that spell the end of his and Tommy's friendship. As the train is about to depart, the engine breaks down, and Captain Pinkney asks for the townspeople's help in burying the smelly carcass. Tommy feels somewhat better about putting the whale to rest, but it isn't until the following spring, when wild flowers flourish over the whale's grave, that Tommy believes that its death is appeased. The language Bunting . . . uses is clear as ever, and the analogy of the story, that standing up for what you believe in is the same as sticking up for yourself, rings true. It's just such an odd story, set in turn-of-the-century America, and made more peculiar by Menchin's collage artwork (which, significantly, gives the dead whale a human eye). That a child would be sensitive to the whale's plight may prove a timeless notion, but it feels more 1998 than 1920, the date on a nickel viewed close up." -- Copyright (c)1998, Kirkus Associates, LP. All rights reserved.

___________. The Sea World Book of Whales. San Diego, California/ London: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1980, 1987. Grades 4-7. (Nonfiction)

An introduction to whales with chapters entitled: When Whales Walked the Land, A Whale Is a What?, A Sea Full of Whales (describes various species), A Family Affair, Fin Out in the Water! (describes whaling), The Killer Kiss, and Getting to Know Them (describes research). Also includes a bibliography and an index.

___________. A Gift for Lonny. Ginn. (Fiction)

Burke, Terrill Miles. Mind One: Pt. 1/Mind One: Pt. 2. Fiddletown, California: Alpha-Dolphin Press, 1993, 1996. Grades 6 and up.

___________. I Love Gee-Gees, Book One. Fiddletown, California: Alpha-Dolhin Press. Ages 9 and up. (New Age)

"'If you happen to be one of the lucky ones who travels forward in time in 1999, when Earth tilts on her axis, perhaps you'll meet them face to face: the Gee-gees.' A charming picture book with magical stories of time travel, stuffed toys, the dolphins' heritage, and disappearing landscape."

___________.
Dolphin Magic Series. Grades 4 and up. (Fiction)
The First Encounter. Fiddletown, California: Alpha-Dolphin Press, 1992.
Adepts vs. Inepts. Fiddletown, California: Alpha-Dolphin Press, 1993.
The Ancient Knowledge. Fiddletown, California: Alpha-Dolphin Press, 1994.
The Unexpected Stranger. Fiddletown, California: Alpha-Dolphin Press, 1995.
Unobstructed Universes. Fiddletown, California: Alpha-Dolphin Press, 1996.
Trisha: The books in this series contain some interesting fictional ideas, but they are not well written and could be helped tremendously by a good editor.

Burrows, Elizabeth. Judy of the Whale Gates: The Strange Happenings That Followed the Stranding of the Yacht Aphoon Among the Volcanic Islands of Alaska. Illustrated by James Daugherty. Doubleday, Doran, & Co., 1930.

Burton, Martin Nelson. The Whale Comedian. Illustrated by Charles Jordan. London Town Press, 1999. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "It is with great pride that we introduce The Whale Comedian as the first selection of London Town Press. This hilarious, charming picture book adventure will leave you cheering for the determined little boy with the great big dream to make whales happy.

"This story combines two things that children love best: whales and jokes. What elementary school child doesn't want to pet a whale or swim with dolphins? And who doesn't want to impress one's classmates with the funniest joke they've ever heard?

"Serious little Finston faces a problem common to many children when he tries to tell jokes to whales. They don't think he's funny. But his determination and the resourcefulness he draws upon to reach his goal will inspire young readers and grown-ups alike never to give up on their dreams.

"Our website -- listed in the book -- carries with it games, more jokes, and a 'Think About This!' page with interesting facts and stories about whales and dolphins, so that educators, parents, and kids themselves can learn more even after they've finished the book."

From the author: "When our boy, Patrick, was in preschool, his teacher asked him what he wanted to be when he grew up. He answered, 'I want to be a whale comedian who tells whales jokes, and when the whale hears jokes he spits water at me.'

"After my wife told me this story, I thought, what a great job to have! What could be more fun than to tell jokes to whales and make them spit water all over you? I started reeling off one-liners that whales might like -- 'I used to be funny but now I'm all WASHED UP!' -- and couldn't stop myself until I had written a story about how a boy became a whale comedian.

"Four years and over 100 rewrites later, the story is now ready to swim freely in the big ocean of children's picture books. I cannot be happier with the incredible, brilliantly colored illustrations of Charles Jordan which bring The Whale Comedian to life. It is my pleasure to share the delightful adventure of Finston with you and your family."

Barbara Pahk, Library Manager, Palm Crest Elementary School, La Canada, California: "The Whale Comedian is full of clever jokes and silly antics that will engage readers of all ages. This imaginative story is about a boy whose dream it is to make whales laugh. Charles Jordan's colorful illustrations capture perfectly his humorous attempts. All in all, this is a wonderful read-aloud with a message about compassion and perseverance that is sure to delight."

Butterworth, Ben, and Bill Stockdale. Jim and the Dolphin. Illustrated by Maureen and Gordon Gray. London: Methuen/U.S.: Lake Publishing, 1975. (A reader for slow-learning adolescents)

Butterworth, Christine. The Sand Dolphin. Hodder & Stoughton, 1990. (Fiction)

Callenbach, Ernest, and Christine Leefeldt. Humphrey the Wayward Whale. Illustrated by Carl Dennis Buell. Berkeley, Calif.: Heyday Books, 1986. (Nonfiction)

Recounts how a young humpback whale entered the San Francisco Bay in October 1985 and for some as-yet-unknown reason swam 70 miles inland before being led back to the sea by humans concerned for his welfare.

Cameron, Anne. Orca's Song. Madeira park, British Columbia: Harbour Publishing Co., Ltd., 1987. (Fiction)

"Long ago, Orca was only one colour, black, and she lived, like all the other sea mammals, in the water, coming to the surface to breathe." Then she and Osprey fall in love, and their offspring is "the black-and-white whale who loves to leap high out of the water and sing a song so beautiful that all creation listens." [Trisha: Beautifully illustrated.]

Campbell, Anne. Whale--That's Me!. Illustrated by Bob Young. Melbourne: Longman Cheshire, 1978. (Fiction)

Carpelan, Bo. Dolphins in the City. Delacorte, 1973. (Young adult fiction)

Carris, Joan D. A Ghost of a Chance. Illustrated by Paul Henry. New York: Little, Brown & Co., 1992. Grades 3-7. (Fiction)

Themes: Pirates, buried treasure, North Carolina, dolphins.

Carter, Samuel, III. Happy Dolphins. New York: Pocket Books, 1972. Grades 7-9. (Nonfiction)

Scott: A short book about [the dolphins] Suwa and Dall and Betty Brothers Rein.

Carvajal S.A., Cali, Columbia. The Kingdom of the Sea. A Troll Pop-Up Book. Hallmark Cards, 1987. Distributed by Troll Associates, Mahwah, New Jersey. (Nonfiction)

Trisha: Includes sharks, blue marlin, flying fish, a sperm and a blue whale, dolphins (who are equated incorrectly with porpoises, and who also are unfortunately described via the following, ". . . may be trained to do tricks. A few have even become wonderful pets."), a killer whale, a giant squid, an octopus, a lobster, other shellfish, and some of the unusal-looking fish that live in the deepest part of the sea.

Carwardine, Mark. Killer Whale: Habitats, Life Cycles, Food Chains, Threats . Natural World Series. Chatham, New Jersey: Raintree/Steck-Vaughn, 2000. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

___________. Whales, Dolphins and Porpises. Illustrated by Martin Camm. See & Explore Series. London/New York: Dorling Kindersley, 1998. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

___________. Whales, Dolphins and Porpoises: The Visual Guide to All the World's Cetaceans. Eyewitness Handbook Series. London/New York: Dorling Kindersley, 1995. Ages 7 to adult. (Nonfiction)

"Here are all the facts on these gentle and intelligent marine creatures-- where they live, what they eat, how they breathe, and how they give birth to and care for their young . . .

"Authoritative text, detailed illustrations, and a systematic approach make this the most comprehensive pocket guide to cetaceans of the world. Packed with more than 900 illustrations, [this guide] is designed to enable you to recognize each species quickly and easily.

"Expertly written and thoroughly revised, each entry combines a precise description with annotated illustrations to highlight the chief characteristics and distinguishing features of each whale, dolphin, and porpoise. Additional illustrations show the animals 'in action' and depict other forms and color variations. Maps show the distribution of every species, while color-coded band provides at-a-glance facts.

"For beginners and established enthusiasts alike, this handbook explains where in the world to look for cetaceans, how to find them, how to tell one species from another, and how to interpret their different forms of behavior. A visual color key at the front of the book aids immediate identification in the wild, then guides you to the detailed species entry."

Scott: A beautifully illustrated (no photos) young person's book. It is designed as a mass of sidebars with illustrations intertwined. Very informative, beautiful.

Trisha: An excellent visual reference work. I use it often.

Case, Charles C. Talking Trees & Singing Whales. Review and Herald Pub. Association.

Devotional prayer book for young Seventh-Day Adventists.

Cassidy, T. K. Dolphin, Dolphin. Illustrated by Livvy Schemanski. Translated by Hiroshi Maeshiro. Micronesia Series. Tamuning, Guam: Cassidy: the Wordsmith, 1997. In English and Japanese. Grades 3 and up. (Fiction)

Trisha: This is a very sweet story, based on the folklore of Guam, about a young girl and her grandmother's daily trip to the ocean to enjoy the sunrise and greet the dolphins (who the grandmother can call) and watch them do their dolphin dance. When the little girl's father gets a job in a new location and they have to move, the dolphins give her a special gift to remember them by. Sweetly illustrated as well; the dolphins are especially delightful. Click on "Cassidy: the Wordsmith" above for more reviews of Dolphin, Dolphin.

Cerasini, Marc. Ace Ventura: Pet Detective. New York: Random House, 1995. Ages 9-12. (Fiction) ((See also above the book of the same name by Cynthia Alvarez for younger readers.)

From the publisher: "In this zany comic adventure, dedicated pet sleuth Ace Ventura must locate the Miami Dolphins' missing mascot [a rare bottlenose dolphin named Snowflake]--and quarterback--in time for the upcoming Super Bowl . . . "

Cerullo, Mary M. Dolphins: What They Can Teach Us. Photographs by Jeffrey L. Rotman. Dutton Books, 1999. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

Book description: " Readers will enjoy learning how these appealing mammals hunt for food, care for their young, and defend themselves. This book also explains the many ways in which dolphins help human beings -- by saving people from drowning, aiding fishermen in finding schools of fish, and, most amazingly, assisting both children and adults in coping with cancer, depression, and physical disabilities. In addition, there's a chapter devoted to ways in which humans can help protect dolphins. Jeffrey L. Rotman traveled to the Red Sea and to Dolphin Reef in Israel to capture these striking photographs, which include . . . close-ups and playful scenes of dolphins socializing with children."

From Horn Book:"This well-written profile focuses on dolphins' social behavior, communication, and interaction with humans (in both recreation and research, in captivity and the wild), and explores how our two species can benefit each other. The scientific and anecdotal information is elucidated with analogies readers will find fascinating and accessible, and the color photographs deftly capture the character of these intriguing animals. Bib., glos., ind." Copyright (c) 1999 The Horn Book, Inc. All rights reserved

Chapin, Henry. The Remarkable Dolphin and What Makes Him So. Illustrated by Richard D. Rice. New York: William R. Scott, 1962. (Nonfiction)

Chapin, Tom, and John Forster. Sing a Whale Song. Illustrated by Jerry Smath. New York: Random House, 1993. (Fiction)

"Environmentally aware families will love sharing this story of a boy who is granted his wish to become a giant whale. He learns a song of hope for the planet's future. Tom Chapin's delightful narration of the story on cassette is accompanied by four touching songs."

Chbosky, Stacy. Who Owns the Sun?. Kansas City, Missouri: Landmark Editions, 1988. Grades 3-12. (Fiction)

Cheng'an, Jiang. Delightful Dolphins. Beijing, China: Dolphin Books, 1987.

Scott: A curious small children's book, with vocabulary well above the head of most children and a number of factual errors, such as the number of sentences in dolphins' languages . . .

Chesebrough, Lois B. Spermy: A Story for Little Children. Mystic, Connecticut: The Marine Historical Association, 1950.

Trisha: A sweetly written little book with block prints, narrated by a young sperm whale, describing size, body parts (eyes, teeth, skin, etc.), an uncle sadly lost to whalers, tail slapping, diving, breathing, breaching, and diet. Ends with two pages on "whale stamps," used by whalers to record both whales slaughtered and those who were fortunate enough to escape. One of these stamps is used decoratively on each page number of the book.

Chessen, Betsey. A Dolphin Is Not a Fish. Illustrated by Pamela Chanko. Science Emergent Readers series. New York: Scholastic, 1998. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

Chottin, Ariane. The Curious Little Dolphin. Illustrated by Olivier Raquois. Westport: Reader's Digest Young Families, 1992. Grades Preschool-3.

Ciampi, Elgin. Those Other People the Porpoises. Grosset, 1972. (Nonfiction)

Clark, John, and Julie Ashworth. Does a Whale Eat Ice Cream?. Walton-on-Thames, England: Thomas Nelson, 1993. (Fiction)

Clarke, Arthur C. Dolphin Island: A Story of the People of the Sea. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1963. (Young adult fiction)

From the back cover: "Late one night in the future, far, far out at sea, a young man adrift on a packing crate is about to encounter an intelligence that will change the course of history . . .

"Dolphin Island is science fiction master Arthur C. Clarke's beloved classic of the young stowaway who is rescued by 'The People of the Sea,' and who in turn helps them defeat an enemy [killer whales are the bad guys in this book] even more ancient and more ruthless than Man!"

Scott Taylor: Early 60s teen sci-fi novel. Quite bland, but futuristic for its time. A resource for ideas used in this book was an article in the March 1962 issue of Scientific American entitled "Electrically Controlled Behaviour."

Trisha: I think young adults will find it a worthwhile read. It raises some strong ethical issues the reader must consider and contain's Clarke's usual imaginative/practical problem-solving.

From the book (Professor Kazan speaking): "Every dolphin is a person in his own right, an individual with more freedom than we can ever know on land. They don't belong to anyone, and I hope they never will. I want to help them, not only for science, but because it's a privilege to do so. Never think of them as animals; in their language they call themselves the People of the Sea, and that's the best name for them."

(Professor Kazan speaking again): "We're not dealing with wild animals but with intelligent people. They're not human people, but they're still people."

Clymer, Eleanor. Adventures of a Whale. Illustrated by Ingrid Fetz. Grades 2-5. (Fiction)

Cochrane, Oran. Reading Experiences in Science Series: Beavers, Bats, Bees, Frogs, Apes, Whales, Dinosaurs, Spiders. Peguis Pub. Ltd., 1988. (Nonfiction)

Coerr, Eleanor B., and William E. Evans. Gigi: A Baby Whale Borrowed for Science and Returned to the Sea. New York: Putnam Publishing Group, 1980. Grades 6-8. (Nonfiction)

Cohen, Daniel: Talking with the Animals. Northbrook, Illinois: W. Clement Stone, P.M.A. Communications, 1971. Grades 7 and up. (Nonfiction)

Coleman, Leslie. Wilberforce the Whale. London: Beaver Books, 1976. (Fiction)

Coleridge, Ann. Stranded. Eric David, illustrator. New York: Delacorte Press, 1987. Ages 9-12, a little younger for proficient readers. (Fiction)

Gayle: Beached false killer whales. Literarily fairly good; set in Australia; evokes empathy for the whales; problem solving; describes looking into the eye(s) of a whale.

From the dust jacket: "When Tony finds a young whale marooned and helpless on the beach, it's only the beginning. For that creature's distress calls summon more whales. All are doomed to die in a mass stranding unless they can be returned to the sea.

"But how can they be saved?

"A huge rescue operation is begun, with all the people of Tony's small seaside town working together. They are trying to remember everything they have ever heard or read about strandings--and they are racing against time.

"When it looks as though time and luck have run out, the rescuers develop a bold last-ditch plan. But will their only hope be enough?"

The author hopes her novel "will contribute to the awareness of whale strandings and to means of handling them.

Collard, Sneed B. A Whale Biologist at Work. Wildlife Conservation Society Books. Danbury, Connecticut: Franklin Watts, 2000. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

Collazos, Oscar. The Beached Whale (La Ballena Varada). New Braunfels, Texas: T. R. Books, 1994. Grades 5-7.

Collis, Joan. The European Iron Age. New York: Schocken Books, 1984. (Nonfiction)

Colton, Minna. The Tea Cup Whale. Illustrated by Hugh Price. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Educators Publishing Service, 1968.

Compere, Mickie. Dolphins!. Scholastic, 1964. (Nonfiction)

Considers the questions: What is a dolphin? How is a dolphin born? How does a father dolphin spank his baby? How do dolphins fight? How does a dolphin play?

Conklin, Gladys. Journey of the Gray Whales. Illustrated by Leonard Everett Fisher. New York: Holiday House, 1974. Grades 1-3. (Nonfiction)

Cook, Joseph J., and William L. Wisner. Blue Whale: Vanishing Leviathan. Illustrated by Jan Cook. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1973. Grades 4-9. (Nonfiction)

Cooper, Jason. Baleen Whales. Read All About Whales Series. Vero Beach, Florida: Rourke Corp., 1996. (Nonfiction)

___________. Toothed Whales. Read All About Whales Series. Vero Beach, Florida: Rourke Corp., 1997. (Nonfiction)

From the publisher: "Describes different kinds of toothed whales, including the sperm whale, beluga, and killer whale."

___________. Watching Whales. 1996. Read All About Whales Series. Vero Beach, Florida: Rourke Corp., 1996. (Nonfiction)

___________. Whales and People. 1996. Read All About Whales Series. Vero Beach, Florida: Rourke Corp., 1997. (Nonfiction)

From the publisher: "Describes the changing relationship between whales and people, discussing how humans once hunted these air-breathing sea mammals and now work to save them from extinction."

___________. Whales of the Seas. 1996. Read All About Whales Series. Vero Beach, Florida: Rourke Corp., 1997. (Nonfiction)

From the publisher: "Describes the habitat, physical characteristics, life cycle, behavior, and different kinds of whales."

___________. The Whale's World. Read All About Whales Series. Vero Beach, Florida: Rourke Corp., 1997. (Nonfiction)

From the publisher: "Describes the behavior of whales, with an emphasis on their hunting, communication, and travel."

Corrigan, Patricia. Dolphins for Kids. Illustrated by John F. McGee. Photos by Flip Nicklin. Minocqua, Wisconsin: NorthWord Press, 1995. Also titled Dolphin Magic for Kids. Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Gareth Stevens, 1995. Grades 3 and up. (Nonfiction)

"Told through the bright eyes of Katie, a 10-year-old who knows a lot of facts, stories and legends about dolphins, ths is a great book for anyone who has been charmed by a dolphin's smile, intrigued by their intellignce, or just delighted with their seemingly fun,carefree personalities."

Trisha: Provides many interesting facts and tales about several species of dolphins, including the orca. Spunkily told, with Nicklin-quality photographs nicely complemented by both humorous and informative illustrations.

___________. Whales. Our Wild World series. Creative Publishing International, 2001. (Nonfiction)

Book description: "There are 11 species of whales that have no teeth, and 30 species that do -- up to 7 inches long. This fun book explores all the questions young readers may ask about whales, like: What are flukes and flippers? How many blowholes do they have? Why do they spyhop? When do they swim sideways along the ocean floor?"

Cosgrove, Stephen. Captain Smudge. Illustrated by Robin James.

___________. Maui-Maui. Illustrated by Robin James. Los Angeles: Price Stern Sloan, 1995. (Fiction)

A large whale shows the greedy Amomonies how to fish carefully so there will always be enough fish in the sea for everyone.

___________. Feather Fin. Illustrated by Robin James.

___________. Song of the Sea Trilogy. Illustrated by Michael Casad. Book 1: Harmony, 1989; Book 2: Sharing, 1991; Book 3: Laughter Ring, 1990. Portland, Oregon: Graphic Arts Center Publishing Company. Grades 7 and up. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "Meant for the entire family, The Song of the Sea series includes original color illustrations. The story, as sung by whales and dolphins, is finally understood by a deaf scientist, Sharing, the first human ever to understand the song of the sea creatures. A great conclave including all intelligent sea mammals is called to determine mankind's fate. This series is based on the same real-life incident that inspired the movie Free Willy."

Trisha: Lavishly illustrated oversize hardcover books. Lyrical allegory about the relationship of humans with nature, approached through listening to the history of the earth as it is recorded by the whales.

The Cousteau Society Staff. Whales. New York: Simon and Schuster Children's, 1993. Translation of Baleines a Bosse. Grades preschool-1. (Nonfiction)

Examines the physical characteristics, behavior, and migration pattern of the humpback whale.

___________. Dolphins. New York: Little Simon, 1992.

Examines the physical characteristics and behavior of dolphins. The photographs are of bottlenose and spotted dolphins.

Cowden, Frances Brinkley, ed. To Love a Whale: Learning about Endangered Animals from the Young and Young-at-Heart. Germantown, Tennessee: Grandmother Earth Creations, 1995.

Craft, Sarah S. Mother Beluga Whales and Their Babies. Powerkids Press, 1999. (Nonfiction)

Craig, Janet. Discovering Whales and Dolphins. Illustrated by Pamela Johnson. Mahwah, New Jersey: Troll Communications, 1990. Grades 2-4. (Nonfiction)(See audiotape of the same name in Cetacean Audiography.)

Craig, Judy. Wally Whale: Wally's Wonderful Wish. AWHALUVA Series. Virginia Beach: A. R. E. Press, 1994. Grades 1-3. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "Wally Whale, hero in the new AWHALUVA series of children's books, stars in this delightful . . . book. Wally Whale personifies the philosophy of being helpful to others and--with his sidekick Spikey Seahorse--inspires children to help others save the environment . . . Wally's wish comes true after he rescues an aardvark, a kangaroo, an ostrich, and a rabbit from a sinking boat."

Crewe, Sabrina. The Whale. Illustrated by Colin Newman. Life Cycles Series. Chatham, New Jersey: Raintree Steck-Vaughn Publishers, 1997. Grades 2-5. (Nonfiction)

Contains information on whales in general and the humpback whale.

Cross, Beverley. The Singing Dolphin and The Three Cavaliers: Two Plays for Children. Illustrated by Graham Oakley. London: Rupert Hart-Davis, 1960. (Fiction)

___________. The Singing Dolphin: A Christmas Play for Children in Two Acts. Based on an idea by Kitty Black. London: Samuel French, 1959. (Fiction)

"A search for buried treasure on a mythical island is undertaken by the crew of a cutter ship, the 'Singing Dolphin,' on Christmas Day in 1760."

Crowe, Carole. Waiting for Dolphins. Boyds Mills, 2000. (Fiction, Young adult).

From a review by Roger Leslie in Booklist: "Molly is plagued by guilt for not going with her father on the boat from which he was thrown and killed. Still living on their own boat, Emeral Eyes, Molly and her mother, who are nothing alike, find their relationship further strained by their mourning and by the sudden intimacy developing between Molly's mother and one of her father's best friends. When her mother demands that they abandon Emerald Eyes to take cover from an approaching hurricane, Molly determines to save the boat and, she hopes, the loving memories of her father. Crowe is an excellent writer. She advances the plot steadily and believably and keeps readers engaged by ending each chapter with either an unexpected turn of events or an insightful hook. Although Molly's attempt to save the boat becomes the major focus of the story, her struggle to reconcile her guilt and eventually resolve the conflict with her mother are deftly developed and resolved."

Crow, Sandra Lee. The Wonderful World of Seals and Whales. Books for Young Explorers series. Washington, D.C.: National Geographic, 1984. (Nonfiction)

Crozat, Francois. I Am a Little Whale. Little Animal Series. Hauppage, New York: Barron's Educational Series, 1994. (Fiction)

Cummings, Jim. A Friend in the Water: Tales of Sea and Sky. Hampton, Connecticut: Healing Earth Publications, 1988. (Young adult fiction)

This is a tale of one boy . . . and of humanity, now beginning to discover it All. It's a tale of a pod of dolphins . . . and of a different way of living and Being, together.

In richly poetic imagery, the dolphin's deep dreams come alive, and the human path of return, inspired by our connections with nature is vividly personalized. A myth for our time, this lively visionary tale provides the flesh and bones (human and dolphins) that bring the often abstract views of today's changing times into new focus and clarity.

Cutting, Jillian, et al. Sunshine Spirals. Set 4. Oxford: Heinemann Educational.

Contents: The Whale, Sharks, Dr. Sprocket Makes a Rocket, At the Fair, The Blueberry Pie, Moon Story, The Babysitters, Grandpa's New Car, That Magic Tree, and I Like Worms!

Dahl, Michael. Do Whales Have Wings? A Book about Animal Bodies. Illustrated by Sandra D'Antonio. [Publisher unknown, 2003.]Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction

Dahlin, Bill. The Pig and the Whale. Bill Dahlin, 1999. (Fiction)

"A story of a young girl's imagination involving a pig and a whale."

Trisha: Since the author's biodata at Amazon.com indicates that the author was a bull rider, and the cover of The Pig and the Whale shows a pig riding on the back of an orca, this book may not convey a positive message.

Daly, Kathleen N. The Golden Book of Sharks and Whales. Illustrated by James Spence. New York: Western Publishing, 1989. (Nonfiction)

Trisha: Big, bold, colorful illustrations, with sections entitled: About Whales; Echolocation; Two Groups of Whales (baleen and toothed); The Gray Whale; The Blue Whale; The Sperm Whale; The Orca, or Killer Whale; Dolphins and Porpoises; The Beluga, or White, Whale; The Humpback Whale; Intelligence

Daniels, Lucy. Dolphin in the Deep. Animal-Ark series. London: Hodder Children's Books, 1998/Galaxy (large-print edition), 2001. Ages 9-12. (Fiction)

From the back cover: "A trip to the States is a dream come true for animal-lover Mandy Hope. She can't wait to meet the animals that live there.

"Mandy's been spending a lot of time at the local dolphinarium, playing with two tame dolphins, Bob and Bing . . . when Bob dies, the lonely Bing pines for company. Mandy and her friend Joel are worried about his future -- until they come up with a daring plan . . ."

___________. Dolphin Diaries: Into the Blue. Galaxy, 2002. Young adult (grades 7-9). (Fiction)

Davidson, [first name unknown]. The Dolphin. Animal World Books series. Mahwah, New Jersey: Troll Communications, 1988. Grades 2-5.

Davidson, Carson. Fast-talking Dolphin. Illustrated by Sylvia Stone. New York: Scholastic Book Services, 1978, 1989. Grades 4-6. (Fiction)

From the back cover: " A dolphin in a trout pond halfway up a mountain in New England? Impossible. A dolphin that can spout likr a whale, leap up to snatch leaves from a tree? Impossible. A dolphin that can talk, that recites poetry? IMPOSSIBLE! But that is the very dolphin Eric Anderson gets mixed up with--the most impossible, exasperating, smart-alecky, and (in the end) lovable dolphin you will ever meet in fact or fiction."

Davidson, Margaret. Nine True Dolphin Stories. Illustrated by Pamela Johnson. New York: Scholastic, Inc., 1974. French edition, with Roger Wilson: Neuf histoires vraies de dauphins. New York: Scholastic, n.d. (Nonfiction)

Includes stories about Opo, the dolphin who loved people; Flippy, the first trained dolphin; Doris and Buzz, the dolphins who talked to each other; Tuffy, the dolphin who was trained to save lives; Pelorus Jack, the faithful dolphin; Spray, the first dolphin born in a tank; Pauline, the dolphin who almost died of loneliness; Bimbo, the big bully; and Zippy, the blindfolded dolphin.

___________. Dolphins! Illustrated by Ian Andrew. New York: Four Winds Press, 1964/London, New York: Scholastic, 1964. (Nonfiction)

Trisha: With lovely soft blue-green-toned illustrations, explains how a dolphin breathes, eats (and what they eat), sees, hears, and sleeps, the nature of their skin, why they live in pods, who their predators are (orcas and sharks), the experience of being injured by a boat, the birth and the life of a dolphin baby, human-dolphin interaction in close to shore, and captivity.

Davidson, Margaret, and Sharon Bakoske. Dolphins. Illustrated by Courtney. New York: Random House Books for Young Readers, 1993. Grades 1-3. (Nonfiction)

Davidson, Susan. Whales & Dolphins Internet Linked. Discovery Program. [Publisher unknown], 2003.

Davies, Nicola. Big Blue Whale. Illustrated by Nick Maland. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Candlewick Press, 1997, 2000. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

From Kirkus Reviews, June 1, 1997: "Conversational text and soft, crosshatched pen-and-ink illustrations ebb and flow in a fluid look at the largest mammal ever to inhabit the earth. Invoking the senses, Davies describes the blue whale's physical attributes in irresistible, crystalline terms. Its skin is 'springy and smooth like a hard-boiled egg, and it's as slippery as wet soap.' The enormity of the blue whale comes into focus in the illustrations that place it next to a giraffe and an elephant, bringing it into the everyday realm of children. The scale of this leviathan becomes even clearer when Davies notes that its eyes are the size of teacups and its ears are no larger than the end of a pencil. She covers its yearly migration, and its diet of 30 million tiny krill in just a day. Undulating bold text provides auxiliary facts that complement the main story. Effective use of shrinking and expanding typeface and the inclusion of two human observers accentuate the proportional vastness of both the creature and its ocean. This unassuming book is teeming with new discoveries upon each rereading." Copyright 1997, Kirkus Associates, LP. All rights reserved.

From Midwest Book Review: "How big is the blue whale? Elementary-level kids receive a coverage which invites size comparisons and which creates an interactive atmosphere whereby kids imagine they are touching and seeing the whale itself. Color photos may have made more of an impact than Nick Maland's gentle illustrations - but the latter succeeds in putting the whale's size into comparable perspective."

A reader from Olympia, Washington: "I'm a whale researcher who has spent much of the last 12 years studying blue whales in the North Pacific. I'm also a mom who loves children's literature. Rarely do I see a book that is so accurate factually while it is captivating and magical! The illustrations are beautiful. I highly recommend it to anyone who has children who are fascinated by whales."

___________. Dolphin : Habitats, Life Cycles, Food Chains, Threats. Natural World series. Raintree/Steck Vaughn, 2000. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

Davis, Maggie Steincrohn. A Garden of Whales. Illustrated by Jennifer Barrett O'Connell. Firefly Books, 1997. (800) 878-3590. Preschool to early reader. (Fiction)

From the Web site for this book, by Susan Short: "Full of luscious prose, beautiful images, and yes, even hope, [this book] will enchant children and adults alike. [It] resounds with the sounds of the whales--gentle, monumental, awe-inspiring. It is the next best thing to an actual encounter with one of these giants of the sea.

"A young boy dreams of the whales of the world, and seeing the dangers that threaten them today, he and his friends try to rescue them. His plan: planting the tears of whales in a secret garden. Jennifer O'Connell's drawings of the whale garden--belugas, humpbacks, orcas, sperm whales peeking out of large, colorful flowers--will leave an indelible impression on readers of all ages! An enjoyable modern fable, this book is also a call to action, one to which children will be eager to respond."

Scott: An Exquisite Work! Play and Beauty dance with Magic and Dreams, and Whales are born . . . Janice Otero has produced a play based on this. Highly recommended.

Davis, John W. Edited and translated by Carolyn M. Della Chiesa. Pinocchio under the Sea. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1913.

"Adventures of Pinocchio when he tries to find his father who is lost at sea. Eats dinner with the white whale, finds a treasure ship, etc."

Davoisin, Roger. The Christmas Whale. New York: Knopf, 1945. (Fiction)

Synopsis: "When Santa's reindeer get the flue a week before Christmas, the whale comes to the rescue."

Dawson, Steve, and Elizabeth Slooten. Down-under Dolphins: The Story of Hector's Dolphin. Silver Spring, Maryland: Aubrey Books International, 1996/Christchurch, New Zealand: Canterbury University Press, 1997. (Nonfiction)

From the back cover: "Until recently, little was known about Hector's dolphin, a creature unique to New Zealand; how widely the dolphins occur, how many there are, where they hang out, what they eat, how they communicate with each other.

"Now, in this new book, [the authors], who have been studying these creatures for the past thirteen years, tell the story of Hector's dolphin. Among their most important discoveries is the fact that these dolphins are seriously threatened by accidental entanglement in gillnets. This led to the establishment of a marine mammal sanctuary around Banks Peninsula in 1988.

"With many excellent color photographs and tips on where you can see and enjoy the dolphins, the book even tells what you can do to help the conservation effort."

Awards: New Zealand Best Children's Book Awards Finalist 1997

DeCaprio, Anne. Willie and the Whale. Illustrated by Allen Shapiro and others. New York: I.T.A. Publications, 1965. (Fiction)

De Jonge, Joanne E. Jonah and the Whale. Illustrated by Samuel J. Butcher. Precious Moments, 2000. (Fiction)

Dekkers, Midas. Whale Lake: Arctic Adventure (Het walvis meer). Translated from Dutch by Jan Michael. New York: Orchard Books, 1987/London: Deutsch, 1986. Grade 5 and up. (Fiction)

Gayle: Introduces Greenpeace and preservation efforts. Literarily adequate; good adventure story of a boy trapped in the Arctic and how he problem-solves to survive while risking all to save a whale.

DeMares, Ryan. Dolphins, Myths & Transformation. The Dolphin Institute Press, 2002.

From a review by Kirsten Silvey at Amazon.com: ". . . a comprehensive work on the ecological, socio-political, and spiritual influences that inform humans' relationship to dolphins. Dr. DeMares covers myriad topics, including dolphin-assisted therapy, peak dolphin encounters, dolphin language, and dolphin consciousness and personhood."

Trisha: A major contribution to the human-dolphin connection literature.

DeSaix, Frank. The Girl Who Danced with Dolphins. Illustrated by Debbi Durland DeSaix. New York: Farrar Straus Giroux, 1991. (Fiction)

Adrianne floats over mountains of coral, enhanced by the reef's tranquil beauty. A butterfly fish nibbles her finger, and shrimp tiptoe among the urchins. But danger lurks in the shadows. Suddenly Adrianne is shouldered up into her grandfather's dinghy to safety by a dolphin. When she asks her grandfather why a dolphin would save her, he says little of what he seems to know. That night, the girl wonders what dolphins see; closing her eyes, she enters an ocean "bright with sounds." She is a dolphin. Then she discovers that her dream may not have been a dream at all.

Dickson, Gordon R. The Secret Under the Sea. Illustrated by Jo Ann Stover. New York: Scholastic Book Service,. 1960/Holt-Rinehart-Winston, 1960. (Junion fiction)

Dedicated "To all dolphins, wherever they may swim."

From the back cover: "It is the year 2013, and Robby Hoenig lives in an Underwater Research Station [at Point Loma] with his scientist parents. Most of the time he has fun exploring the ocean caves with the dolphin [Balthasar] who is his favorite companion.

"But something has frightened the dolphin, and Robby sets out to investigate. Then he finds giant footprints. And he knows that something enormous and unknown is walking here across the bottom of the sea!"

Dijs, Carla. Who Sees You? At the Ocean. Preschoolers. (Fiction)

A pop-up book for very young children, which includes a whale, shark, octopus, crab, and octopus.

___________. Pretend You're a Whale. Preschoolers. (Fiction)

A pop-up book for very young children.

Diprima, Richard. Great Whales: Endangered Monarchs of the Deep. Education Industries, 1981. (Nonfiction)

Disney Staff. A Whale of a Time. New York: Mouse Works, 2002. (Fiction)

Divine, David [Arthur Durham Divine]. Boy on a Dolphin. London: John Murray, 1955/Pan Books, 1957. (Fiction)

Dixon, Franklin. The Treasure at Dolphin Bay. New York: Pocket Books, 1994. Ages 8-11. (Fiction)

From the back cover: "The Hardys' Christmas in paradise, Hawaii-style, could turn out to be one big wipeout. Checking out the world-famous dolphin research center at Nai'a Bay, the boys discover that one of the dolphins has suffered a suspicious injury . . . and that one of the researchers has vanished without a trace. All the evidence points to kidnapping!

"Frank and Joe are convinced that the disappearance is linked to the notorious Hawaii Heist. A cache of hot jewels was lost at sea in a plane crash, and the race to recover them has turned into a deadly battle of wits, fists, and spear guns. The Hardys are headed for treacherous waters--stirring up trouble and swimming with the sharks!

Trisha: Dolphins come to the rescue of the Hardy boys and aid them in their sleuthing at the Institute for Cetacean Studies.

___________. The Mystery of the Whale Tattoo. A Hardy Boys book. New York: Grosset and Dunlap, 1968/London: Armada, 1974, 1993. (Fiction)

D K Publishing staff. Whales, Dolphins and Porpoises. See and Explore Library series. New York: D K Publishing, 1998. (Nonfiction)

Dobbs, Horace. Dilo and the Isle of the Gods. England: forthcoming 1998.

___________. Dilo and the Call of the Deep. Illustrated by Rico. North Ferriby, Humberside, England: Watch Publishing, 1994. 2nd ed., forthcoming 1998. Japan: Gakken, 1996 (translated by Sakae Hemmi, illustrated by Takayuki Terakado). Italy, 1997. (Italian edition illustrated by Sally Galotti). Ages 6-7 and up. All of Horace Dobbs' book are available from International Dolphin Watch, Parklands, North Ferriby, E. Yorks HU14 3ET, England, voice: 01 482 844468, fax: 01 482 634914. (The International Dolphin Watch mail-order catalogue also contains many nice/fun gifts for children--Trisha) (See also below Petch, Robin, the play Dilo and the Grots.) (Fiction)

The idea of writing about a fictional dolphin first occurred to Horace Dobbs in 1978. It followed his encounters with a solitary friendly wild dolphin named Donald. Since then, Horace has spent much of his time with these large-brained, intelligent mammals in the open sea, exploring their very special friendship with humans, which dates back to ancient times.

Dilo and the Call of the Deep is book one of a five-part series. (The name "Dilo" was chosen for the dolphin because it can be used without changes in many languages.) This first book (also available on tape) introduces Dilo and the world he inhabits. Dilo's mother loses her companions in a mysterious tragedy, and she brings up Dilo on her own. When he is old enough the two set off on a long journey for Seal Island and have many adventures along the way. They eventually reach Seal Island where Dilo's mother is accidentally caught in a net. As she dies, the ghosts of her former companions come to ferry her into the next world. Dilo wants to go with his mother, but the dolphins tell Dilo he cannot accompany her because he has a mission. To show this he has a star on his dorsal fin. But only those who are aware that he is a very special dolphin can see the star. Although Dilo is saddened by the loss of his mother he knows her spirit will always be around him. At night he can see her outlined in the stars.

___________. Dilo Makes Friends. Illustrated by Rico. North Ferriby, Humberside, England: Watch Publishing, 1995. Ages 6-7 and up. (Fiction)

In book two, a range of human and domestic animal characters are introduced. These include Pat, the lighthouse keeper; Boka, his dog; Sprat, his cat; and Postie, the postman.

Pat, a confirmed bachelor, has his life changed by the presence of Dilo in the bay and the arrival at the lighthouse of the "Terrible Twins," Robin and Debra. After a frightening start, Debra develops a very close friendship with Dilo, and they share many joyful times together.

Mysterious activities on board a sinister boat, Sea Wolf, have dire consequences for Dilo. With the help of his human friends, especially Debra, the injured dolphin pulls through.

___________. Dilo and the Isle of the Gods. England: forthcoming 1998. (Fiction)

___________. Dilo and the Treasure Hunters. Illustrated by Rico. North Ferriby, Humberside, England: Watch Publishing, 2000. Ages 6-7 and up. (Fiction)

What happens when humans get gold fever is the theme of book three. The characters, human and animal, in the previous two books are further developed. These include Mike, a professional diver, who teaches Debra to dive with an aqualung.

With the help of Dilo, Debra finds a gold ring engraved with mysterious symbols. A violent storm then uncovers the ribs of a wrecked ship at Black Rock, where Debra and Mike recover a goblet and silver coins. A bronze cannon could provide valuable evidence on the identity of the wreck, but before it can be raised for archaeological investigation it is removed during the night by divers from Sea Wolf. Dilo is witness to the operation and is nearly killed by the explosives used to free the cannon. Debra and her friends help Dilo through the crisis. Postie researches the origins of the wreck. The goblet helps to solve a mystery. The presence of the ring, however, remains puzzling. Debra invents her own theory about its presence at Black Rock.

___________. Dilo Becomes a Clown. Illustrated by Rico. North Ferriby, Humberside, England: Watch Publishing, forthcoming. Ages 6-7 and up. (Fiction)

In book four, Dilo's free life in the open sea comes to a sudden end when he is captured by those on board Sea Wolf. The dolphin is left stranded on a beach before a prearranged "rescue" by the staff of an aquarium. Dilo is inmprisoned in a pool, where he is expected to perform tricks, and the reader is given a look at life in a dolphinarium from a dolphin's point of view.

Fortunately for Dilo, his human friends, including Debra, Pat, Postie, etc., track him down. After more adventures Dilo is returned to his rightful home in the sea.

___________. Not yet titled. Illustrated by Rico. North Ferriby, Humberside, England: Watch Publishing, forthcoming. Ages 6-7 and up. (Fiction)
In book five, Dilo returns to the bay where he first met Debra, and arrives at the same time as an oil rig. Dilo's human friends are concerned about what this will do to the wildlife. Will it frighten away the dolphin who brings so much joy to visitors and wealth to the fishermen? The return of Sea Wolf adds to their anxiety. The whole community is affected when a big oil spill occurs. Dilo is there when it happens--will he survive?

Dobbs, Horace, Robin Petch, and Kris Simpson. Dilo's Fun and Activities Book. Drawn by Rico. E. Yorks, England: International Dolphin Watch.

Fun for everyone: Spot the difference, porpoise puzzle, mobile, etc.

___________. Fascinating Facts About Dolphins. Illustrated by Rico. E. Yorks, England: International Dolphin Watch.

An ideal accompaniment to the Dilo books for inquisitive youngsters and adults who want to find out more about dolphins and the world they live in. Every fascinating fact is illustrated with one of Rico's delightful sketches and is followed by one or more questions. Also a valuable aid for teachers.

Doinet, Mymi. The Dolphin. Illustrated by Clara Nomdedeu and C. Merlin. Abbeville Animals series. Abbeville Press, 2000. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

Book description: "This new interactive series introduces young children to the wonders of the animal kingdom through exciting adventure stories, fascinating facts, and a fun game page. Charmingly illustrated, these appealing nature books are both entertaining and educational--young naturalists will want to own the whole series.

"When the cries of a female dolphin in distress wake a young male dolphin from his dreams, he discovers that she is caught in coral and being menanced by a white shark. With the team effort of the other dolphins, a blue whale, and a school of hungry parrot-fish, the female is rescued! Leaving the furious shark, the dolphins celebrate her escape."

The Dolphin. Mahwah, New Jersey: Troll Communications, 1988. Grades 2-5. (Nonfiction)

Dolphin Adventures. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Co., 1992. Grade 3. (Fiction)

The Dolphin Chase. Read with Me Key Words to Reading Series. New York: Penguin USA, 1990. Grades preschool-2.

Dolphins. Mankato, Minnesota: Capstone Press, 2001. (Nonfiction)

Dolphins. San Francisco: Chronicle Books, 2001. Grades 2-5. (Nonfiction)

Dolphins--Our Newest Allies?. Zaner Bloser, 1990. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

Dolphins in the Sea. Color by Number Kid's Kit. Pencil Works. Ages 5 and up.

Contains printed board, chart, color picture, 12 colored pencils, and a sharpener. "Kid-friendly" instructions give creative tips for shading, blending, and details.

Donahue, Shari F. The Zebra-Striped Whale with the Polka-Dot Tail Arimax, 2001. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

" The message of The Zebra-Striped Whale With the Polka-Dot Tale is 'all that glitters is not gold.' The story follows Maxime and Ariele's journey with a zebra-striped whale with a polka-dot tale and a pink and purple octopus."

Dow, Lesley. Whales. Great Creatures of the World series. New York: Facts on File, 1990. Grades 5 to adult. (Nonfiction)

From the Whale and Dolphin Conservation Society Booklist: " . . . A mixture of colour photos and illustrations in an easy-to-read style provides a compelling introduction to these amazing creatures." (Companion volume to Dolphins and Porpoises, by Hatherly and Nicholls.)

Downing, Julie. Jonah and the Whale. My First Bible Board Books. DK Pub. Merchandise, 1997. Ages baby-preschool. (Fiction)

Driggs, Lorin, ed. The Voyage of the Mimi: The Book. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1985. (Nonfiction)

Driscoll, Laura. Dolphin Party. Illustrated by Alisa Klayman-Grodsky. Stanley series, no. 2. Disney Press, 2002. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

Duane, Diane. Deep Wizardry. New York: Delacorte Press, 1985. New York: Laurel-Leaf Books, 1987. United Kingdom: Corgi Books, 1991. New York: Harcourt, Brace & Co., 1996. (YA)

Thanks to Diane Duane for providing the following info for this book:

"Very briefly, Deep Wizardry details the involvement of a couple of young human wizards, a boy and a girl, with a group of cetacean wizards who are about to re-enact a ceremonial which "keeps the Sea divided from the land" (among other things). One celebrant has an accident, and one of the human wizards volunteers to replace her--not fully understanding that the ceremony ends in the sacrifice of that particular celebrant (who is to be eaten by a very VERY large shark, who may have been participating in this ceremony for a very long time . . . ). Needless to say, complications ensue."

From the back cover: "When Kit and Nita come to the aid of a wounded whale, they are plunged into deep wizardry. The whale is a wizard, and she enlists Kit and Nita in battle against the sinister Lone Power. Becoming whales themselves, Nita and Kit join in an ancient ritual performed by whales, dolphins, and single fearsome shark. But which poses more of a danger: the Lone Power, or ed'Rashtekaresket, the enormous shark as old as the sea?"

From customer julian.morrison@virgin.net at Amazon.com: "The story revolves around a deceptively simple moral dilemma--choose freely to accept a painful death, or break your promise and thousands will die. Deep indeed, this is one of the most intriguing books I have read; even though it is meant for teens, I still keep coming back to it as an adult."

From customer trum7150@uwwvax.uww.edu at Amazon.com: "This is a young adult book about adolescents, but at twenty-three I find that it's still my all-time favorite. It's moving without being pretentious, and the dilemma presented is morally complex. Duane doesn't pull punches or talk down to readers (save for a few comic relief missteps which don't detract from the impact of the book). Deep Wizardry is fascinating and fun, easy to read with some simple yet beautifully lyric turns of phrase. I reread my well-worn copy of it at least once or twice a year and still find it satisfying. Playful, emotional, beautiful, realistic and a must-have for any intelligent fantasy-lover."

A School Librarians' Journal Best Book of 1985 An ABA Best Book (young adult) of 1985

Dubin, Patricia B. Tweak and the Absolutely Right Whale. Seattle, Washington: Storytellers Ink, 1993. Grades K-3. (Fiction)

Dudzinski, Kathleen. Meeting Dolphins: My Adventures in the Sea. National Geographic Books, 2000. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

From the website: "Dr. Kathleen Dudzinski shares her personal story working with wild dolphins [in this] companion book [to the IMAX film Dolphins] . . . Young readers will be fascinated and inspired by her account of how she got started in the marine sciences and what it's like studying dolphin communication. Written for children ages eight years and older, and including stunning images from the film, the book will become an excellent resource for all children interested in dolphins and marine science . . ."

From a review by Shelle Rosenfeld in Booklist: "Marine biologist Dudzinski provides an engaging, informative introduction to dolphin life and behavior as seen through her own experiences and scientific research. The lively, first-person narrative incorporates abundant facts and entertaining anecdotes, infused with Dudzinski's infectious enthusiasm for her subjects and her work. Beautiful, full-color photos are breathtaking and well chosen for explication, showing diverse dolphins and the complex equipment. There are also many stills from the IMAX film in which the author was featured (and which readers may clamor to see). The challenges, responsibilities, and rewards of studying dolphins are detailed and well conveyed in text and visuals, allowing children to get up close and personal with the fascinating creatures. The book includes a two-page spread portraying dolphins of the world, as well as a list of organizations. A very effective and appealing approach to the subject." Copyright (c) American Library Association. All rights reserved.

Duke, Elinar Olsen. Adrift on a Raft. Oddo Publishing, 1970. Ages 8 and up. Includes a cassette.

"A Labrador retriever inadvertently takes a sea voyage aboard a raft. The story begins with a 'tuna chase' and emerges into a series of exciting adventures involving dolphins, whales, and sharks."
Dunbar, Joyce. Indigo and the Whale. Illustrated by Geoffrey Patterson. Mahwah, New Jersey: BridgeWater Books, 1996. Ages 5-8. (Fiction)
From the publisher: "Indigo wants to be a musician, but his father wants him to become a fisherman. One day Indigo heads out to sea and charms a whale with his magical pipe. Realizing that destroying the whale will destroy her music, too, Indigo lets the whale go and takes her songs back to serenade the whole village. Beautiful, full-color illustrations convey the magic of the sea in this sensitive story about being true to oneself."

Review from The Horn Book: "After his father tosses his son's musical pipe overboard and orders him to become a fisherman, Indigo receives a magical pipe and charms a whale ashore. When the beached whale begins to die, Indigo breaks the pipe, freeing his colossal catch. His old ebony pipe suddenly reappears at his feet, and Indigo charms the townspeople and his father with whale music. Vibrant, impressionistic illustrations sweep across the pages, enlivening this moral tale." Copyright (c) 1996 The Horn Book, Inc.

Dunlop, Beverley. The Dolphin Boy. Illustrated by Sandra Morris. Auckland, New Zealand/London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1982. (Fiction)

Dunn, David. Why Do Whales and Children Sing? A Guide to Listening in Nature. Book and CD. Santa Fe, N.M.: Earth Ear Records. Email: info@earthear.com, voice: 1-888-356-4918, 505-466-1879, fax: 505-466-4930. (Nonfiction)

From the Web site: quot; How did our culture come to lose its appreciation for the voices of our planetary companions? What can paying attention to sound offer us, individually and collectively? In this wide-ranging and accessible book and accompanying CD, David Dunn-sound recordist, composer, eco-philosopher-leads us to ask such questions, while showing how sound offers connection with nature, and ourselves, in profoundly direct ways.

"This book of short essays, each accompanied by a track on the CD, introduces the universal qualities of soundmaking and listening, and is filled with sudden kernels of synthesis and insight. It's a great blend of history, philosophy, personal reflection, deep ecology musings, and cultural context."

Dunn, Roger. The Story of a Whale. Illustrated by Peter Freeman. London: Macdonald Educational, 1980. (Nonfiction)

Trisha: About the life cycle of a blue whale.

DuTemple, Lesley A. Whales. Early Bird Nature Books. Minneapolis, Minnesota: The Lerner Group, 1996. Grades 1-3. (Nonfiction)

Duvoisin, Roger. The Christmas Whale. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1945, 1965. Grades K and up. (Fiction)

Trisha: I have a copy of the delightful first edition of this work, illustrated in the colors red, white, and black. It tells the story of a great whale who takes over for Santa's reindeers when they all come down with the flu a week before Christmas.

D'Vincent, Cynthia. The Whale Family Book. Saxonville, Massachusetts: Picture Book Studio/New York: Simon and Schuster Children's/Salzburg: Verlag Neugebauer Press, 1992/North-South Books, 1998. Ages 6-10. (Nonfiction)

Describes the activities of humpback whales from the calving grounds among the Hawaiian Islands to the summer feeding grounds off Alaska.

Eagarm Frances. The Dolphin of the Two Seas. Illustrated by Krystyna Turska. London: Hamilton, 1973.

Edwards, Monica le Doux. Dolphin Summer. London: Collins, 1963. (Fiction)

"Because the dolphin had once saved her from drowning, an English girl tries desperately to keep it from being captured for a water circus."

The Whale's War, Tom L. Eisenman. Intervarsity Press, 1997. (Christian fiction, all ages)

Synopsis: "Mark, Shirl, and Dennis are beckoned to an unforgettable undersea adventure by Thale, the great whale, who has called the children to aid him in a crusade to defeat Baldark and his polluting minions and to save the Kingdom of Sunside."

Eisemann, Henry. Hump-Free Goes to Galapagos.. Illustrated by Jay Campbell. Salinas, California: Emprise Publications, 1989. Grades K-6. (Fiction) ___________. Hump-Free Heads for Hawaii. Salinas, California: Emprise Publications, 1989. Grades K-6. (Fiction)

___________. Hump-Free: The Wrong Way Whale. Salinas, California: Emprise Publications, 1985. Grades K-6. (Fiction)

Eisenman, Tom L. The Whale's War. Downers Grove, Illinois: InterVarsity Press, 1997. (Christian fiction, all ages)

From the back cover: "Mark, Shirl and Dennis's mother is very ill. An increase in pollution and nuclear testing has made her and many others around the world sick. As the children watch an ugly red ooze and dead fish wash up on shore, a mysterious whale appears in the cove. He seems to beckon them, and they follow on an unforgettable undersea adventure to the kingdom of Sunside.

"There they meet the wise dolphins Goerfin and Tiafin, the loyal sea horese Porce, the courageous walrus Crylan and the many watery citizens of Sunside, who all bear allegiance to the great whale Thale. But like the upper world, the underwater kingdom is sick. Pollution and the evil work of the shark Baldark have threatened its very existence. Thale has called the children to aid him in a great crusade to defeat the minions of Baldark and secure the future of Sunside."

Ellis, Ella Thorp. Swimming with the Whales. New York: Ballantine Books, 1995/Henry Holt & Co., 1995. Ages 9-12. (Fiction) Click here for Ballantine's teacher's guide for this book.

From the back cover: "Paolo and his naturalist father live in a beautiful, isolated village in the argentine region of Patagonia, where they spend their time exploring the land around them and the unusual animals who live there. But Paolo's dream of swimming with the whales will have to wait another year, as his life begins to take some unexpected turns."

Ellis, Judith. The Adventure Begins. Illustrated by Loren Chantland. Wonder Whales Series - Book 1. Minneapolis, Minnesota; Wonder Whales, Inc., 1996. Ages 4-9. (Fiction)

Publisher's annotation: "[This book] is the first in a continuing series starring the Wonder Whales cast of environmentally hip characters created for kids who want to explore Earth's watery world. Designed to entertain and educate, [this book] introduce[s] the main Wonder Whales characters. O-O, the killer whale, assures us 'It's Okay To Be Original,' Delphi, the beluga, says, 'Dare To Make a Difference.' Cero, the narwhal, asks us to 'Save Our Seas.' Mysti, the humpback, reminds everyone to 'Make Your Mark.' In [the book], the Wonder Whales solve problems nonviolently when their friend, Shadow, is harpooned by a pirate whaleship and O-O is kidnapped by sharks. The Wonder Whales have fun along the way and learn to work together to stop the pirate whaleship. Books contain Learn and Play Pages, an environmental project, [a sheet of stickers], and Wonder Words to help children learn the vocabulary of the sea."

Trisha: Delightful in every way.

___________. O-O Beneath the Arctic Ice. Wonder Whales Series - Book 2. Minneapolis, Minnesota: Wonder Whales, Inc., 2001. Ages 4-9. (Fiction)

___________. Mysti and the Mystery of Manana. Wonder Whales Series - Book 3. Minneapolis, Minnesota: Wonder Whales, Inc., forthcoming. Ages 4-9. (Fiction)

Ellis, Richard. Physty: The True Story of a Young Whale's Rescue. Philadelphia: Running Press, 1993. Grades 3 and up. (Based on a true story.)

In April 1981 a young sperm whale beached near New York City. Before that day, only a few people in the world had seen one of these incredible creatures up close. As scientists gathered to help, the young whale quickly became a media star. His new human friends named him Physty ("feisty"), a tribute to his spirit and a pun on his scientific name. Hundreds and thousands of people watched and waited as Physty struggled for life. Physty is an invitation to join these fascinating mammals as they hunt, communicate, and play.

Elrick, George S. Flipper: Killer Whale Trouble. A Big Little Book. Racine, Wisconsin: Whitman Publishing Company, 1967. (Fiction)

"This story is based on the television series Flipper starring Brian Kelly, Luke Halpin and Tommy Norden . . . An albino killer whale suddenly appears, providing quite an adventure for Flipper, Bud, and Sandy."

Trisha: Orcas are described as other whale-eating and possibly human-eating beings, with a nasty temper. The one in this story, however, it is eventually decided, has probably recently lost her baby and adopts Flipper to take her baby's place. A side story involves hammerhead sharks, and in the end the white orca comes to Sandy and Flipper's rescue.

Every other page of this 250-page small-size (3" x 4") book is a full-color illustration.

Erdrich, Louise. Grandmother's Pigeon. Illustrated by Jim La Marche. Hyperion, 1996.

From a review by Holly Hammond in the December 1996 issue of Yoga Journal: "Best-selling author Louise Erdrich's first book for children tells the story of a mysterious grandmother who catches a ride on a porpoise to Greenland, whereupon extinct birds hatch in her room, and a message comes from far away. The haunting illustrations perfectly frame the tale."

Erickson, Amy. Sea Animals. San Francisco: Chronicle Books, 1998. (Nonfiction)

A board book with "high quality illustrations and simple yet informative text," Sea Animals introduces young children to a whale, dolphin, sea otter, sea turtle, shark, and elephant seal.

Ericson, Anton. Whales and Dolphins. Illustrated by Robin Lee Makowski RMakowski@aol.com). An Eyes on Nature book. Chicago, Illinois: Kidsbooks, 1994. Ages 5 and up.(Nonfiction)

Trisha: An introductory book with lots of interesting facts, superbly illustrated with color photos, drawings, and a whale and dolphin size-comparison illustration featuring twenty-eight different species.

Esbensen, Barbara Juster. Baby Whales Drink Milk. Illustrated by Lambert Davis. Let's-Read-and-Find-Out Science Series, Stage 1. New York: HarperCollins Children's Books, 1994. Grades preschool-1. (Nonfiction)

From the publisher: "Barbara Esbensen and Lambert Davis dive into the ocean to explain why a whale is a mammal--and not just a big fish . . . [They explain] the defining characteristics of mammals and how all mammals nurture their babies to help them grow up."

From Kirkus Reviews, January 1, 1994: "The title epitomizes Esbensen's creative presentation of an important concept: how whales differ from the fish they seem to resemble and share characteristics with other mammals. Beginning with a direct comparison with humans, dogs, cats, etc., the author describes a humpback's care of her calf, working in other behaviors, more contrasts with fish and basic facts on mammals. Davis's blue-green underwater scenes are nicely varied with changes in light, points of view, and surroundings; his heavy, sculptural style is well suited to the massive whales, and though his land mammals seem stiff, a whale's eye in close-up shines with intelligence. A concluding spread of six species and a diver is the only key to relative sizes (oddly, the featured humpback isn't included). An excellent addition to the Let's-Read-and-Find-Out series." Copyright 1994, Kirkus Associates, LP.

Esterl, Arnica. Okino and the Whales. Illustrated by Marek Zawadzki. San Diego: Harcourt Brace, 1995. Translation of Okino und die Wale. (Fiction)

From a review in the November/December 1996 issue of Yoga Journal: "In a gentle story within a story, a child slips into the undersea land of the Great Mother of the Ocean and the child's mother makes a pilgrimage with a magic lantern to get her back. The lush illustrations evoke the dreamy deep; you can almost hear the whales singing."

Evans-Smith, Deborah. The Whale's Tale. Illustrated by Valeria Evans. San Francisco: Sea Fog Press, 1986. Grades 2-6. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "During a severe storm a whale saves the lives of the captain and crew of a whaling vessel in return for their promise not to hunt whales anymore."

Evernden, Jeanne. The Time the Whale Came to Jackson's Bay; A Skokomish Legend. Illustrated by Bruce Miller. Coast Area Planning Committee. Washington, D.C.?: National Institute of Education?, 1978. For sale by the Supt. of Docs, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1981.

Facklam, Margery. Bees Dance and Whales Sing: Mysteries of Animal Communication. Illustrated by Pamela Johnson. San Francisco: Sierra Club Books for Children, 1992. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

From the publisher: " . . . a detailed study of the mysteries of animal communication, discussing the various ways in which elephants, fireflies, ants, and other creatures send messages . . . Explores the mysteries of how and why animals send messages to one another and to humans."

Farber, Norma. A Ship in a Storm on the Way to Tarshish. Illustrated by Victoria Chess. New York: Greenwillow Books, 1977.

Farias, Juan. Por Donde Pasan Las Ballenas. Espasa Juvenil no. 37. Espasa-Calpe, S.A., 1998. Ages 9-12. (Fiction)

Farris, Diane. In Dolphin Time. New York: Four Winds Press, 1994.

Trisha: Creative photography--unusual, dreamlike--with poetic text about a child's fantasy of bringing dolphins home from the beach in a pocket, admiring them in various places at home, and then returning them to the ocean. This is not a fantasy I would want to encourage in a child (or an adult), but the dreamlike photography is unique and contains one of my favorite photos of a dolphin.

Faulkner, Keith. Runaway Whale. Illustrated by Jonathan Lambert. Stamford, Connecticut, Longmeadow Press, 1990. Grades 1-3. (Fiction)

Trisha: This delightfully illustrated book is about a little humpback whale who longs to "see the world unknown" and slips away from his mother one day. He initially has fun, but then starts to feel alone and frightened and realizes that he misses his mother very much. In the end, mother and son are reunited, and the little whale decides it is better to have "his mother around" whenever he is exploring.

Fiarotta, Phyllis. Snips and Snails and Walnut Whales: Nature Crafts for Children. Workman Publishing, 1975. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

Fichter, George S. Whales and Other Marine Mammals. New York: Western Publishing Co., 1990. (Nonfiction)

Field, Nancy, and Sally Machlis. Discovering Marine Mammals: A Learning and Activity Book. Corvallis, Oregon/Middleton, Wisconsin: Dog-Earing Publications, 1987, 1992.

" A nature activity book . . . filled with games, cartoons, trivia, and great illustrations."

Fine, John Christopher. The Boy and the Dolphin. Illustrated by Aleksander Kardas. Mount Desert: Windswept House Publishers, 1990. Grades 4-8. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "A poignant tale of a young boy who finds consolation for the loss of his father by taking to the sea in a fishing boat. The boy is befriended by a dolphin whose urgent signals lead him to a scene of marine destruction. Award-winning author and internationally known oceanographer, Fine makes a statement against driftnetting in this book." A "sensitively written tale of a young boy and a mother dolphin who share grief for lost loved ones."

From The Horn Book: "After his father's death, a boy takes out the family fishing boat and follows a dolphin to a discarded net and suffocated young dolphin. As the boy and the dolphin together mourn the two deaths, the boy finds the strength to face the world. The text is wordy and self-conscious, and the moral takes precedence over the story, but the seagoing illustrations are handsome." Copyright 1991 The Horn Book, Inc. All rights reserved.

Recipient of the 1991 Herman Melville Literary Award.

Finn, James. "Mother Nature and the First Dolphins." [Formerly available at The Dolphin Circle website.]

Trisha: A story of how and why Mother Nature created the first dolphins, which, in the vein of a well-known Greek myth, assigns them a rather unflattering ancestry.

Fisher, Jane, and Paul Harvey. Baby Dolphin. Tiny Bubble Books.

The Prince of Whales: A Fantasy Adventure (humpback), Robert L. Fisher. New York: Carroll & Graf, 1986/New York: Tor Books, 1985/E-dition, 1999. (YA*)

From the back cover: "Young Toby's uncontrollable dream music filled the Arctic night sea with sound that brought great danger to all the whales in Toby's pod. His powerful and thundering music was sure to attract the human hunters with their killing ships and hideous exploding harpoons. For the safety of the pod, Toby had to be banished, exiled to certain, lonely death--unless he could silence his song.

"But then a strange, ghostly spirit appeared, setting Toby on a quest that led from the depths of the haunted oceans to the mystery of an enslaved, sunken city. A quest in search of his true voice. Somewhere in Toby's song was a secret that reached from the seas to the stars. And only Toby's music could united all the beings of the land and the water, to save Earth from a dark, evil creature who hated whales, hated humans, hated Nature and, most of all, hated--Dreams."

From a review in Publisher's Weekly: "Readers who enjoyed Jonathan Livingston Seagull and Watership Down . . . will welcome Toby."

Trisha: Readers of alt.animals.dolphins find this novel dark.

Fisher, Ronald M. Namu: Making Friends With a Killer Whale. Washington, D.C.: National Geographic, 1973. (Nonfiction)

A killer whale who is accidentalyy captured by a fisherman is acquired by a Seattle, Washington, aquarium.

Flack, Marjorie, and William Rose Benet. Adolphus, or the Adopted Dolphin and the Pirate's Daughter. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Co., 1941. (Fiction)

Tuck, Lynne. Investigate Whales. Illustrated by Garry Fleming. North Vancouver, British Columbia: Whitecap Books, 2000. (Nonfiction, with stickers)

Foley, Mark. Free Willy. A novelization by Todd Strasser based on the screenplay by Keith A. Walker and Corey Blechman, story by Keith A. Walker, retold by Mark Foley. London: Penguin, 1997. (Fiction) (See also Horowitz, Jordan; Krulik, Nancy; and Strasser, Todd)

Forest, Jim. The Whale's Tale. Illustrated by Len Munnik. Rydalmere, New South Wales: Alresford, Hunt & Thorpe, 1992. (Fiction)

Foster, Kimberly. A Dolphin Up a Tree!. Illustrated by Bradley Marcus, Kevin Marcus, and Kurt Wilberding. Telos Publications, 2002. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "It's a magic day for Tina and her animals! Tina weaves a magic spell to escape her meddling baby brother. Her stuffed animals spring to life but the spell goes awry and now Dolphin is up a tree! Tina and her animals need to get Dolphin down in a hurry. Owl says ‘Fly!’ Fox howls ‘Walk! and Beaver builds! How will Tina and the animals learn to understand their differences?

A Dolphin Up a Tree! is based on the author's experience with the Keirseyan Temperament popularized in the book Please Understand Me and Howard Gardner's theory of multiple intelligences. ‘During my early school years I knew I was different, not being good at math or sports,’ says the author, Kimberly Foster. ‘The four animals, representing four human temperaments, learn they must coexist despite their differences.’

From the author: "When I was first introduced to the four temperaments in a Myers-Briggs session, it changed my life instantly. A Dolphin Up A Tree! gives kids hope. Even if they feel stuck, with a little tolerance and understanding, there can be a happy ending."

Foster, Larry, Kenneth Balcomb III, and Stanley M. Minasian. The Whales of Hawaii: Including All Species of Marine Mammals in Hawaiian and Adjacent Waters. San Francisco: Marine Mammal Fund, 1987, 1991. Grades 9 and up. (Nonfiction)

Field guide to the Hawaiian whales, dolphins, and monk seal. Includes more than 100 color photographs.

Fowler, Allan. Friendly Dolphins. Rookie Read-About Science series. Danbury, Connecticut: Children's Press, 1997. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

From Horn Book:"These [Rookie Read-About Science series] are cursory collections of facts about two groups of mammals: moles, prairie dogs, gophers, and woodchucks; and dolphins and their relatives, killer whales and porpoises. Dolphins focuses on animals in captivity, while Under the Ground features those in the wild. The choppy texts are illustrated with full-color, stock photographs with plenty of close-ups of cute animal faces. Ind." -- Copyright (c) 1998 The Horn Book, Inc. All rights reserved.

___________. The Biggest Animal Ever. Danbury, Connecticutt: Children's Press, 1992. Grades preschool-2. (Nonfiction)

___________. El Animal Mas Grande del Mundo (The Biggest Animal Ever). Rookie Read-About Science Big Books. Danbury, Connecticut: Children's Press, n.d. In Spanish. Ages 5-8. (Nonfiction)

___________. Podria Ser un Mamifero - Libro Grande (It Could Still Be a Mammal Big Book). Spanish Rookie Read-About Science Series. Danbury, Connecticut: Children's Press, n.d. Ages 5-8. (Nonfiction)

Discusses whales, bats, and kangaroos.

Fox, F. G. Jean Laffite and the White Whale. Illustrated by Scott Cook. New York: Farrar Straus & Giroux, 2000. Ages 9-12. (Fiction)

Fox, Michael. The Way of the Dolphin. Illustrated by Betty J. Lewis. Sarasota, Florida: Acropolis South, 1981. Grades preschool-6. (Nonfiction)

Scott: A story of the lives of several dolphins. Includes a brief section on dolphin biology.

Frahm, Randy. The Humpback Whale. Wildlife of North America Series. Mankato, Minnesota: Capstone Press, 1998. Grades 3-7. (Nonfiction)

Franklin, Kristin L. The Gift. Illustrated by Barbara Lavallee. San Francisco: Chronicle Books, 1999. (Fiction)

Frank Schaffer Publications Staff. Jonah and the Whale. Torrance, California: Frank Schaffer Publications, 1997.

Fraser, F. C. British Whales, Dolphins and Porpoises. Woodland Hills: Rudolph William Sabbot Natural History Books, 1976.

French, Vivian. Whale Journey. Illustrated by Lisa Flather. New York: Larousse Kingfisher Chambers, 1998. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

Synopsis: "Little Gray the whale is born, learns to swim and dive in the ocean, and accompanies his mother on the migration from Baja California to the Arctic feeding grounds. Includes a map showing the whales' migration route."

Frissen. Yann et le Baleine/Yann and the Whale. Illustrations by Hanze. Brooklyn, New York: Kane/Miller Book Publishers, 1997. Grades preschool-3. In English and French. (Fiction)

"When a whale calf saves the life of a boy on his first whaling [trip], the boy reciprocates and lies to spare the mother whale's life."

Fuge, Charles, and Karen Hayles. Whale Is Stuck. Books for Young Readers. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1993. Grades preschool-1. (Fiction)

Heintze, William Ty. Valley of the Eels: A Science Fiction Mystery. Illustrated by William Ty Heintze. Austin, Texas: Eakin Press, 1993. (Fiction)

From the back cover: "This science fiction mystery involves three surfer/diver teenagers, a dolphin that talks, an alien youth living in a glass dome under the waters of the Gulf of Mexico off Corpus Christi Bay, a villainous character dumping toxic waste into the Gulf, and a salty old sailor who manages the local Dive Shop. The dolphin leads two of the boys out to the alien's dome, where they become fast friends with Lanor, a boy from the planet Lios. Several plot lines blend together at the end with the vilain getting his due, the alien leaving Earth for his home planet, and the boys left with a 'mission' to guide their lives. This is the first in a science fiction trilogy."

Fuhr, U., and R. Sautai, illustrators. Baleine. Gallimard - Mes Premieres Dcouvertes Series. Cambridge: Schoenhof's Foreign Books, Inc., 1991. Grades preschool-1. In French. (Nonfiction)

Fulton, Barbara. Daffy Dolphin. Florida Experience Press, 1973. (Fiction)

Fun, J. J. The Partners and the Dolphins Who Moved In. Chestnut Hill: J. J. Fun Inc., 1992. Grades K-8. (Fiction)

Funston, Sylvia. St. Lawrence Beluga. Illustrated by Olena Kassian. Endangered Animals series. Buffalo, New York: Firefly Books, 1992. Grades 1-5. (Fiction)

Gambell, Ray. Whales. How They Live Series. New York: B.D.D. Promotional Book Co., 1990. Grades preschool and up. (Nonfiction)

Gardner, Robert. Investigating the Supernatural. New York: Henry Holt and Co., 1997.

Gay, Tanner O. Whales and Dolphins in Action. Illustrated by Jean Cassels. Early Reader Pop-Ups Series. New York: Simon & Schuster/Swindon: Childs Play International, 1991. Grades K-4. (Nonfiction)

Geistdoerfer, Patrick. Whales, Dolphins and Seals. Illustrated by Joelle Boucher. Pocket Worlds: The Animal World series. London: Moonlight, 1990. (Nonfiction)

___________. Undersea Giants (Grands animaux sous la mer). Young Discovery Library, 1988.

An introduction to whales and other sea mammals.

Gendron, Val, and David A. MacGill. Whales. Dolphin Science Books series, no. 12. London: University of London Press, 1966. California State Series. Sacramento, Calif.: California State Department of Education, 1967.

General information about whales, including the butchery of whaling. Also includes an illustration of killer whales attacking a Pacific gray whale.

George, Twig C. A Dolphin Named Bob. Illustrated by Christine Herman Merrill. New York: HarperCollins Children's Books, 1996. Ages 7-10. (Fiction)

From the dust jacket: "With a mind of her own and a knack for creating chaos, Aster the dolphin was often the center of attention at the Aquarium. That is, until she had Bob.

"When he was born, Bob was a scrawny dolphin, with an unusual, comet-shaped mark on his drooping dorsal fin. Like his mother, Bob was ornery, and he stubbornly struggled with health problems to survive. He, too, loved to jump high in the air and perform dolphin tricks. One day he jumped into more trouble than any other dolphin in the history of the Aquarium."

From a review in Marine Conservation News: ". . . Bob got his name because of the way he bobbed in the pool when swimming in circles. And while Ms. George infuses Bob with many fascinating traits, and makes it possible for humans to peek inside the imagined inner life of dolphins, she also teaches us the science: how these amazing creatures live, swim, sleep, breathe, play, learn, and care for their young."

Trisha: Twig George is the wife of David Pittenger, director of the National Aquarium in Baltimore, Maryland, which explains the pro-captivity orientation of this book.

Gibbons, Gail. Whales. Illustrated by Gail Gibbons. New York: Holiday House, 1991/Pine Plains, New York: 1993. Grades preschool-3. (Nonfiction)

Trisha: Cheerfully illustrated; contains basic facts about whales and mentions several different species. Book sometimes bundled with tape.

Gibson, Wynne. Tippy Tail the Gentle Gray Whale. Illustrated by Barbara Thomas. Medford, Oregon: Wynne Publishing Co., 1994. Grades 2-5. (Fiction)

Gilbert, Harry. The Dolphin That Spoke. Illustrated by Susan Hunter. Chilling Tales series. London: Picadilly Press, 1985. (Fiction)

Gilmore, R. M. The Story of the Gray Whale. 2d rev. ed. San Diego, California: Gilmore, 1972.

___________. Bubbles and Other Pilot Whales. Del Mar, California: Gilmore, 1962.

Ginsberg, Daniel. Whales and Dolphins: An Educational Coloring Book. Boulder, Colorado: Roberts Rinehart Publishers, 1989. Grades 1-4. (Nonfiction)

Girard, Betsy. Orca Whale: With Plush Animal. Bronxville, New York: Adventure Quest, Inc., 1997.

Glease, Hannah E. Whales. Illustrated by George Thompson. Learning Tree 1 2 3 Series. Bath, England: Cherrytree, 1991. (Nonfiction)

Glendinning, Sally. Doll: Bottle-Nosed Dolphin. Illustrated by Arabelle Wheatley. Champaign, Illinois: Garrard Publishing Co., 1980. (Fiction)

Trisha: Nicely begins with the story of a baby dolphin's experiences in the wild, but ends with the mother dolphin bringing her baby close to shore where they are captured and placed in a dolphinarium, which this book unfortunately and incorrectly portrays as a most delightful circumstance (both the capture process and the captive environment). A dolphinarium could not hope for a better piece of indoctrination for a young child.

Glover, Jane. Whales and Sharks. Illustrated by Brian Watson. Newmarket: Brimax, 1991. (Nonfiction)

Gobble, Kevin. Whales and Dolphins. Illustrated by Ron Evans. Los Angeles: Price Stern Sloan, 1995. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

From the publisher: "Kids can make their own pop-up scenes--color in intricate illustrations and then punch out the perforated images and assemble them against a beautiful background scene. Simple, informative text tells kids all about the sea animals under the waves."

Gohier, François. Humpback Whales: Traveling on the Wings of Song. Marine Life Series. San Luis Obispo, California: Blake Publishing, 1991/Parsippany, New Jersey: Silver Burdett Press, 1994. Grades 5 and up. (Nonfiction)

Publisher's annotation: "In 30 photographs and 6,000 words of text, Gohier gives a detailed and accurate portrait of the humpback whale, perhaps the most beloved and recognizable of the great whales . . . This engrossing books, written in simple terms by a man who has followed the humpbacks for many years, contains a wealth of recent data on the whales. Social behavior, play, courtship, birth, male aggression, and numerous feeding techniques are talked about and depicted in oversized photos. Excerpts from humpback whale song are shown in easy-to-understand sonograms. The text further elaborates on what is known about humpback singing. Like other Blake nature titles, the type of both text and captions are very generously sized, making the books especially attractive to youngsters and to adults who have difficult with standard type. A favorite with whale-watchers and report-writers too."

___________. A Pod of Gray Whales: An Affectionate Portrait. Illustrated by Cathi Von Schimmelmann. San Luis Obispo, California: Blake Publishing, 1988/EZ Nature Books, 1999. Grades 5 and up. (Nonfiction)

A well-illustrated, brief overview of gray whales and gray-whale watching.

Goldman, Dara. Humphrey the Wrong Way Whale.

Gordon, Sharon. Dolphins and Porpoises. Now I Know Series. Illustrated by June Goldsborough. Mahwah, New Jersey: Troll Communications, 1985, 1989/Econo-Clad Books, 1999. Grades K-2. (Nonfiction)

Gordon, Sharon, and June Goldsborough. Acerca de los Delfines y las Marsopas (Ahora Se). Troll Associates, 1994. (Nonfiction). In Spanish.

Gouck, Maura. Whales. Chicago: The Child's World, Inc., 1991. Grades 2-6. (Nonfiction)

Goudey, Alice E. Here Come the Dolphins!. Illustrated by Garry Mackenzie. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1961. (Nonfiction)

Scott: Oddly written, with a definite emphasis on "Dolphins can be useful to man if only he captures them and studies them." Dated in its outlook, but fairly thorough for 1961.

___________. Here Come the Whales!. Illustrated by Garry MacKenzie. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1956. (Nonfiction)

Gowell, Elizabeth Tayntor. Whales and Dolphins: What They Have in Common. Animals in Order series. Danbury, Connecticut: Franklin Watts, 1998, 2000. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

Graham, Ada and Frank. Whale Watch. Illustrated by D. D. Tyler. An Audubon Reader. New York: Delacorte Press/Dell Publishing, 1978, 1983. Grades 4 and up. (Nonfiction)

Discusses whales, the industry which is responsible for their near extinction, and current efforts to insure their survival.

Scott: A book intended for young readers, but remarkable in its power. To enliven the tale, it uses the experiences of a young scientist sent on a bird-collecting expedition in 1912 on board a whaling ship. Highly recommended, it offers a very thorough picture of why the whales are worth saving. The illustrations are unique also in that they are almost all of whales in a very foreshortened front view.

Graves, Jack A. What Is a California Gray Whale? Illustrated by Cameron K. Daines. Phoenix, Arizona: America Educational Press, 1991. Grades 1-4. (Nonfiction)

Examines the history, life, migration, and protection of the California gray whale.

Graves, Sara Bridge. The Short-Tailed Whale. Boston: John W. Luce, 1949.(Poetry)

Gray, William Bittle. Flipper the Star.

Green, Carl R., and William R. Sanford. The Bottlenose Dolphin. Parsippany: Silver Burdett Press, 1987. (Nonfiction)

___________. The Humpback Whale. Wildlife Habits and Habitats series/ Animals in Danger series. Mankato, Minnesota: Crestwood House, 1985/London: Macmillan, 1988. Grade 5. (Nonfiction)

Examines the appearance, behavior, and life cycle of the playful singing whale and describes modern efforts to protect it.

Green, Jen. Dolphins. Nature's Children series. Grolier Educational Corp., 1999.

Green, John. Whale and Dolphins Coloring Book. New York: Dover Publications, 1990.

Greenaway, Shirley. Dragons, Dolphins, and Dinosaurs: Wacky Facts about Animals. Boston: Whispering Coyote Press, 1993.

Greenaway, Theresa. Secret World of Whales. Raintree/Steck Vaugh, 2001. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

Greenberg, Judith E., and Helen Carey. Whales. Chatham: Raintree Steck-Vaughn Publishers, 1990. Grades 2-4. (Nonfiction)

Greenburg, Dan. How to Speak Dolphin in Three Easy Lessons. The Zack Files Series, Vol. 11. New York: Grosset & Dunlap, 1997.

Trisha: The Zack Files Series is an off-the-wall humorous collection centered around ten-year-old Zack and his paranormal abilities. In the present volume, Zack can communicate telepathically with two captive, Scrabble-playing dolphins, as well as with wild dolphins, which leads to their rescue when they are kidnapped.

Greenburg, Daniel A. Whales. Animals, Animals series. Benchmark Books, 2000. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

Greene, Carol. Reading about the Humpback Whale. Friends in Danger Series. Springfield, New Jersey: Enslow Publishers, 1993. Grades K-3. (Nonfiction)

Describes the physical characteristics and behavior of the humpback whale and discusses some of the dangers it faces.

Gregory, O. B. Whales. Illustrated by Maurice Hutchings. Windmere, Florida: The Rourke Book Company, 1981. (Nonfiction)

Griffin, Donald R. Echoes of Bats and Men. New York: Doubleday Anchor, 1959.

Scott: A young person's introductory text about sonar, both biological (bats, dolphins, and beetles) and man-made. Semi-technical.

Griggs, Tamar, ed. There's a Sound in the Sea: A Child's-Eye View of the Whale. San Francisco: The Scrimshaw Press, 1975. Grades 1-6.

Draws on thousands of childrens' drawings, paintings, poems and stories of whales.

Trisha: A wonderful collection of full-color and black-and-white drawings, poems, and stories, ranging from happy to sad (the latter in conjunction with whaling). The original pictures in There's a Sound in the Sea are available in an exhibition through General Whale, P.O. Box Whales, Alameda, California 95401, USA.

For a quote from the section entitled "Teaching about whales . . . , ", see the entry in the Other Resources section below for "Griggs, Tamar. Whale Workshops."

Grosvenor, Donna. The Blue Whale. Paintings by Larry Foster. Books for Young Explorers series. Washington, D.C.: National Geographic Society, 1977. (Nonfiction)

Describes a year in the life of a blue whale and her offspring. Endpapers show whales of the world.

Grover, Wayne. Dolphin Freedom. Illustrated by Jim Fowler. New York: Greenwillow Books, 1999/Avon Books, 2000. Ages 9-12. (Fiction)

Synopsis: "A diver and his friends rescue a family of dolphins from Bahamian poachers who are selling the dolphins to marine parks."

From a review by Shelle Rosenfeld in the May 15, 1999, issue of Booklist: "In the third book of this marine adventure series that began with the nonfiction Dolphin Adventure (1990) and continued in the novel Dolphin Treasure (1996), diver Wayne Grover becomes involved in trying to save dolphins from being captured by an illegal poaching ring off the coast of Florida. Aided by friends Amos and Jack, Wayne embarks on a dangerous mission to rescue and free Baby, the beloved dolphin whose life Wayne saved years before, and the members of its family. Action and suspense combine with an informative account of dolphin life, and an environmentally aware message about the dangers of poaching. Grover includes many fascinating facts about dolphins, including their gentle nature and potential for human bonding, as well as the hazards of the flip side: how taming wild animals can have tragic repercussions. Alternating chapters contrast the dolphins' plight with Wayne's responses and action for a fast-paced read; age-appropriate and reader-friendly, the book is a boon for fans of wildlife-and action-adventures in general."

From Kirkus Reviews: "Rife with adventure, this title from Grover . . . continues the story of his ongoing relationship with a special group of dolphins in Florida. When poachers from nearby Bahamas capture Baby and several other dolphins, Grover, with the assistance of friends Amos and Jack, sets out to rescue them. Their daring plan takes them to Dead Man Cay, a notorious island where they discover not only Baby and the members of his pod, but a shocking total of 14 wild dolphins penned in fetid concrete tanks, bound for amusement centers throughout Mexico. The danger to Grover and his allies is real; the poachers interrupt their escape and are clearly intent on killing them. The dolphins ultimately save their human friends. For those keeping tallies, dolphins emerge as more civilized than humans in most of this tale. Grover details the poachers' brutal treatment of the creatures and several violent interactions between them and the rescuers, while the dolphins merely play 'seamen soccer' with the villains. References to Grover's inexplicable mental connection to the creatures, especially in times of crisis, combined with intimations that the tale may be autobiographical, will encourage readers to explore the complex lives of dolphins. The fast-paced action never overwhelms the cause of protecting the dolphins that is so obviously dear to the author's heart."--Copyright (c) 1999, Kirkus Associates, LP. All rights reserved.

___________. Dolphin Treasure. Illustrated by Jim Fowler. New York: William Morrow & Co., 1996. Grades 2 and up. (Nonfiction)

From the back cover: "Ever since Wayne Grover saved the life of a baby dolphin [see his book Dolphin Adventure below], Baby and his family have joined Grover on many dives off the coast of Florida. But there's no sign of Baby on the stormy day that Grover discovers a sunken treasure--and stays underwater just a few minutes longer than he should."

School Library Journal endorsement: "Will thrill youngsters who enjoy reading about treasure hunts as much as those who love animals stories. A treat for anyone looking for a fast and fascinating read."

Trisha: A well-written, suspenseful adventure, in which dolphins come to the rescue. I look forward to more stories in this series.

___________. Dolphin Adventure: A True Story. Illustrations by Jim Fowler. New York: Scholastic Inc., 1990; Avon Books, 2000. Ages 9-12. (Based on a true story.)

"It is a perfect day for diving. Eighty feet below the ocean's surface, Wayne Grover sees three dolphins swimming near him. As unbelievable as it seems, he realizes that the dolphins are asking for help. Can he help them?"

Trisha: This is one of the most remarkable dolphin stories I've ever read about two wild adult dolphins who bring their youngster to Wayne Grover so that he can remove a fish hook embedded near its tail.

Gunston, David. The Sea of Whales. Round the Globe Stories. London: Warne, 1948. (Caution: May be about whaling.)

Haas, Patti. The Cry of the Last Whale. Illustrated by the author. Grass Valley, California: Hupai Publishers, 1988. (Fiction)

Trisha: A sad tale of the death of the last remaining whales, their numbers decimated by toxins in the ocean and death at the hand of humans. The story is set in the future, with a father and son viewing whale skeletons in a museum and commenting on how ugly the whales were and how humans have always had the need and right to exploit all other life forms.

Before all the whales have died, the last few comment on both the folly of humans (the "spindly ones") as well as their ocassional kindnesses, until there is only one great blue whale remaining. He raises his head and emits a piercing cry heard around the world, then dives to the ocean floor, never to surface again.

Hainey, Michael. Blue: Featuring Blueprint, the Blue Sky, Blue Sky Laws, the Deep Blue Sea, Blue Whales, Blue-Tongued Skinks, Bluenoses, Blue Plate Specials, [etc.]. Illustrated by Robert Brook Allen and Leslie Watkins. New York: Addison Wesley, 1997. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

From the publisher: "Here is a bluetiful, bluesy, blue-ribbon, blue-to-the-nth, bolt out of the blue . . . from blueberries to blue moons. Oh my (blue) heavens! It's a book that's completely and totally about blueness. Blue is a kind of brainstorm contained in a book, showing kids how to think through a topic playfully and thoroughly. The author was formerly an editor and writer at Nickelodeon magazine."

Hall, Elizabeth, and Scott O'Dell. Venus among the Fishes. New York: Houghton Mifflin, 1995. Grades 5 and up. (Fiction)

From the dust jacket: "When killer whales invade Glacier Strait, the dolphins' peaceful home becomes a place of terror. With too many females expecting young and too few large males to guard them, Coral's herd is in serious danger.

"Reluctantly, Coral's father and mother send her in search of her older brother, Silver, and safer waters. The journey is not easy, as Coral confronts hungry sharks, menacing killer whales, and hazardous fishing nets. Inevitably, she encounters the greatest danger of all--the finless creatures with long bony tentacles who live inside boats.

"Coral's brave quest, which leads her through unexpected perils and into [several months of] captivity [by marine researchers], climaxes with a conflict between her desire for freedom and her affection for her human trainer . . ."

Hall, Howard. A Charm of Dolphins. San Luis Obispo, California: Blake Publishing, 1993. (Nonfiction)

A colorful introduction to dolphins which explores their range, physical characteristics, habits, abilities, and threats to their existence.

Hall, Tony. Whales. Fact Finders Series. Avenal, New Jersey: Random House Value Publishing, 1990. (Nonfiction and fiction)

Hammond, Diane Coplin. Keiko's Story: The Real-Life Tale of the World's Most Famous Killer Whale. Illustrated by Nyna Somerville. Waldport, Oregon: Peduncle Press, 1998. Available from (877) 4KEIKOS (free field guide to the orca with purchase of Keiko's Story). Grades K-6. (Nonfiction)

Trisha: This sweetly illustrated book tells the story of Keiko's life, from the time of his birth and subsequent capture through his history in captivity (first for three years in a holding pool in Iceland, then to Marineland in Canada, which he left because of harassment by the other larger orcas, on to Reino Aventura in Mexico, where his health declined, then to Oregon Coast Aquarium, where his health improved dramatically, readying him for his trip to a sea pen in Iceland.) The book closes with the promise to transport Keiko to his Icelandic sea pen, with the hope that he may someday be releasable back into the wild.

Hansen. Petzi et la Baleine. Casterman, 1958. (Fiction) [In French.]

Trisha: Drawn in children's comic-book style, the story of a bear, a penguin, and a pelican who take a trip out to sea and pull their boat up on what they think is an island. The island turns out to be a friendly whale who journeys with them and then returns them to land.

Hardwick, Richard. Flipper: The Mystery of the Black Schooner. Illustrated by Al Andersen and Robert Allen. Racine, Wisconsin: Whitman Publishing Co., 1966. Ages 9-11.

Scott: An "authorized" young persons' book about Flipper, the TV dolphin. Actually quite well written, suitable for 9-to-11 year olds. Still perpetuates the old ideas about killer whales.

Harrar, George, and Linda Harrar. Signs of the Apes, Songs of the Whales: Adventures in Human-Animal Communication. Aladdin Paperbacks, 1989. (Nonfiction)

Harrell, Sara G. Cottage by the Sea. Saint Louis, Missouri: Concordia Publishing House, 1978. Grades 5-9. (Fiction)

___________. Semo: A Dolphin's Search for Christ. Saint Louis, Missouri: Concordia Publishing House, 1977. Grades 5-7. (Legends and stories)

Harris, Susan. Whales. Danbury, Connecticut: Franklin Watts, 1981. Grades 2-4. (Nonfiction)

Harvey, Gareth. Cleanse and His Friends, and Donny the Dolphin. London: Avon, 1994. (Fiction)

Harvey, Richard. Dolphin Dee and the Chimpanzee. Illustrated by Stuart Kettle. Maidenhead: Purnell, 1980. (Fiction)

Harvey, Winifred S. The White Whale and Other Stories. London: George G. Harrap & Co. Ltd., 1931. (Fiction)

Contains the stories "The White Whale," "The Killer Whale," and other stories that also feature the white whale.

Hatherly, Janelle, and Delia Nicholls. Dolphins and Porpoises. Great Creatures of the World series. New York: Facts on File, 1990. Ages 7 to adult. (Nonfiction)

From the Whale and Dolphin Conservation Society Booklist: " . . . Learn about these playful, intelligent and often friendly creatures in this fully illustrated book." (Companion volume to Whales, by Lesley Dow.)

Hebert, Marie-Francine. Poppy's Whale. Second Story Press, 1996. Ages 9-12. (Fiction)

Helm, Thomas. Dangerous Sea Creatures: A Complete Guide to Hazardous Sea Life. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1976. (Nonfiction)

Includes killer whales, moray eels, sharks, squids, octopuses, rays, devilfish, sawfish, red tides, and more.

Helman, Andrea. O Is for Orca. Illustrated by Art Wolfe. Sasquatch Books, 1995.

From the publisher: "A bright, colorful children's alphabet book, in which each letter is stunningly represented by an Art Wolfe photograph of an animal, plant, or place particular to the region spanning Alaska, British Columbia, Washington, and Oregon."

Henderson, Gordon. Dolphina: Queen of the Ocean Blue. Illustrated by Abira Ali. McConnellsburg, Pennsylvania: Bow Tie Enterprises, 1995. Includes a doll. Available from Bow Tie Enterprises, HC75, Box 45, McConnellsburg, Pennsylvania 17233, USA, (800) 626-9843. (Fiction)

Hepworth, Peter. Ocean Girl. New York: Hyperion Paperbacks for Children, 1995. Ages 9-13. (Fiction) (See also the television series of the same name in the Cetacean Videography.)

From the back cover: "Jason Bates sees a beautiful girl swimming in the middle of the ocean, and nobody believes him. He is determined to prove that this girl exists and is not only in his imagination. He discovers that Neri lives alone on a deserted island paradise and that she can communicate telepathically with a humpback whale she calls Charley. Jason tells his brother, Brett, the secret, but it is only a matter of time before everyone in the underwater city of ORCA leans about the mysterious Neri, who not only can understand whales but can swim with them as well. Neri's discovery by the outside world sets off a chain of events that could lead to her destruction. In their efforts to save Neri and Charley, Jason and Brett learn the incredible truth about their amazing friend."

Adrianna Mesquita (rcross@ny.frontiercomm.net), an Amazon.com customer: "I think Ocean Girl is the best book I have ever read in my life! It is about an alien girl from The Planet of the Oceans. She is the princess of her planet. That is why she can communicate with a humpback whale named Charley (Jali). Then she meets two boys named Jason and Brett. My advice to those who have not read this book: Read it!"

Hernandez, Dorothy L. Stormy the Dolphin. Illustrated by Mary Redman. Las Vegas, Nevada: Dorothy L. Hernandez, 1988. Grades 3-8. (Fiction)

Hesse, Karen. The Music of Dolphins. Scholastic Press, 1996/New York: Henry Holt.

From the dust jacket: "'I thought she was a mermaid at first,' said U.S. Coast Guard LJG Monica Stone. But the rescued girl found off the coast of Florida is not a mermaid. She is a human child, a refugee lost at sea, raised by dolphins from the age of four. They call her Mila, from miracle in Spanish, and take her away to a center for scientific study.

"At first, being human is astonishing. Mila rejoices in the use of her hands, the use of her feet. She can play music. She can communicate complicated ideas through language. She enchants her doctors even as Shay, another girl at the center, disappoints them. But when scientists begin demanding from Mila behavior she cannot reconcile with her dolphin nature, she backs away. With the dolphins there were no boundaries, no secrets. Now walls surround her. People lie. They fear what they do not understand. And they do not understand Mila.

"Karen Hesse writes in a style that echoes Mila's own gradual acquisition of language in this breathtaking novel about what it means to be a human being."

From the author: "The Music of Dolphins began as a book about speech development, and evolved into something very different . . . Mila proved to me she was more than a clinical specimen, just as she did to the characters in the book."

From Kirkus Reviews 8/15/96: "Her mind and spirit shaped by the dolphins who raised her, a feral child views herself and her human captors from a decidedly unusual angle in this poignant story from the author of A Time for Angels (1995). The rescuers who find her on a key off the coast of Cuba dub her Mila--Spanish for "miracle"--for although she weighs barely 100 pounds and bears sucker and barnacle scars, she is healthy and alert, human in form but with strange gestures, sounds, and behavior she learned from the dolphins with whom she has lived for at least 10 years. Taken to a research facility, Mila launches into her new life with enthusiasm, spurred by the hope that she will soon be returned to her marine family. She excels at her studies and displays a genius for music. As someone whose inner resilience has allowed her to develop a dual nature, Mila is utterly convincing; in a highly individual voice, she describes her old and new lives--e.g., 'the sea is a big home where all the time is swimming and all the time is singing and all the time is touching in the big wet.' Changes in type size and style signal Mila's inner shifts as she turns toward humanity, then human captors . . . " Copyright 1996, Kirkus Associates, LP. All rights reserved.

Julia (aka Nai'a): It's a really neat book about a girl, Mila, who was raised from age four by wild dolphins and found by people and taken to a little research place . . . It's a really kewl book.

Trisha: Unusual, interesting, well-written book that raises ethical and cultural considerations.

Hetzel, Bia. Rosalina, a Pesquisadora de Homens (Rosalina, the Humans' Researcher). Illustrated by Graca Lima. 6th ed. Rio de Janeiro, Brazil: Editora Nova Fronteira, 1994. In Portuguese. Available from Cetacean Society International, P.O. Box 953, Georgetown, Connecticut 06829, USA, (203) 544-8617, e-mail: 71322.1637@compuserve.com. (Nonfiction)

About the humpback whales of Abrolhos.

Trisha: I've not yet had this translated so I can't comment on the text, but it is beautifully illustrated.

Heuer, Margarita. La Nina y El Delfin (The Girl and the Dolphin). Trillas/Mexico, 1983. (Fiction)

Heus, John, and Tom Robinson. The Tale of Humphrey the Humpback Whale. Illustrated by Victoria Brost. San Francisco: Brost/Heus, 1985. Grades preschool-3. (Nonfiction)

Hicks, Linda Ashman. A Sail with a Whale. Illustrated by Susan Winter. New York: Simon & Schuster, 2001. (Fiction)

Hill, Prescott. Follow the Whales. Econo-Clad Books, 1999. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

Hillert, Margaret. Mabel the Whale. Morristown, New Jersey: Modern Curriculum Press/Chicago: Follett Publishing Co., 1958. Grades preschool-2. (Fiction)

Himmelman, John. Ibis: A True Whale Story. New York: Scholastic, 1990. (Based on a true story.)

From the back cover: "Ibis, a young humpback whale, is very curious. There are so many things to look at in the ocean, and so many places to explore! Even scary things, like noisy boats filled with people, are interesting to Ibis. She soon decides that there is no reason to be afraid. But one day Ibis is caught in fishing net and needs help." [She is freed by a team of helpful whale watchers.]

Trisha: In the Afterword, the author tells how he saw Ibis on a whale-watching trip, and the marine scientist on board told how she had been caught in the strands of a fishing net a year earlier. She was rescued by attaching floats to the net, so that she could be kept at the surface while the rescue team reached into the water to free her. She was the first whale ever saved from entanglement.

A portion of the proceeds from this book will be donated by the author to the Provincetown Center for Coastal Studies Entanglement Fund.

Hirschi, Ron. Where Are My Puffins, Whales, and Seals? New York: Bantam Books, 1992. Grades preschool-3. (Fiction)

Hirschmann, Kris. Humpback Whales. Creatures of the Sea series. Kidhaven, 2002. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

Hodge, Deborah. Whales: Killer Whales, Blue Whales and More. Illustrated by Pat Stephens. The Kids Can Press Wildlife Series. Kids Can Press, 1997. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

From the publisher: "Kids are curious about wild animals. Straightforward, simple text introduces young children to wild dogs and whales, revealing where and how they live, and how they give birth and raise their young. Beautifully detailed illustrations give kids a close-up look at each wild animal and a realistic picture of how each species compares in size, movement and habitat."

Hodge, Judith. Dolphins: Animals of the Oceans. Animals of the Oceans Series, no. 3. Lake Forest, Illinois: Forest House Publishing, 1998. Ages 7-11. (Nonfiction)

___________. Whales. Animals of the Oceans Series. Barrons Juveniles, 1997. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

From the publisher: "The largest of all the Earth's living animals, varieties of whales include baleen [whales], humpback [whales], right whales, sperm whales, narwhals, and belugas . . . each type is vividly described, with facts on whale anatomy, [their] life cycle, and whale 'talk.' A brief history of whaling and a short essay on the future of whales is included."

Hofmeyr, Diane. Do the Whales Still Sing? Illustrated by Jude Daly. New York: Dial Books for Young Readers, 1995. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

From the dust jacket: "Pete, the lighthouse boy, gathers driftwood along the beach for an old man to carve. And as the old man whittles the sea-worn wood, he tells the boy a tale about a fierce and fearless sea captain who had harpooned more whales than he could ever remember . . . Then one evening an extraordinary thing happened that compelled the sea captain to question all he had ever learned." [The whales' song "reaches into his heart" and changes his life forever.]

"Diane Hofmeyr's lyrical story . . . will be cherished by everyone who loves nature, fairness, and amity."

___________. When Whales Go Gree. Tafelberg. (Fiction)

Hogan, Paula Z. The Whale. Illustrated by Rod Ruth. Chatham: Raintree Steck-Vaughnk, 1979. Grades 1-4. (Nonfiction)

Describes the life cycle of the whale in simple terms.

Hogner, Dorothy Childs. Sea Mammals. Illustrated by Patricia Collins. New York: Thomas Crowell, 1979.

Hoke, Helen, and Valerie Pitt. Whales. Illustrated by Thomas R. Funderburk. First Book series. New York: Franklin Watts, Inc., 1973. Grades 4 and up. (Nonfiction)

Chapters include: Larger than the Dinosaurs, Shaped Like a Fish, but Not a Fish, Underwater Birth, Echolocation, Conversations Under the Sea, The Different Kinds of Whales, The Baleen Whales, The Toothed Whales, Dolphins and Porpoises, Hunting the Whale, Conservation, Classification of Cetaceans, Where to Find Cetaceans and Whaling Exhibits. Also contains a glossary, suggested readings, a bibliography, and an index.

Holbrook, David. A Bad Trip in a Tired Whale. 1st Library Books, 2001. (Fiction)

Holder, Greg, ed. Jonah and the Whale. A Play-a-Sound Board Book. Cincinnati, Ohio: Standard Publishing Co., 1997.

Holding, [first name unknown]. Mystery of Dolphin Inlet.

Holland, J. Patty the Porpoise. T. S. Denison & Co., 1973. Grades 2-3.

Holler, Paul. Nicholas and the Whales. Crossroads, 2001. (Fiction)

Holman, David. Whale: The Story of Putu, Siku, and K'nik, a Family Audience Play for a Multi-racial Cast. London: Methuen Drama, 1989.

Themes: Gray whales, animal rescue

Holmes, Kevin J. Dolphins. Danbury, Connecticut: Bridgestone Press, 1999. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

Synopsis: "An introduction to dolphins, covering their physical characteristics, habits, prey, and relationship to humans."

___________. Whales. Mankato, Minnesota: Bridgestone Books/Danbury, Connecticut: Children's Press, 1997. Grades preschool-3. (Nonfiction)

Holt, Ronald. The Dolphin and the Crown. Macmillan, 1992.

Hood, Alex. Bill Jinks and the Whale. Illustrated by Bob Smith. Sydney/ London: Angus and Robertson, 1974. (Fiction)

Whale Song book and CD. Text/lyrics and music by Jennifer Hopson. Illustrations by Marion and Steve Isham. Tasmania: Bandicoot Books, 1999.

From a review at the Web site: "More glorious illustrations, this time from talented Tassie duo Marion and Steve Isham. Accompanied by an imaginative rhyming tale of a girl discovering the wonders of the ocean with her humpback friend. Even preschoolers will enjoy the color and rhythm, but the many riddles and hidden objects to find add further interest for six- to eight-year-olds. There's also a CD entitled Whale Song and Other Sea Adventures, a collection of bouncy tunes penned by Jennifer Hopson.".

Trisha: The CD provides a delightful and peppy collection of songs about various ocean beings and experiences. The song "Whale Song" describes the journey a little girl takes with a humpback whale and some of the other beings they encounter along the way. This song (and accompanying illustration in the book) perpetuates the mistaken notion that whales blow water from their blowholes, but it is otherwise fine." The illustrations in the book are wonderful, a feast for the eyes.

Horowitz, Jordan. Free Willy. New York: Scholastic, 1993. Grades 9-12. (Fiction) (See also Foley, Mark; Krulik, Nancy E.; and Strasser, Todd)

___________. Free Willy 2. New York: Scholastic, 1994. Ages 7 and up. (Fiction)

From the back cover: "Fourteen-year-old Jessie is struggling with the whole idea of family. With foster parents and a newly gained half brother, he just doesn't know how to make it work. But when Jesse is reunited [on a family camping trip] with his friend Willy, the whale he freed from captivity, he sees the way the young orca protects his brother and sister and how their mother sticks by them all.

"So when the whales are threatened by a dangerous oil spill, Jesse is determined to keep them together. He risks his own life to save Willy and Willy's brother and sister from oil company executives who have plans to separate the whales from their mother. And through this fight, he discovers he is part of a family after all."

Horton, Casey. Whales. Endangered! Series. Tarrytown, New York: Marshall Cavendish Corp., 1996. Grades 3-5. (Nonfiction)

___________. Dolphins. Endangered! Series. Tarrytown, New York: Marshall Cavendish Corp., 1996. Grades 3-5. (Nonfiction)

About dolphins in general and river dolphins.

Houghton, Sue. Dolphin. Life Story Series. Mahwah, New Jersey: Troll Associates, 1993. Grades 4-6. (Nonfiction)

Houk, Randy. Chessie, the Travelin' Man. Illustrated by Paula Bartlett. Fairfield: Benefactory, Inc., 1997. (Nonfiction) (Animal migration)

Houston, James. Ice Swords. New York: Atheneum, 1985. Ages 8-12. (Fiction)

Gayle: Another adventure story. Good representation of research. Literarily a bit thin, but makes up for it with research scenarios, and the only one I found that talks extensively about narwhals. Set in eastern coastal Canada. Really hokey characterization of the Inuit boy . . . no self-respecting Inuit would name his kid "Kayak"! Good story of bonds between culturally different friends, though.

Howard, F. Martin. The Porpoise of Pirate Bay. Illustrated by Lynd Ward. New York: Random House, 1938. (Fiction)

From the dustjacket: "Anyone who has ever observed porpoises turning gay somersaults just a leap ahead of the prow of a ship will be fascinated by this story of Plumpy, a young porpoise in a bay off the coast of Florida. The entire action of the story takes place under water, and its originality, as well as the many incidents based on authentic natural history, are sure to appeal to any child.

"Plumpy's adventures included chasing and catching food in the form of mullet, being attached by an octopus, a sawfish and other monsters of the deep, guiding a boat during a storm and thus saving the lives of the human excursionists aboard, and finally becoming leader of his herd."

Trisha: A treasure of illustrations by Lynd Ward. They don't make books like this anymore.

Howell, Joyce, and B. G. Hennessy. Meet Winslow Whale. New York: Viking Children's Books, 1994. Preschoolers. (Fiction)

Hoyt, Erich. Meeting the Whales: The Equinox Guide to the Giants of the Deep. Illustrated by Pieter Folkens. Camden East, Ontario, Canada: Camden House, 1991. (A companion volume to Riding with the Dolphins). Ages 11 to adult. (Nonfiction)

From the Whale and Dolphin Conservation Soceity Booklist: ". . . this children's science book is lavishly illustrated by whale specialist Pieter Folkens, making learning a pleasure."

___________. Riding with the Dolphins: The Equinox Guide to Dolphins and Porpoises. Illustrated by Pieter Folkens. Camden East, Ontario, Canada: Camden House/Buffalo, New York: Firefly Books, 1992. (A companion volume to Meeting the Whales). Grades 5 and up. (Nonfiction)

Publisher's annotation: "Humans have been fascinated by dolphins and porpoises for thousands of years. Drawn by their intelligence and good nature, the citzens of ancient civilizations honored dolphins as gods. Stories abound of their strength and dexterity in the water and of their affectionate nature and playful relationships with people. But, what is the truth about these appealing creatures? In [this book] author Erich Hoyt brings us up to date on the latest dolphin research, answering and asking questions about the future of their threatened habitat, their social lives, their unusual feeding behaviors and their ability to learn from and communicate with humans."

Hromic, Alma Alexandra. The Dolphin's Daughter. Illustrated by Daniel Payne. Harlow: Longman, 1995. (Fiction)

Hughes, Ted. How the Whale Became. Illustrated by Jackie Morris. Orchard Books, 2000. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

Humpback Whales. Morristown, New Jersey: Modern Curriculum Press, 1990. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

Hunt, Robert. Baleena the Blue Whale. Adventures of the Wild Series. Chicago, Illinois: Society for Visual Education, 1978. Grades 2-5. (Fiction)

Hunt, Roderick. The Dolphin Pool: A Story about Wilf and Wilma. Illustrated by Alex Brychta. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1986.

Hurd, Edith Thacher. What Whale? Where?. Illustrated by Clement Hurd. New York: Harper, 1966. Grades K-3. (Fiction)

___________. The Mother Whale. Boston: Little, Brown & Co., 1973. Grades preschool-3. (Fiction)

Covers five years in the life of a mother whale as she gives birth, cares for her calf, mates, and gives birth once again.

Hurt, Freda. Benny and the Dolphin. Illustrated by A. J. Jackson. New York: Roy Publishers Inc., 1968.

From the dust jacket: "Secrets begin Benny's exciting adventures here on Crab Island, followed by a visit to the Professor, whom the natives consider a terrible and powerful wizard. Benny finds that the Professor's robot, Tilly Tin, has interesting information to add to this storehouse of knowledge. And the rest of the orphans are as intrigued with the intelligence as Benny.

"A very mysterious message leads to Operation 'Rescue.' And there's more adventure when a strange ship arrives, with Captain Croc at the helm. The governor holds a conference, and the children are on their own. Benny has to use all his initiative, and learns something new about himself too."

Trisha: A perfectly delightful, intelligently written story for older children, with five orphan children of various nationalities, the governor and his eccentric wife, the children's governess, a mad (but delightful) professor and his robots and other inventions, a kidnapped princess, a fort, and pirates.

Benny befriends Bella, a wild dolphin, and she is instrumental in saving the day.

Hutchins, Ross E. The Saga of Pelorus Jack. Illustrated by Jerome P. Connolly. New York: Rand McNally & Co., 1971. (Nonfiction)

Based on information from the publisher: This is more than the dramatic story of a legendary dolphin. In following Pelorus Jack's career from his birth to his disappearance from the Cook Strait in New Zealand, the author clearly demonstrates why scientists consider the dolphin one of the earth's most intelligent creatures. And the illustrator proves his ability to capture in his illustrations the beauty and grace of animals in their natural surroundings.

Hynds, Marie. Dolphin Boy. Illustrated by Douglas Phillips. Blackie's Fun to Read Books series. Glasgow, Scotland: Blackie, 1979. (Fiction)

Ikhlef, Anne. Happy Little Dolphin. Illustrated by Anne Laffolay. New York: Random House Books for Young Readers, 1991. Preschoolers. (Fiction)

Immel, Norma. The Story of Keiko. Albany, New York: Partner Productions, 1998. Grades preschool-3. (Nonfiction)

Ingoglia, Gina. Pinocchio and the Whale: Walt Disney. Golden Very Easy Readers Series - Level 1. New York: Western Publishing Co., 1992. Grades preschool-3. (Fiction) (A puppet play)

It Could Still Be a Dolphin. Rookie Read-About Science Series. Danbury, Connecticut: Children's Press, 1997.

Iwai, Kunio. A Whale of a Discussion: Japanese Children's Debate on Whaling. Tokyo, Japan: Institute for Cetacan Research, 1990. In English and Japanese. (Nonfiction)

Trisha: I haven't seen this, so I don't know anything about the contents, but I would caution you that it is published by a pro-whaling organization.

Jacka, Martin. Waiting for Billy. New York: Orchard Books, 1990. (Nonfiction)

A wildlife photographer captures the spirited true story of Billy, a special dolphin, who was as curious as a child and as playful as a young hound in his safe river world, where he joins a man and his dog as they exercise racehorses in the water. Billy followed the call to the sea but left behind a boatful of remembrances for those who knew him best.

Jacobs, Francine. Sounds in the Sea. New York: William Morrow and Co., 1977.

Jacobs, Lou, Jr. Shamu: The Killer Whale. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill, 1968.

___________. Duncan, the Dolphin. Chicago: Follett Pub. Co., 1966.

___________. Wonders of an Oceanarium: The Story of Marine Life in Captivity. A Marineland of the Pacific Souvenir Book. San Carlos, California: Golden Gate Junior Books, 1965.

A sad, but revealing, paragraph you would never see in any oceanarium publication today: "Scientists are not sure how long a marine animal can adjust to being away from the open ocean, but they know a tank may begin to seem like a prison after several years. Marineland's large male whale was perfectly at home in the tank for four years, and then it slowly stopped eating and performing. None of the regular medicines seemed to help, so the curator decided the whale must be simply depressed. He bought a large supply of a new drug, the same kind doctors give to people with mental breakdowns. In a few days the whale ate again but it would not do its tricks. For more than a year the 19-foot whale was sluggish and languid, but people still could enjoy looking at it through the windows of the tank. Life in captivity seemed to have affected the whale's mind, but the drug saved its life . . ."

James, Simon. Dear Mr. Blueberry. New York: M. K. McElderry Books/ Maxwell Macmillan International Pub. Group, 1991. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "While on a summer vacation, Emily discovers a whale living in her garden pond. So she writes to her teacher, Mr. Blueberry, for advice on how to care for her new pet [sic]. But Mr. Blueberry responds that she must be mistaken, as whales live in the ocean, not in ponds. In a delightful exchange of letters, Emily learns about whales, and Mr. Blueberry learns about imagination, faith, and friendship."

From Kirkus Rviews, August 1, 1991: "A sweet, rather fey exchange of letters between Emily, who reports seeing a whale in her small goldfish pond, and her teacher, who assures her (politely, then 'forcibly') that she must be mistaken. Meanwhile, Mr. Blueberry shares facts that Emily finds useful in caring for the whale--which is hugely corporeal in James's deftly drawn, endearing illustrations. Ever undaunted, Emily claims a final sighting at the beach, and 'I said you loved him, too,' A nicely open-ended balance between the real and the imaginary in a child's world." Copyright 1991 Kirkus Reviews, LP. All rights reserved.

___________. My Friend Whale. New York: Bantam, 1991/London: Walker, 1990. (Fiction)

My Friend Whale is an imaginatively illustrated book of a child's interest in whales, and friendship with one in particular. When the whale no longer appears nightly, there is cause for concern. The story ends with a plea for preserving whales.

From the back cover: "Imagine being friends with a blue whale. How wonderful it would be to learn about and share adventures with such a companion. And how sad it would be if it all came to an end because the whale disappeared. This is a story of friendship and much more. More than ever, the whale needs friends."

Trisha: Softly, sweetly illustrated, simple story of friendship. Illustrations and text slightly inaccurate in their depiction of a whale's exhalation and abilities, but this is a minor point. Ends with a lovely plea to stop killing whales and provides names of organizations that can provide more information.

Jenner, Caryn. Journey of a Humpback Whale. DK Readers, level 2, beginning to read alone. Dorling Kindersley, 2002. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

Jennings, Richard W. The Great Whale of Kansas. Houghton Mifflin, 2001. (Nonfiction, archaeology)

Jensen, Patricia, Olivier Raquois, and Ariane Chottin. The Curious Little Dolphin. Little Animal Adventures Series. Readers Digest. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "When he migrates to warmer waters with his mother and other dolphins, young Scooter's impatience to go exploring leads him into danger."

Jeunesse, Gallimard, et al. Whales. Illustrated by Ute Fuhr and Raoul Satai. First Discovery Series. London: Moonlight, 1992. (Nonfiction)

Johnson, Jinny. How Big is a Whale?. Illustrated by Michael Woods. Rand McNally for Kids. (Nonfiction)

___________. Whales. Highlight Animal Books.

Johnson, Laura and Jack. The Leaky Whale. Illustrated by Charles Darby. New York: Houghton Mifflin, 1946. (Fiction)

"About a whale getting stuck by a swordfish and loosing his sperm oil."

Johnston, Johanna. Whale's Way. Illustrated by Leonard Weisgard. Garden City, New Jersey: Doubleday, 1965. (Fiction)

Johnston, Marianne. Giant Animals. New York: Rosen Publishing Group, 1996. (Nonfiction)

Johnston, Tony. Whale Song. Illustrated by Ed Young. New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1987, 1992. Grades preschool-3. (Fiction)

Gayle: GORGEOUS illustrations! Great introduction to whales and counting. Whale information not totally accurate, but written so the child can relate the story to his or her own world. The illustrations make up for any shortcomings.

Jonah and the Whale. Baby Flaps Series. New York: McClanahan Book Co., 1997. Grades K and up. [Note: There are several more "Jonah and the Whale" titles in this bibliography under various authors.]

Jonah and the Whale. Play a Sound Book. Standard Publishing, 1997. Ages baby-preschool. (Fiction)

Jonah and the Whale with Cassette. Tyndale Publishers, 1998. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

Jonah Meets the Whale. Beginners Bible Very First Adventures. New York: Random House Childrens Publishing, 1995. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

Jordan, Bill. Penda the Dolphin. Bill Jordan, 1991. (Fiction)

Josephs, Mary. Jonah and the Whale. Illustrated by Benrei Huang. A Bible Story Chunky Flap Book. New York: Random House Childrens Publishing, 1994. Ages baby-preschool. (Fiction)

Kafoure, Anne E. The Whale Dancers: Relationship Between Dory and Humpback Whales. Westerville: Raspberry Publications, 1995. Grades 5-9. (Fiction)

Kahn, Peggy. The Care Bears and the Whale Tale. Illustrated by Ronald Fritz. Pictureback Series. New York: Random House, 1992. Grades preschool-1. (Fiction)

Trisha: This is a delightful little book in which the Care Bears assist in the rescue of a humpback whale who has become entangled in a net. In the story, the whale, who is named Emma, has been coming to the coastal waters off Cape Cod for over thirty years, and all the townspeople rush to her aid.

Kallen, Stuart A. Dolphins and Porpoises. Endangered Animals and Habitats Series. Farmington Hills: Gale Group, 2002. (Nonfiction)

Kalman, Bobbie. A Dolphin's Body. Crabtree Publishing, 2003. Ages 6-9. (Nonfiction)

___________. What is a Whale?. The Science of Living Things series. New York: Crabtree Publishing, 2000. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

"Whales are the only mammals that spend their entire life in the water. From playful dolphins to enormous blue whales, the behavior, habitats, and physiology of these amazing marine mammals are explored in What is a Whale? . . . Full-color photos help show:

-- flukes, flippers, and fins
-- the whale family tree
-- baleen and toothed whales
-- how whales communicate through echolocation
-- watery homes and what they eat
-- baby whales
-- whale-watching and why whales are in danger"

___________. Dolphins. Crabapple series. New York: Crabtree Publishing Co., 1995/Econo-Clad Books, 1999. Grades preschool-3. (Nonfiction)

From a review in Horn Book: "This introduction outlines ancestry, anatomy, and adaptations in two-page chapters. Various species are introduced and briefly described in sometimes oversimplified text. (For example, the spinner dolphin range is described too narrowly.) Information about the dolphins in the color photographs is included only at the back of the book." -- Copyright (c) 1996 The Horn Book, Inc. All rights reserved.

___________. Arctic Whales and Whaling. Toronto: Crabtree Pub., 1988. Ages 8-14. (Nonfiction)

Kassian, Olena. Flip the Dolphin Saves the Day. Illustrated by author. New York: Golden Books Family Entertainment, 1984. Grades preschool-2. (Fiction)

Kastner, Paul, Joan Kastner, and Jessica A. Porter. Gentle Giants of the Sea. 2d ed. Friday Harbor, Washington: The Whale Museum, 1986. (Nonfiction)

A teaching tool for the elementary grades that introduces the physical characteristics, habits, and natural environment of various species of whales and dolphins. Also discusses whale lore and history and the relationship of these sea mammals to humans. Includes teacher's notes and a variety of related activities.

Katz, Welwyn Wilton. Whalesinger. New York: Margaret K. McElderry Books, 1990/New York: Dell Publishing Co., 1993. (Fiction)

From the dust jacket: "Hurt and angry after his brother's tragic death, seventeen-year-old Nick escapes the pressures of his family in Vancouver by working as a research assistant for a conservation group on the beautiful Point Reyes coastline of California. There he meets Marty and, against his will, finds himself drawn to her quiet, intense manner. Shy and intuitive, Marty discovers that she is able to communicate with a mother gray whale forced to summer nearby with her sick baby.

"When Nick and Marty learn that the conservation project is a front for a scheme to plunder the treasure of Sir Francis Drake's sunken frigate, a tense confrontation occurs that brings all the strands of this remarkable story together.

"Love, hate, anger, and forgiveness fill this many-layered, deeply felt, and vividly written novel by one of Canada's leading authors."

Kay, Helen. A Lion for a Sitter. London/New York: Abelard-Schuman, 1969. (Fiction)

"When his father goes to bring his sitter for the evening, a little boy imagines all the animals he would like to baby-sit with him such as lions, giraffes, and dolphins."

___________. The Secrets of the Dolphin. New York: Macmillan, 1964.

Keefe, Donald. Wally, the Hiccupping Whale. Mankato, Minnesota: Baker Street Productions, 1986. Grades K-2. (Fiction)

Keene, Carolyn. The Secret of the Silver Dolphin (Misterio del Delfin de Plata). The Dana Girls Mystery Stories #27. New York: Grosset & Dunlap, 1965, 1972/London: Severn House, 1972, 1983. (Fiction)

Summary: "A radio newscast announcing a reward to anyone who can locate a valuable silver dolphin involves Louise and Jean Dana, teenage sister sleuths, in a baffling search. Pretty Judy Platt is desperately trying to find the silver dolphin mentioned in her dead brother's will. But no on knows what kind of dolphin to look for--a live mammal or a silver object. The only clue is Oliver Platt's signature, encircled by four stars to represent the constellation Delphinus--the dolphin.

"The Danas' sleuthing is hindered by a hostile fortuneteller and a hoarse-voiced man wanted by the police. It soon becomes apparent to the young detectives that Maria Castone and 'Throaty' Sensky are engaged in a sinister conspiracy to get the reward--and will stop at nothing to ensure the success of their criminal scheme.

"Louise and Jean's quest for the silver dolphin leads them and Judy Platt to Miami, Florida, and then to a deserted Caribbean island called Job's Coffin.

"How a dangerous skin-diving chase, followed by an amazing undersea discovery,results in the Danas uncovering the strange mystery will thrill Carolyn Keene's . . . fans."

Trisha: Good, although somewhat bland, mystery story for young readers, but with very outdated and inappropriate views of captivity and keeping dolphins as "pets."

Kelleher, Victor. Donde Las Ballenas Cantan (Where Whales Sing). Illustrated by Sanchez de Tagle Andres. Continenta, 1997. (In Spanish.) (Fiction)

___________. Riding the Whales. Illustrated by Vivienne Goodman. New York: Dial Books for Young Readers, n.d./Penguin, 1995. (Fiction)

Kellerhals-Stewart, Heather. The Whale's Way. Polestar. Distributed in the U.S.A. by Slawson Communications. (Fiction)

Kelly, John. The Great Whale Book. Washington, D.C.: The Center of Environmental Education/Acropolis Books, 1981. (Young adult nonfiction).

Kelsey, Elin. Finding Out about Whales. Science Explorers series. Owl, 1998. (Nonfiction)

"How do we find out about the most elusive animals in the world? This series delves into the exciting stories of how we know what we know about animals. This book follows dedicated scientists and their creative approaches to scientific discovery. Their work in the field brings us . . . new insights into the lives of animals, present and past.

"Monsters of the deep or intelligent, social mammals? For centuries the lives of whales have remained hidden beneath the sea. This book highlights fascinating new ways of looking at whales and the scientific studies and technological advances that lie behind these discoveries."

Kempton, Kate. The World Beyond the Waves: An Environmental Adventure. Illustrated by Larry Salk. Santa Monica, California: Portunus Publishing Co., 1995. (Young adult fiction)

Sam, the young heroine, is swept overboard by the tremendous force of a storm. She wakes up in a strange and magical world beneath the sea, a refuge for animals escaping from mankind's abuse of the world's oceans. During her visit to this temporary home for marine creatures, Sam develops a deep awareness of the consequences of humanity's collective behavior toward the oceans, from the use of drift nets for fishing to the pollution of the sea by industrial waste, oil, and garbage.

After her return to the ocean's surface, Sam succeeds in demonstrating how one person can make a difference. With her newfound understanding of how important it is for humans to think about our behavior and its effects on animals and habitat, Sam prevents a serious threat to the enchanting World Beyond the Waves.

Kendall, Sarita. Ransom for a River Dolphin. Minneapolis, Minnesota: The Lerner Group, 1993/Piper, 1992. Grades 3-6. (Fiction)

From Kirkus Reviews, December 15, 1993: " Carmenza, who lives in an Amazon Basin village in Colombia, contributes to her family's income by delivering shortwave radio messages to neighbors. Thus she learns of the pending arrival of hunters and arranges for her mother to provide their room and board. Meanwhile, the girl comes across a dolphin whose mouth has been maimed by a boat propeller, and later finds it further injured by a harpoon lodged in its fin. She and clasmate Ramiro nurse it back to health with the aid of Ramiro's father, [the wise old Indian Omar], who knows dolphin ways and determines that the animal's 'spirit' has also been wounded. Chapters about the dolphin alternate with those about Carmenza and Ramiro (with subplots concering the illegal export of fauna and Carmenza's little brother's mysterious illness); the book closes with a dolphin birth. Kendall packs her quiet narrative with authentic details, occasionally allowing educational trappings to overwhelm the story (e.g., Carmenza's mother suddenly recites local history, while Ramiro provides an essay on a war with Peru). The dolphins are frequently anthropomorphized, but not too intrusively. Despite such shortcomings, an unusual book, and certainly a heartfelt one." Copyright 1993, Kirkus Associates, LP. All rights reserved.

Kennedy, Paul E. Fun with Whales Stencils. Dover Publications, 1997. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

Kerrod, Robin. Whales and Dolphins. Nature Watch series. London: Anness Publishing, 1998. Ages 8-12. (Nonfiction)

Deborah Mervold, teacher-librarian in a grade 6 to 12 school and a grade 12 English teacher at Shellbrook Composite High School in Saskatchewan: "Part of the Nature Watch Series, this is an informative and colorful guide to whales and dolphins. Over 180 photographs illustrate the 29 sections, each a two-page spread. A variety of topics, from whale order, sounds and songs, feeding habits, migration, to fellow travelers, are covered.

"Each two-page spread begins with a page number and topic in vertical style in the upper left hand of the page. This is an excellent addition for young children to assist in understanding the organization of material. Headings are in larger, darker print, and subheadings are also slightly larger and darker than the text. For example, 'Whale Bodies' is the topic of pages 10 and 11. Subheadings include 'Big Mouth,' 'Jonah and the Whale,' 'Lousy Whales,' 'Leaping Dolphins,' 'Hangers On' and 'Body Lines.' Subheadings add a variety of information and interest to the various topics.

"Each two-page spread contains a 'Did you know?' one liner written in a circular or shaped format which provides added information for the interest of the reader. For example, on the 'Whales Bodies' pages, the 'Did you know?' is 'Whales have whiskers on their faces.' Other additions include a relative size chart on the 'Whales Large and Small' page, a map on 'Migration,' a bar graph on the Decline of Whale Populations on 'Whale Conservation' and a 'Whale Myth' section.

"The photographs are very effective, both in adding information and for visual effect. The pages are well laid out so that readers can enjoy the book at a variety of levels and a multitude of readings. The language is very suitable for the intended readership. The author has included a two page glossary with short phrases suitable for younger readers. A detailed index is also included which makes this book an excellent choice for research and study both at school and home. Highly recommended. Copyright (c) 1999 the Manitoba Library Association.

___________. Mammals: Primates, Insect-Eaters and Baleen Whales. Encyclopedia of the Animal World Series, no. 4. New York: Facts on File, 1988. (Nonfiction)

Kessler, Deirdre. Lena and the Whale. Illustrated by P. John Burden. Charlottetown, Prince Edward Island, Canada: Ragweed, 1991. Published in English and in French. French version entitled Lina et la Baleine. Available from Ragweed, P.O. Box 2023, Charlottetown, Prince Edward Island, Canada C1A 7N7.

The story is about a little girl named Lena who rescues a stranded baby humpback whale.

Kidd, Nina. Draw Science: Whales, Sharks, and Other Sea Creatures. Lowell House, 1993. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

From the publisher: "Provides step-by-step instructions, and tips on color, for drawing sea creatures such as bottle-nosed dolphins, giant manta rays, and scalloped hammerhead sharks."

Kids Core. Hump-Free the Wrong Way Whale and Hump-Free Heads for Hawaii. Kids Core Books on Video, 877-861-4126. (Note: These are books on video, but I've included them in the bibliography because of their format.)

Hump-Free the Wrong Way Whale: "A spellbinding video showing Hump-Free's journey in 1985 to San Francisco and up the Sacramento River. This true story shows how Hump-Free and the people interact."

Hump-Free Heads for Hawaii: "Follow more of Hump-Free's travels. With a little help from his new love, Henry-Etta, Hump-Free begins a new adventure in Hawaii."

"Help teach your kids to read by watching these books on video. Children see the words to the stories displayed on the television screen, and hear the words read out loud by other children! . . . [The Kids Core] product line encourages children to take control of their learning and provides them with the incentive to read."

Kids in Room 14, Old Mill School, Mill Valley, California. Our Friends in the Waters. Mill Valley, California: Old Mill School, 1979. (Nonfiction)

Robert T. Orr, senior scientist at California Academy of Sciences writes in his introduction:

quot;This little volume is a remarkable work by a group of fourth and fifth grade pupils who have delved into the structure, habits, and adaptations of mammals inhabiting the sea. Their writing not only shows the depth of their knowledge about this subject but indicates an understanding of the problems that man [sic] has brought about for many other living things that are either commercially valuable or interfere with his own activities.

"Those who read this book will learn much about whales, dolphins, seals, sea lions and their relatives, as well as sea otters and manatees. They will also be touched by the feeling of sympathy that a group of grade school children have developed for another group of highly evolved mammals that eat, breathe and sleep just like ourselves."

Killer Whales. 4th ed. San Diego, California: Sea World, Education Department, 1996.

Killer Whales and Other Frozen World Wonders. Julian Messner, 1991. (Nonfiction)

Kim, Melissa. The Blue Whale. Illustrated by Shirley Felts. Nashville, Tennessee: Hambleton-Hill Publishing, 1993/London: Hutchinson, 1994. Grades 1-5. (Nonfiction)

From the Whale and Dolphin Conservation Society Booklist: "The first book in the Wildlifers series of outstandingly illustrated books introducing endangered species to young readers. Packed with facts, puzzles and ideal as a classroom tool."

Trisha: This nicely illustrated book poses and answers the questions: Are there different types of whales? How big are blue whales? Are whale fish? What do blue whales eat? Where do blue whales live? What are blue whales like? How can you tell one whale from another? Is the blue whale still endangered? Are all whales protected? How are whales caught? Why are whales hunted? Aren't there any alternatives? Who are the whalers? Why save the whales? What can you do to help? Also includes a board game, The Whaling Game, and an index.

Kimura, Shuji. Yasha and Orca. Japan. (Fiction)

During Paul Spong's first tour of Japan to raise consciousness about whales, Japanese artist Shuji Kimura gave Paul's son, Yashi, this book, which he had written and illustrated especially for the occasion.

King, Patricia. Mabel, the Whale. Chicago, Illinois: Follett Publishing Co., 1958. Also published in French as Mabelle las Baleine. Chicago, Illinois: Follett Publishing, 1960.

"A whale is taken from the ocean and put in a tank at Marineland. She is not happy there until the men at Marineland have a good idea."

Kirchharr, Colleen. Open Your Eyes and See the Ocean. (Link points to an archived version)

This is a play about taking responsibility for ocean pollution written at age twelve by Colleen, who loves dolphins and whales. One of the characters in the play is named "Mrs. Whale."

Kirk, Ruth. Hunters of the Whale: An Adventure of Northwest Coast Archaeology. New York: Morrow & Co., 1974.

Kipling, Rudyard. How the Whale Got His Throat Readalong. Spoken Arts Cassettes, 1995.

___________. How the Whale Got His Throat. Illustrated by Pauline Baynes. New York: Peter Bedrick Books, 1987. Grades 1-5. (Fiction)

___________. Otkuda u kita takaia glotka (How the Whale Got His Throat). Translated into Russian by Korneia Chukovskogo. Moskva/Leningrad: Gosudarstvennoe izdatel'stvo, 1926.

Kita, Suzanne. Three Whales Who Won the Heart of the World. Aiea, Hawaii: Island Heritage, 1997.

Klevansky, Rhonda, Michael Bright, Robin Kerrod, and Barbara Taylor. Illustrated Wildlife Encylopedia Big Mammals: Elephants, Whales, Big Cats, Bears. Southwater, 2001. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

Klobas, John. Life Cycle of the Pacific Gray Whale. Illustrated by Ane Roveta. Life Cycles Series. Torrance, California: Heian International Publishing, 1993. Grades 6-9. (Nonfiction)

Young readers follow a female whale on her journey from the fertile feeding grounds of Alaska down along the west coast to the calm bays of southern California and Mexico where she delivers her calf. On the way, they learn about the behaviors, human interactions, and fate of a species until recently on the brink of extinction.

Knapp, Toni, ed. The Six Bridges of Humphrey the Whale. Illustrated by Craig McFarland Brown. Colorado Springs, Colorado: Rockrimmon Press/Seattle: Travis Isle Publishers, 1989/Boulder, Colorado: Roberts Rinehart Publishers, 1993. Grades 4 and up. (Nonfiction)

Describes the extrordinary journey of a young humpback whale who, during the annual migration from Alaska to Mexico, leaves his pod and swims into San Francisco Bay and, after some harrowing adventures, winds up in the Sacramento River Delta.

Knowlton, Laurie Lazzaro. Jonah and the Whale. Frank Schaffer Publications, 1997. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

Konsler, Runelle. Math Activities With a Porpoise. Scott Foresman & Co., 1980. (Elementary school mathematics)

Korb, Arthur. Popeye the Sailor Man: A Whale of a Tale. Illustrated by George Peed. It's Fun to Read as Your Hear series. Newark, New Jersey: Peter Pan Industries, 1975. (Fiction)

Trisha: This is a delightful book and record set about a whale named Mopey Nick, who talks like Popeye (Popeye taught him to talk "people-talk") and who eats spinach like Popeye when extraordinary strength is called for. We learn that Popeye and Mopey became friends when "Popeye had pulled a whale hunter's harpoon out of Mopey's flipper." The whale hunter turned out to be Popeye's rival, Brutus, and Brutus had been pursuing the whale relentlessly ever since. After a few adventures, Popeye and the whale end up coming to Brutus's rescue, and Brutus promises never to chase Mopey Nick again.

Korte, Steven. Free Willy: Cry of the Dolphin. New York: Scholastic, 1995. (Fiction)

Kostka, Manfred, and Frank Kliemt. Whales and Dolphins. Start Me Up series, Vol. 5. Quadrillion Media, 1998. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

Kovacs, Deborah. All about Dolphins. The Sea World All about Library. Seattle, Washington: Third Story Books, 1994. Grades 1-8. (Nonfiction)

___________. All about Whales. The Sea World All about Library. Seattle, Washington: Third Story Books, 1994. Grades 1-8. (Nonfiction)

___________. Whales: Activities Based on Research from the Center for Coastal Studies. New York: Scholastic, 1992.

Krantz, Hazel. For Love of Jeremy. New York: Dutton Children's Books, 1990. Grades 5-9. (Fiction)

Kraus, Scott D., and Ken Mallory. The Search for the Right Whale. New York: Crown Publishers, 1993. Grades 2-6. (Nonfiction)

Follows a team of New England Aquarium scientists as they follow and study migrating North Atlantic right whales and speculates about the future survival of this endangered species.

Kroll, Virginia L. I Saw a Whale!. Portsmouth, New Hampshire: Seacoast Publications of New England, 1994. Grades 1-4. (Fiction)

Krulik, Nancy E. Free Willy 2: The Adventure Home. New York: Scholastic Inc., 1995. Ages 5-7. (Fiction ) (See also Foley, Mark; Horowitz, Jordan; and Strasser, Todd)

Kurth, Linda Moore. Keiko's Story: A Killer Whale Goes Home. Twenty First Century Books, 2000. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

From a review by Joseph Kurth, Jr., at Amazon.com: "Linda Moore Kurth spent three years researching this story, and she herself followed Keiko on his final flight to his current home in Iceland. As a consequence, we meet people like Karla Corral and Renata Fernandez Karla who came to love Keiko during the five years they worked with him in Mexico City and trainers Jeff Foster, Peter Noah, and Brian O'Neal who were waiting for him to arrive at his newest home in Klettsvik Bay, Iceland, on September 10, 1998.

"Sandwiched between the story of Keiko's journeys is a myriad of fascinating detail about orcas and the logistics involved in ecological enterprises of this magnitude. Included are photographs, diagrams, and statistics describing Keiko and his homes in Mexico, Oregon, and Iceland."

Contains a glossary, suggested reading, videos, and Web sites.

Labrack, Joy. Whale Baby. Bathtime Books and Cuddle Cloth Books series. Illustrated by Dana Regan. New York: Random House, 2000. Ages Baby-Preschool. (Fiction)

Lack, Eddie. The Crazy Dolphin Game. New York: Penguin Putnam Books for Young Readers, 1996. Ages 9-12. (Fiction)

LaGrange, Lynn M. Winnie, the Humpback Whale and Her Second Tale. Illustrated by Kelly K. Wilcox. Littleton, Colorado: Fables, Inc., 1990. Grades preschool-3. (Fiction)

Landon, Lucinda. Meg Mackintosh and the Case of the Curious Whale Watch. A Solve-It-Yourself Mystery. Meg Mackintosh Mysteries Series, Vol. 2. Boston: Toy Street Books, 1987/North Scituate, Rhode Island: Secret Passage Press, 1996. (Fiction)

Lanzano, [first name unknown]. Whales Can Sing. MacMillan Publishing, 1979. (Fiction)

Larsen, Carolyn. Jonah and the Whale. Illustrated by Carole Boerke. Wee Sing Bible Songs and Stories series. Price Stern Sloan Audio, 1998. Includes cassette. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

Lasky, Kathryn. Shadows in the Water. A Starbuck Family Adventure. San Diego: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1992. (Young adult fiction)

"Telepathy is nothing new to the Starbuck family. All four Starbuck twins can teleflash--talk to each other without saying a word aloud. But when the family moves to the Florida Keys to track down toxic-waste polluters, Liberty and July begin to get mysterious telekinetic messages from the deep waters of the Gulf of Mexico. Beginning as faint clicks in their minds, the messages grow stronger as the twins watch dolphins weave through the surf and leap above the waves. Could the dolphins be trying to talk to them?"

"In this second Starbuck Family Adventure, the Starbuck twins encounter the fascinating creatures of the tropics, from dolphins and sea turtles to crocodiles, as they set out to solve an ecological mystery that could spell disaster for the Florida Keys."

Lauber, Patricia. Great Whales: The Gentle Giants. New York: Henry Holt and Co., 1991. Grades 2-4. (Nonfiction)

Describes the characteristics and behavior of various kinds of whales and their threatened status.

___________. The Friendly Dolphins. New York: Random House Books for Young Readers/Scholastic, 1963. (Nonfiction)

Julia (aka Nai'a): It's a pretty nice overview for kids.

Lay, Artie K., and Gayle S. Runnels. Amigo, the Friendly Gray Whale. A Blubber Buddy Adventure Series. McAllen, Texas: Blubber Buddies, Inc., 1991. Grades 2-6. (Fiction)

Leboas, Renee, and Jerome Julienne. The Dolphin, Prince of the Waves. Photography by Francois Gohier. Animal Close-Ups Series. Watertown, Massachusetts: Charlesbridge Publishing, 1997. (Nonfiction)

___________. Orca: Admiral of the Sea. Animal Close-Ups series. Charlesbridge Publishing, 2001. (Nonfiction)

Lee, Justin. How to Draw Whales. Kid's Guide to Drawing series. Powerkids Press, 2002.

Leeson, Cole. El Ballena/the Whale. Animales Marinos Salvajes/Wild Marine Animals series. [Publisher unknown], 2002. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

___________. El Delfin/the Dolphin. Animales Marinos Salvajes/Wild Marine Animals series. [Publisher unknown], 2002.

Leeuw, Adèle de. Horseshoe Harry and the Whale. Illustrated by Quentin Blake. London: Dobson, 1979. (Fiction)

Le Guin, Ursula. Solomon Leviathan's Nine Hundred and Thirty-First Trip Around the World. Illustrated by Alicia Austin. New York: Philomel Books, 1983.

Trisha: A delightful, wonderfully illustrated book by one of my favorite science-fiction authors. This erudite tale is about a philosopher giraffe named Damon and a philospher boa constrictor name Ophidia who set out to sea in a small boat to sail to the horizon. Not far into their journey they are swallowed by a sperm whale named Solomon Leviathan, which is an adventure in itself. Once the whale realizes he has swallowed Damon and Ophidia, he befriends them and takes them to a wise elephant in India who tells them that the horizon is not a place and that he does not know how to reach it, but that they should simply keep trying. And so they do, with the whale carrying them in his belly and stopping by an island each day so that they can eat. During their travels:

"The two philosophers recite Runes and Odes, and the whale tells tales from History, such as the story of King Louis the Fourteenth, whom he once saw walking on a French beach with a crown and red high-heeled shoes on . . . The three friends have already been around the world; they have not caught up with the horizon yet, but they are having such a good time trying that they intend to go right on."

L'Engle, Madeleine. A Ring of Endless Light. New York: Dell, 1980. (Young adult fiction)

L'Engle's classic about a young girl, Vicky Austin, whose incipient telepathic powers help a young marine biologist in his research with dolphins. Vicky's attention is divided between the biologist and another young man, while at the same time she struggles with the knowledge that her grandfather has leukemia. As she confronts questions of love and death, of dependence and responsibility, the inevitable crisis comes, and Vicky must rely on the love of others to overcome her private grief.

Once again, Madeleine L'Engle has written a story that reveals through vividly portrayed characters and events the spiritual and moral dimensions of common human experiences.

Trisha: Gayle Julien's second favorite, her first being Steve Senn's A Circle in the Sea. I found A Ring of Endless Light well written, interesting, and educational in the sense that it helps the young reader to confront difficult life/values issues.

___________. Arm of the Starfish. New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 1965.

Trisha: Story of a scientist who's learned to regenerate missing limbs in starfish and other animals and the ensuing struggle to keep this information out of the hands of those who would use it improperly. One of the minor characters in the story is a dolphin named Macrina, who is loving and intelligent and protects some of the human characters from sharks. One of the young female characters, Poly, is able to "call" Macrina, and of Macrina she says, " . . . isnt' she marvelous and good and beautiful and virtuous and wonderful?"

Leon, Vicki. A Pod of Killer Whales: The Mysterious and Beautiful Life of the Orca. Parsippany, New Jersey: Silver Burdett Press, 1994/EZ Nature Books, 2000. Grades 5 and up. (Nonfiction)

Leonard, Rhoda, and William S. Briscoe. Skipper the Dolphin. Illustrated by Joseph Capozio. Wildlife Adventure series. San Francisco: Field Educational Publications, 1964/Sacramento, California: California State Department of Education, 1969. (Fiction)

Chapters include: The Dolphin Calf, Growing Up in the Sea, The Killer Whales, The Dolphin Makes a Friend, Life Outside the Pacific, and Skipper Helps the Navy.

Includes "Choose the right sentence ending" exercises for each chapter and uses a vocabulary of 390 different words, which are listed at the end of the book.

LeSieg, Theo. I Wish That I Had Duck Feet. Illustrated by B. Tobey. New York: Beginner Books, 1965. (Fiction)

A boy imagines what it would be like if he had such things as duck feet, a whale spout, and an elephant's trunk.

Lesser, Stephanie. Interactive Animal Kit: Dolphins. New York: Scholastic, 1997.

Lever, E. Melanie, Steve Parish, Kate Lovett, and Pat Slater. Dolphins. Animals Are Fun series. Gareth Stevens, 2000. (Fiction)

Levin, Nancy E. Free Willy: Talking to Animals. New York: Scholastic, 1995. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "Helping out the Misty Oceanographic Institute, Jesse and whale Willy become caught up in an environmentally hazardous mining expedition, in which a dangerous machine is being used to mine gold ore.

Levitt, Harry. Goodness Gracious: The Story of a Very Unusual Whale, or a Whale of a Story. Guilderland, New York: Ranger Associates, 1980. Grades K and up. (Fiction)

Levy, Constance. When Whales Exhale: And Other Poems. Illustrated by Judy Labrasca. New York: Margaret McElderry, 1996. Ages 4-8. (Poetry)

From the publisher: "This collection of 42 poems reflects Constance Levy's abiding interest in the natural world, in all things large and small that she has seen in her travels to many parts of the world and in her daily life. These verses will stir young readers' imaginations and deepen their appreciation of the world around them."

Lewis, Catherine, and Lionel Goldstein. The Weather Cooks and Wally the Whale. Illustrated by Jenny Tulip. London: Catherine Lewis Foundation, 1994. (Fiction)

Lewis, Gary A.Shamu's Best Friend: A Book about Self-Esteem. A Shamu and His Crew Adventure. Third Story Books, 1994. (Fiction)

Lewis, Sharon. Orca! The Killer Whale. Illustrated by Linda Roberts. San Diego: Wildcap Books/New York: HarperCollins Children's Books, 1990. Grades preschool-4. (Fiction)

Lindvall, Ella K. Jonah and the Whale. Moody Press, 1996. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

___________. Jonah and the Whale Book with Toy. Moody Press, 1996. Ages baby-preschool.

Lines, Kathleen, ed. Stories for Girls. London: Faber & Faber, 1957. (Fiction)

Contains the story "The Buddha and the Whale," by H. Waddell.

Lingemann, Linda. Beluga Passage. Illustrated by Jon Weiman. Smithsonian Oceanic Collection. Soundprints Corp. Audio, 1996. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

"Beluga, her mother, and their pod . . . face many dangers while migrating from the freezing Arctic Ocean to the warmer waters of the Bering Sea."

Book, tape, and small stuffed beluga whale.

Lipman, Matthew. Kio & Gus. Montclair, New Jersey: First Mountain Foundation for the Institute for the Advancement of Philosophy for Children, Montclair State College, 1986.

Livingston, Myra Cohn, ed. If You Ever Meet a Whale. Illustrated by Leonard Everett Fisher. New York: Holiday House, 1992. (Poetry)

Migrating humpbacks, breaching orcas, chirping belugas, and other whales fill the pages of this anthology of traditional and commissioned poems. There are cetaceans with "walloping tails" and tongues bigger than an elephant as well as whales that have been stranded, beached, or injured.

Llamas, Andreu. Dolphins: Animals With Sonar. Illustrated by Gabriel Casadevall and Ali Garousi. Secrets of the Animal World Series. Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Gareth Stevens, 1996. (Nonfiction)

Lloyd, Emily. Catch of the Day: The Case of the Helpless Humpbacks. Kinetic City Super Crew Series, No. 4. McGraw-Hill, 1997. Ages 9-12. (Fiction)

Lobato, Arcadio. Sora o tonda kujira. Tokyo: Kodansha, 1994. In Japanese.

___________. The Greatest Treasure (Groste Schatz). Saxonville, Massachusetts: Picture Book Studio, 1987, 1989.

Loesch, Joe. A Whale of a Tale about a Guy Named Jonah. Book and CD. Toy Box Productions, 1995. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "Sing along with Jonah and his friends to the happy music."

London, Jonathan. Baby Whale's Journey . Illustrated by Jon Van Zyle. San Francisco: Chronicle Books, 1999. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

John Peters for Booklist, November 1, 1999: "Van Zyle creates seemingly boundless oceans, through which immense cetacean forms glide with ponderous grace, in this companion to Honey Paw and Lightfoot (1995) and London's other poetic introductions to rare wildlife. Here the author describes a young sperm whale's first years, from birth to weaning. As moons come and go, she 'follows her mother like a shadow, / learning the rhythms of the sea,' encountering dangerous orcas, growing, 'spy-hopping, / lob-tailing, / breaching / then rolling over again,' to nurse (up to 40 times a day, claims an appended note) until at last she is able to join the pod in feasting on a giant squid. An afterword and Reader's Guide (actually a teacher's guide, with suggested activities and questions) signal an instructional intention behind the book, but as with Tony Johnston's Whale Song (1987), evocatively illustrated by Ed Young, many children will be caught up by the wonder of these magnificent behemoths."

Selected as one of the National Science Teachers Association/Children's Book Council Outstanding Science Trade Books for Children 2000

Lowe, Paula C., and Richard F. Ferraro. Dolphin KidKit: Discovery Edition: Set. Seattle, Washington: BigEye, 1994. Includes tape and book. Grades 2-7. (Nonfiction)

Lucas, Christopher. Tiki and Dolphin: The Adventures of a Boy in Tahiti. New York: Vanguard Press, 1974. Grades 4-6. (Fiction)

From the cover copy:

The son of a poor fisherman, Tiki lives with nature and loves the island's craggy peaks, its rich green hils, its plunging ravines hung with cascades, its turquoise lagoon.

But more than these, Tiki loves Toa, the baby dolphin he has found trapped in a pool on the beach, separated from his family by the surging tides. Together, the boy and the dolphin become almost as one, playing recklessly in the deep deep blue of the ocean, communicating with each other, and, finally, in the turmoil of colonial intrigue, endangering their very lives for each other in order to outwit the authorities.

But Tiki has another friend: a strange white man who squeezes bright colors of paint onto sackcloth. He teaches Tiki to look at the world with his own eyes, to be unafraid of seeing something he does not know, to understand that a pony can sometimes be red, sometimes blue, that tree trunks can be purple instead of gray or brown. And it is only to this strange, intense man that Tiki can speak his heart. The painter's name is Paul Gaugin.

In the terrible chaos of the hunt for the dolphin by authorities, Tiki and Toa manage to escape. Gaugin's fate is otherwise--he must leave the island. But the wonderment Tiki has learned from him remains. Tiki will also see with his own eyes; he will always abide by the painter's advice: "Keep your feet on the ground and your head in the clouds." Even when he must free Toa, even when he feels the sharp pangs of loneliness for his missing friend, Tiki remembers, and the understanding he carries within himself brings him new joys as he becomes a man.

Luke, Melinda. Casey and the Dolphins: A Snork Adventure. New York: Random House, 1984. Grades preschool-3. (Fiction)

Macdonald, David. All the World's Animals: Sea Mammals. Torstar Books, 1984. (Nonfiction)

Mackay, Margaret Mackprang. ___________. Die dolfynseun 'n Verhaal van Hawaii (Dolphin Boy: A Story of Hawaii). Translated into Afrikaanse by Anna C. Human. Kaapstad & Pretoria: Human & Rousseau, 1964. (Fiction)

___________. Dolphin Boy: A Story of Hawaii. Illustrated by Peggy Fortnum. London: George G. Harrap & Co., 1963. (Fiction)

MacLean, Nadine Thomas. It's a Whale of a Tale. Dorrance Publishing, 1999. (Fiction)

MacMahon, Bryan. Mascot Patsy-O; Patsy-O and the Dolphin; The President and Patsy-O. Swords, County Dublin: Poolbeg, 1992. (Fiction)

Maddocks, Peter. Jimbo and the Whale. Illustrated by Peter Maddocks. London: Purnell, 1986. (Fiction)

___________. The Sneezing Whale. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1983. (Fiction)

Maden, Mary. A Dolphin Adventure: Touched by a Dolphin. Illustrated by Stephanie K. Geib. Dog & Pony Publishing. Grades 1-7. (Nonfiction)

Madison, Arnold. The Secred of the Carved Whale Bone. Van Rees Press, 1969. (Fiction)

Making Friends with Killer Whales, and Other Stories of Life in the Water. Zaner-Bloser. (Nonfiction)

Mallory, Kenneth, and Andrea Conley. Rescue of the Stranded Whales. New York: Simon & Schuster Books for Young Readers in association with the New England Aquarium, 1989/Morristown: Silver Burdett Press, 1991. Grades 3 and up. (Fiction)

Malone, Margaret G. Dolly the Dolphin. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Julian Messner, 1978. Grades 4 and up. (Fiction)

Malone, Peter. Star Shapes. San Francisco: Chronicle Books, 1997.

From the backcover: "The stars come to life in this exquisite bed-time book. Through a lilting text and dramatic paintings, young readers will encounter a variety of earthly animals . . . as they learn about their companion constellations. These striking paintings by Peter Malone will captivate stargazers of any age, while the informative afterword about star watching and the individual constellations featured in [the] book make Star Shapes a delightful first look at astronomy."

Trisha: This is indeed an exquisite work, with embossed stars overlaying a full-page painting of each of the twelve animals whose constellation is described. I've included it here because the constellations Cetus (the whale) and Delphinus (the dolphin) are among the twelve.

Malone, Tyrone. Little Irvy: A Tale of a Whale. Adventures of Tyrone Malone series. Danbury, Connecticut: Children's Press, 1981. Grades 4 and up. (Fiction)

Mammals: Whales, Panthers, Rats, and Bats: The Characteristics of Mammals from Around the World. Voyages of Discovery Series. Scholastic Trade, 1997. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

From the publisher: "An interactive introduction to mammals around the world includes mix-and-match flaps that enable readers to create zany animal combinations, spreads of creatures in their natural habitats, and a textured page of footprints."

Man-Kong, Mary. Theodore and the Whale. Illustrated by Bernat Serrat. Pictureback Series. New York: Random House Books for Young Readers, 1999. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

"Theodore finds a baby whale in the Big Harbor--and is assigned to whale-sit! At first, he's upset, but the young whale turns out to be so much fun, that he doesn't really mind. When the whale's friends are found, Theodore realizes that The Big Harbor is no place for a growing whale after all. But what will Theodore do without his newfound friend?"

Mannion, Sean. Ireland's Friendly Dolphin. Dingle (Co. Kerry, Eire): Brandon Book Publishers/Minneapolis, Minnesota: Irish Books and Media, Inc., 1991. Grades 7-11. (Fiction)

Marko, Katherine D. Whales: Giants of the Sea. Illustrated by Bettye Beach. Nashville, Tennessee: Abindgon Press, 1980. Grades K-3. (Nonfiction)

Markova, Meg. Who Will Rescue Del the Dolphin?. Illustrated by Tracey Boyd. London: Little Brown, 1994. (Fiction)

Martin, Ann. Free Willy: The Shark Master. Scholastic Trade, 1995. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "Willy and Jesse investigate the presence of many sharks in the waters off Misty Island, fearing that all the tourists will be scared away and the island will be ruined."

Martin, Ken. Giants of the Sea. Gallery Books; The Image Bank, 1988.

Martin, Kevin. Daniel and the Ivory Princess. Pompano Beach, Florida: Distinctive Publishing, 1994. (Fiction)

Martin, Louise. Ballenas. Fauna Silvestro en Peligro Series. Vero Beach, Florida: Rourke Corporation, 1998? In Spanish. Grades K-5. (Nonfiction)

___________. Whales. Wildlife in Danger Series. Vero Beach, Florida: Rourke Enterprises, 1988. Grades K-5. (Nonfiction)

Describes the twelves species of whales, threats to their existence, and efforts of the World Wildlife Fund to save them from extinction.

Martin, Russell. Flipper: The Movie Storybook. Based on the (1990s) motion picture screenplay written by Alan Shapiro. Los Angeles: Price Stern Sloan, 1996/New York: Scholastic (for school market only), 1996. Grades preschool and up. (Fiction)

From the back cover: "Sandy (played by Elijah Wood) can't believe he has to spend the summer on an island with his weird Uncle Porter (played by Paul Hogan). Now Sandy's going to miss the concert of the year.

"Just when he's sure his summer is ruined, Sandy meets Kim, Marvin, and a dolphin named Flipper. Together, the new friends uncover an environmental hazard in the farthest depths of the ocean.

"Can Sandy help save Flipper and keep the ocean clean? Find out in this deluxe storybook packed with full-color photos from the movie."

Mason, Donald B. The Dolphin's Dream: Healing Tales and Stories for Young People. Prairie Schooner Publishing, 1997. (Fiction)

Masters, Anthony. Sad Song of the Whale. Scholastic, 1990. (Fiction)

Mateja, Wendy. Alana and the Dolphins. San Anselmo, California: Magic Unicorn Publications, 1978.

Scott: Large format children's book, pretty illustrations. Concerns an Alien Being who uses the Dolphins as an example of lessons we should learn. Vocabulary actually too sophisticated for little ones . . .

Matero, Robert. The Birth of a Humpback Whale. Illustrated by Pamela Johnson. New York: Simon & Schuster Children's, 1996. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

From the publisher: "A baby humpback whale is born in the waters of Hawai'i. She nurses frequently and quickly gains the layers of blubber she needs to protect her later in the cold Arctic waters. This account of the life history of humpback whales details the whales' mirgration to Arctic waters in summer, their food and hunting techniques, and their enemies. It brings the reader the beauty of the humpbacks' lives and reveals their important place in the animal world."

From Booklist, April 1, 1996: "The beauty and majesty of humpback whales and the story of their migration begins with the birth of a calf in this chronicle that stretches from Hawai'i to the Arctic. A pleasant narrative form and soothing pencil illustrations ease the reader through the slender but fact-filled book. A glossary and appended resource lists provide valuable information and enhance this heartfelt introduction to one of nature's most intriguing creatures." Copyright 1996, American Library Assocation. All rights reserved.

Trisha: Beautifully illustrated work.

Max, David. Fun and Facts All about Flipper. Los Angeles: Price Stern Sloan, 1996. Grades K and up. (Nonfiction)

"This entertaining and accessible book offers amazing facts about dolphins for kids who want to learn more about our intelligent underwater friends and how to preserve their environment."

McAllister, Angela. When the Ark Was Full. Illustrated by Michaela Bloomfield. New York: E. P. Dutton, 1990.

Noah's ark and whale theme.

McBarnet, Gill. A Whale's Tale. Puunene, Hawaii: Ruwanga Trading, 1988. Grades K-2. (Fiction)

___________. The Wonderful Journey. Puunene, Hawaii: Ruwanga Trading, 1986. (Fiction)

About a humpback whale.

___________. The Whale Who Wanted to Be Small. Puunene, Hawaii: Ruwanga Trading, 1985. Grades K-2. (Fiction)

Trisha: This delightful work (both text and illustrations) is about a young humpback whale in Hawaiian waters, Kanani, who wishes she were "not so big and clumsy," but rather small like all her other ocean friends. When one day a seabird cries out to Kanani that the whale hunters are coming and that she must hide from them, Kanani worries she will not be able to find a place big enough to conceal her.

Each of Kanani's friends then makes suggestions based on their own ways of hiding. The octopus suggests hiding behind ink, the spotted eel hiding in a rocky cave, the anemones covering herself with flowers and swaying like a hula dancer as they do, the hermit crab hiding in a shell, and the sea turtle lying on the bottom like a rock. But none of these things works at all because of Kanani's size, and she begings to cry.

Just then, Kapunekane, the great big grandfather whale, swims up to her and asks "in his deep gentle voice" why she is crying. When Kanani tells him that she wants to be small so that the whale hunters will not catch her, Kapunekane tells her that humans stopped hunting whales in these waters long ago and now only want to watch them swimming in and leaping from the ocean. Grandfather whale then shows Kanani how to leap, and all the people on a nearby whale-watching boat cheer for her.

In the end, Kanani wants to be "the biggest whale in the whole wide world!"

The book concludes with a delightfully illustrated page of basic facts about the size of adult and baby humpbacks and also tells when you can see them in Hawaiian waters.

McCloskey, Robert. Burt Dow: Deep-Water Man. New York: Viking Children's Books, 1963. Grades 4-6. (Fiction).

McClung, Robert M. Thor, Last of the Sperm Whales. Illustrated by Bob Hines. New York: Morrow, 1971/North Haven, Connecticut: Shoe String Press, 1988/ Linnet Books, 1988. Grades 3-7. (Fiction)

McCoy, J. J. The Plight of the Whales. Danbury, Connecticut: Franklin Watts, 1989. Grades 7-12. (Nonfiction)

McCullagh, Sheila Kathleen. The Mystery of the Blue Whale. Illustrated by Derek Collard. Buccaneers series. Leeds: E. J. Arnold, 1980, 1981. (Fiction)

McDonald, Mary Ann. Blue Whales. Chicago: The Child's World, Inc., ] forthcoming 1998. (Nonfiction)

McFarlane, Sheryl. Waiting for the Whales. Illustrated by Ron Lightburn. New York: Philomel books, 1993/Custer, Washington: Oregon Book Publishing, 1998. Grades preschool-3. (Fiction)

With delightful illustrations by Ron Lightburn, this is an enchanting story of a lonely old man who waits each year to see the orcas swim past his house and how he imparts his love of the whales to his granddaughter.

McGovern, Ann. Little Whale. Illustrated by John Hamberger. New York: Four Winds Press, 1979/London: Scholastic Book Services, 1985. Grades K-3. (Fiction)

About a humpback whale.

McGowen, Tom. Album of Whales. Illustrated by Rod Ruth. New York: Rand McNally & Company/Checkerboard Press, 1980. Grades 4-7. (Nonfiction)

Includes a general introduction and a section on the future of whales, plus sections on rorqual whales, right whales, sperm whales, gray whales, dolphins and porpoises, killer whales, river dolphins, narwhals and belugas, the beaked whales, and baby whales.

McHargue, Georgess. The Mermaid and the Whale. Illustrated by Robert Andrew Parker. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1973.

From the dust jacket: "In whaling days, off the coast of Cape Cod, a Mermaid fell in love. She fell in love with Long John, a fine, fast whale. Unfortunately-- for the Mermaid--Long John wanted only to be left alone. The Mermaid courted him with clam cakes and kelp chowder, with flattery and adoration. Nothing helped. Long John ignored her.

"Not one to accept defeat lightly, the Mermaid enlisted the aid of Ichabod Paddock, the greatest whalemaster of the time. Now she was sure Long John would be hers. However, Long John had also been in New England waters for some time, and the struggle of wit and will which took place between him and his ardent admirer was a credit to all Yankees' love of independence."

Trisha: I've included this title because the whale ultimately prevails, but otherwise it is a story of a petulant mermaid who attempts to use all the tradtional feminine wiles to get what she wants, and when that fails she resorts to such things as deceit, blackmail, and attempted kidnap. Although she gets her comeuppance in the end, she is clearly not a good role model! (This book also perpetuates the myth that whales spout water.)

This mermaid lends credence to Mary Pope Osborne's observation in the introduction to her book Mermaid Tales from Around the World: "When I first began searching for tales about water maids, I expected to find the typical legendary heroine--beautiful, kind, and in need of rescue. What I found instead startled me: a fiercely strong female character. Universally. Regardless of which country she came from, the water maid was a force to be reckoned with. Self-assured, independent and self-contained, she determined her own fate and could wreak havoc as well as bliss."

The moral of the story: Beware of fierce strength and self-assertion unaccompanied by a sense of connectedness and compassion.

McHugh, Patricia. Scholastic Reading Guide to Island of the Blue Dolphin by Scott O'Dell. Scholastic, 2003. (Nonfiction)

McKay, Hilary. Dolphin Luck. Illustrated by Alex Ayliffe. Aladdin Paperbacks, 2000. Ages 9-12. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "The Robinsons are a bit down on their luck this Christmas. So when young Beany Robinson hears about 'Dolphin Luck,' she knows she has to get some for her family. Her mother has pneumonia, and the four Robinson children are scattered with other families until Mrs. Robinson can recuperate. If Beany can just find the magic Viking sword with a dolphin-shaped hilt, she can wish everything right again. What happens to each family member before the Robinsons are reunited is at the heart of this touching, hilarious, totally absorbing story."

Trisha: One young reader who posted a review at Amazon.com found the story's structure confusing and thus difficult to read.

McKenna, Virginia. Back to the Blue. Illustrated by Ian P. Andrews. Born Free Wildlife series. Brookfield, Connecticut: Millbrook Press, 1998. Available from Born Free Foundation, Coldharbour, Dorking, Surrey RH5 6HA, England, voice: 01306 713320. Ages 8-11. (Fiction)

About the Into the Blue project, which rehabilitated and released back into the wild the bottlenose dolphins, Joe, Rosie, Rocky, Missie, and Silver.

From a review by Patricia Manning, School Library Journal: "Inspired by actual programs under the aegis of the Born Free Foundation (an animal welfare/conservation charity cofounded by Travers and McKenna), [the volumes in this series] present fictionalized accounts of real animal rescue/relocation. Each one also includes a 'journal' of the actual incident described, garnished with full-color photos that allow readers to see the program at work, and closes with a page or two of facts on the species covered, ranging from physical characteristics to lifestyles. Back to the Blue follows the rehabilitation and release into the wild of three dolphins whose combined performance time in marine exhibits in Great Britain exceeded 50 years. The rather heavily anthropomorphized text and the soft-edged, marine-blue illustrations will certainly raise the consciousness of readers, and the notation that the project is over (having managed to release all captive dolphins in the United Kingdom) may inspire children to consider the plight of captive marine mammals in their own areas . . ."

McMillan, Bruce. Going on a Whale Watch. New York: Scholastic, 1992. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

Two six-year-olds on a whale-watching expedition see different kinds of whales engaging in such activities as headstanding and lunge feeding. A visual glossary of what to look for when you whale-watch. Includes facts about each kind of whale. [Nice book--Trisha]

McNeil, [first name unknown]. Do Whales Jump at Night?. Douglas & McIntyre Ltd., 1991. Ages 4-8.

McNulty, Faith. How Whales Walked into the Sea. Illustrated by Ted Rand. New York: Scholastic, 1999. (Nonfiction)

From the dust jacket: "In this book, acclaimed nature writer Faith McNulty explains the theory of how a large land animal living in the age of the dinosaurs went into the sea and became the modern whale. Full-color art by award-winning illustrator Ted Rand vividly depicts the whale's early ancestors as well as the majestic animals of modern times."

Trisha: Terrific illustrations. Basic information succinctly presented.

___________. Listening to Whales Sing. Illustrated by Lena Shiffman. Hello Reader! Series - Level 4. New York: Scholastic, 1996. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "A young girl listens to the mysterious and wonderful song of a whale and wonders what it might be saying, in a story that discusses endangered species and preserving the environment. By the author of Dancing with Manatees."

___________. Playing with Dolphins. Illustrated by Lena Schiffman. (Fiction)

___________. Whales: Their Life in the Sea. New York: Harper & Row, 1975. Grades 5 and up. (Nonfiction)

From the dust jacket: "This book describes the various kinds of whales. It tells about their lives in a watery world--how they 'talk' across great distances, care for their young with the same devotion as animal mothers on land, and each year make extraordinary journeys from the polar ice to the warm equator. It gives many fascinating scientific details about their remarkable lives. Finally, the author ends with a plea to save the whales of the world from extinction by greedy men who slaughter thousands year after year."

___________. How Whales Walked into the Sea. New York: Scholastic. McVeity, Jen. On Different Shores. New York: Orchard Books, 1998. Grades 5 and up. (Fiction)

Themes: Australia, whales, parents and children, swimming, sisers, fathers and daughters.

Meddaugh, Susan. Maude and Claude Go Abroad. New York: Houghton Mifflin, 1980. (Fiction)

Mell, Jan. The Atlantic Gray Whale (Gone Forever). New York: Crestwood House/Parsippany: Silver Burdett Press, 1989. Grades 5-6. (Nonfiction) (Nonfiction)

Examines how the hunting of the Atlantic gray whale led to its extinction in the early 1700s; describes the gray whale's physical characteristics, habits, and threats to its survival; and discusses ancient and modern whaling methods.

Melville, Herman. Moby Dick. Short Classics Learning Files Series. Chatham: Raintree Steck-Vaughn Publishers, 1988, 1993. Grades 4-7. (Fiction)

___________. Moby Dick. Donna Carlson, ed. Chicago, Illinois: Kidsbooks, 1992. (Fiction)

___________. Moby Dick. Adapted by Patricia Daniels. Chatham: Raintree Steck-Vaughn Publishers, 1982. Grades 4 and up. (Fiction)

___________. Moby Dick. Adapted by Allan Drummond. New York: Farrar, Straus & Giroux, 1997. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "In this full-color picture-book adaptation of the classic, Allan Drummond pays homage to one of the greatest sea stories ever told. Staying as true to Herman Melville's language as possible, and taking Ishmael as his narrator, Drummond tells of the adventure of Captain Ahab's relentless quest for revenge."

___________. Moby Dick. Adapted by Elaine Kirn. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, ESL Department, 1987. Grades 7 and up. (Fiction)

___________. Moby Dick. Introduction by Lauriat Lane. New York: Airmont Publishing Co., 1964. Grades 11 and up. (Fiction)

___________. Moby Dick. Edited by Irwin Shapiro. Illustrated by Alex Nino. West Haven, Connecticut: Pendulum Press, 1973.

___________. Moby Dick. Adapted by Bernice Selden. Illustrated by Gary Gianni. Mahwah, New Jersey: Troll Associates, 1988. Grades 3-6. (Fiction)

___________. Moby Dick. Adapted by Bill Sienkiewicz and Dan Chichester. Norwalk, Connecticut: Classics International Entertainment, n.d. (Fiction)

___________. Moby Dick. Adapted by Malvina Vogel. New York: Playmore, 1990. Grades 3-6. (Fiction)

___________. Moby Dick. Illustrated by Alex Nino. Illustrated Classics Book Series. Carson, California: Educational Insights, 1998. Grades 3 and up. (Fiction)

___________. Moby Dick. Illustrated Classics Series, No. II. Ashland, Ohio: Landoll, n.d. Grades preschool-6. (Fiction)

___________. Moby Dick. Chicago, Illinois: Kidsbooks, n.d. (Fiction)

Metaxas, Eric. The Boy and the Whale: A Christmas Fairy Tale. Illustrated by Paul Lopez. Seattle, Washington: Third Story Books, 1994. (Fiction)

Metral, Yvette. The Dolphin. Animal World Series, vol. 3. Vero Beach, Florida: Rourke Enterprises, 1983. (Nonfiction)

Describes the natural environment, physical characteristics, and behavior of the dolphin.

Meuller, Tobin James. To Save the Planet. A 55-minute musical play. Grades 4-9.

The following description is based on an article in the June 1998 issue of Conscious Choice: The Journal of Ecology & Natural Living: This play was originally performed by CenterStage Children's Theatre Troupe of Wisconsin, which in 1994 was admitted to the Global 500 Roll of Honour by the United Nations . . . In April [1998], the Elmhurst, Illinois-based Environmental Arts & Theatre (EARTH) group revived this musical and its environmental message.

EARTH's founder, Dori Wolfe, says that the idea for her theater group, founded in August 1997, is an extension of her lifestyle. "How can we live with modern conveniences today and still be gentle with the earth?" she asked.

To Save the Planet is a "55-minute educational and inspiring musical for grades four through nine. It's designed to heighten students' awareness of ecology issues as well as educate them as to what can be done to contribute to the healing of our environment.

"The children take center stage in this production. A young girl, daughter of a scientist, witnesses how the adutls have trashed the world, polluted the water, caused holes in the ozone, and made the rainforest frogs disappear. Disgusted at how the older generation has depleted the environment and severely threatened the living ecosystems of earth, she hitches a ride on the last whale she finds at sea, leading all the world's children to a pristine island. The girl's father goes on a rescue mission for her and her companions. After a joyful reunion, he convinces the children that they have to clean up the earth wherever they are, rather than just making another mess in a new place.

"'The cast is trained to break into small groups and talk (to audience members) about photovoltaics, biodegradability, and the four R's--recycling, reusing, reducing, and restoring. They work with a wind turbin display to explain alternative uses of electricity,' said Wolfe. In this way, the audience becomes like the children of the play, gaining information and learning how to take action to restore damaged environments."

Micro Squad. Whales and Dolphins. (Book and 48K disk & cassette.) Ages baby to preschool. Troll Associates Software, 1984.

Mikaelsen, Ben. Stranded. New York: Hyperion Books for Children, 1995. Ages 9-13. (Fiction/physically handicapped)

From the publisher: "Young Koby remembers all too well the speeding car that wrecked her bike and caused her to lose her right leg at the knee. Now, her parents fight and friends treat her differently. Out on the ocean, everything is okay. Then Koby finds injured whales stranded on the beach. As she works to save the whales, she discovers her own strength and comes to terms with her accident."

Reviewed by Chris Sherman in Booklist: "Mikaelsen's latest has many of the same elements that made Sparrow Hawk Red (1993) so successful: strong, well-developed characters, an intriguing plot in which an engaging main character is repeatedly placed in danger, and an exotic setting so clearly described that readers will feel they have been there to visit. When 12-year-old Koby saves the lives of two injured pilot whales near her home in the Florida Keys, she doesn't imagine that her own life will change as a result. Koby's parents have separated, and the ugly artificial foot she wears seems to have ensured her isolation: she feels as stranded and wounded as the whales. Yet as part of a team that is nursing the whales, Koby gains a new sense of self-worth and learns that breaking down self-imposed obstacles to friendship and truly exposing herself may be as risky, and as satisfying, as rescuing the great beasts. Then, in a desperate attempt to save her father's boats from a hurricane, Koby and her parents not only must confront the raging storm, but also the emotional barriers that threaten to destroy the family. Mikaelsen's dramatic conclusion is full of hope as Koby, surrounded by new friends and her reconciling parents, helps release the healthy whales."

Miller, Geoff. Orcas. Nature's Children series. Grolier Educational Corp., 1999. (Nonfiction)

Miller, Susanne Santoro. Whales and Sharks and Other Creatures of the Deep. Illustrated by Lisa Bonforte. New York: Simon and Schuster, Inc., 1982/Julian Messner, 1983. (Nonfiction)

Miller-Schroeder, Patricia. Blue Whales. The Untamed World Series. Austin, Texas: Raintree Steck-Vaughn Publishers, 1997/Minneapolis, Minnesota: Abdo and Daughters, 1998. Young Adult. (Nonfiction)

Milton, Joyce. Whales: The Gentle Giants. Illustrated by Alton Langford. Step into Reading, A Step 2 Book. New York: Random House, 1989. Grades 1-3. (Nonfiction)

From the back cover: "Did you know that even the smallest whale is as big as a rowboat? Or that whales take naps on top of the water? Or that some whales make noises that sound like songs from outer space? Now you can read all about these gentle giants of the deep in this exciting easy-to-read story."

Trisha: Very nicely illustrated, mostly accurate factually. The sections on captivity and whaling leave something to be desired.

___________. Whales and Other Creatures of the Sea. New York: Random House, 1993. (Nonfiction)

Mitral, Yvette. The Dolphin. Rourke Enterprises, 1983.

Mizumura, Kazue. The Blue Whale. Illustrated by Kazue Mizumura. Let's-Read-and-Find-Out Science Books. New York: HarperCollins Children's Books, 1971/London: A. and C. Black, 1972. Grades K-3. (Nonfiction)

Moffett, Martha, and Robert Moffett. Dolphins. First Books. Danbury, Connecticut: Franklin Watts Inc., 1971. Grades 4-6. (Nonfiction)

Chapters include: Meet the Dolphin, The Dolphin Is a Mammal, The Dolphin's Family Tree, The Dolphin's Relatives, Different Dolphins, What Dolphins Are Like, The Senses of the Dolphin, The Important Sense of Sound, The Language of the Dolphin, The Young Dolphin, Dolphin Society, Man Meets Dolphin, Performing Dolphins, Scientists Become Curious, A Dolphin Joins the Navy, How to Catch a Dolphin (the ethics of captivity is not questioned in this now dated book), How Intelligent Is the Dolphin?, The Dolphin's Brain, Current Research on Dolphins, Conversation with a Dolphins, and an index.

Moffett, Robert Knight. The Whale in Fact and Fiction. New York: H. Quist, 1967.

Montgomery, Rutherford George. Dolphins as They Are. New York: Duell, Sloan and Pearce, 1966. (Nonfiction)

Scott: A young reader's book, simple and uncritical of Navy experiments, etc.

Montgomery, Sy. Encantado: Pink Dolphin of the Amazon. New York: Houghton Mifflin, 2002. Grades 3-7. (Nonfiction)

Reviewed by Susan Oliver, Tampa-Hillsborough Public Library System, Florida, School Library Journal: "A stimulating text and vibrant, full-color photographs entice readers on this trip down the Amazon to meet these freshwater rainforest creatures. Written in second person and in a light, conversational tone, the narrative evokes a magical environment as readers accompany the author and a guide on a voyage to investigate these little-known animals. Different physically and behaviorally from the more common bottle-nosed variety, pink dolphins are hard to observe as they swim low and never leap out of the water. As the adventure proceeds, readers encounter all kinds of plant and animal life, meet a couple of scientists, and learn how observation leads to understanding. They see how children in this part of the world live, hear a folktale about an encantado, travel back through time to discover the animal's ancient origins, and glimpse the future of the Amazon as the forests are destroyed. Spanish and Portuguese words and phrases are occasionally integrated into the text. Hand-drawn colorful maps and a time line illustrate habitat and history, and there are a wealth of features at the back, including an annotated list for further reading, information on making a similar trip, statistics, odd facts, and unsolved mysteries. The author's sense of wonder at this spectacular environment and this unusual animal is infectious and makes for a nonfiction title that inspires as it informs." Copyright 2002 Cahners Business Information, Inc.

Moon, Cliff. Whales and Dolphins in the Wild. Hove: Wayland, 1984. (Nonfiction)

Moore, Eva. The Wild Whale Watch. Illustrated by John Spiers. The Magic School Bus -- A Science Chapter Book series, no. 3. Scholastic, 2000. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

"The Magic School Sub takes the kids deep into the ocean, where they learn all sorts of fascinating facts about whales."

Moore, Jo E., and Joy Evans. Whales. Monterey, California: Evan Moor Educational Publishers, 1990. Grades 3-6. (Nonfiction)

Moray, Jeremy. Timmy and the Whales. Illustrated by Dee Gale. Timmy the Tug Series. Harbour Publishing, 1989, 1997. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

Timmy the tug gets into trouble, and it takes his seagull friends and their friends, the whales, to steer him clear.

Morpugo, Michael. Why the Whales Came. New York: Scholastic, Inc., 1985, 1990. Grades 5-7. (Fiction) (See also the audio version of the same name in the Cetacean Audiography.)

From the publisher: "With several whales stranded on the beach with no one to help them, Daniel and Gracie, two children given to getting themselves into trouble, must rely on the help of an old hermit to save the whales."

Gayle: This one deals with legend and superstition about whales in WWI England. Literarily excellent; whale information thin, but about narwhals, and not 100 percent accurate (but close); evokes lots of feelings in a variety of areas. Definitely not my favorite, but I'm not really sure why.

Morris, Robert A. Dolphin. Illustrations by Mamoru Funai. An I Can Read Book. New York: HarperTrophy/HarperCollins, 1975/Burr Ridge: Irwin Professional Publishing, 1983. Grades 1-5. (Nonfiction)

This is the story of the first six months in the life of a baby bottlenose dolphin. You will learn what dolphins eat, and how dolphins protect themselves from sharks, killer whales, and other enemies. A fascinating book about an intelligent mammal--like us--who lives in the sea.

Morris, Tony. Jonah and the Whale. Now You Can Read Bible Stories. Newmarket: Brimax Books, 1994. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

___________. Jona a'r Morfil (Jonah and the Whale). Llandysul: Gomer, 1992. In Welsh.

Morton, Alexandra. Siwiti--A Whale's Story. Photography by Robin and Alexandra Morton. BC Book Prize Winner. Victoria, BC, Canada/Point Roberts, Washington: Orca Book Publishers Ltd., 1991. Ages 6 and up. (Fiction)

Siwiti is the story of the first year in the life of a killer whale born in the waters off the west coast of Canada. Surrounded and protected by her family, the little orca's life is full of excitement and adventure.

Siwiti explores the inlets and channels of the Pacific Northwest. Chasing salmon, playing with harbour seals and Dall porpoises, escaping from aggressive sea lions, Siwiti learns the do's and don't's of undersea life. As curious as any child, she also watches the humans who seem so intent on observing her and her family.

From a review by Susan Short: "Alexandra Morton has done a wonderful job conveying the strong sense of family that all whales have. Because whales do not live in a den or a cave, their families are their main security, and these family ties are lifelong. The close ties many humans feel with whales are linked, I believe, to this fact: Family ties are important to both of us. Siwiti's story is greatly enhanced by the beautiful photographs by Alexandra nad Robin Morton, her late husband."

_________. In the Company of Whales: From the Diary of a Whale Watcher. Victoria, BC, Canada/Point Roberts, Washington: Orca Book Publishers Ltd., 1993, 1999. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

The author states, "This book is about the many things whales have taught me, and about some of the questions I have not yet found answers to. It is also about just living with the whales and trying to fit in."

Through diary entries, field notes, and photographs, this book explores the author's fourteen years of studying orcas in the wild. As a fascinating introduction to the life of a scientist working in the field, this book will entertain and inspire all readers.

From a review by Susan Short:"In the Company of Whales is presented in the form of a diary, which chronicles a year in the life of six resident pods (family units) and a loose group of transients. This distinction between residents and transients is important because not only do the two groups eat different foods but they occupy the region at different times of the year. The diary format gives us the opportunity to see these changes occur. Morton also includes numerous sidebars which discuss in detail such elements of orca behavior as echolocation, whale dialects, whale interactions with other animals, and how scientists tell killer whales apart. The photography is stunning--and touching. It's one thing to read that killer whales stay in their mother's pod their whole life, that family ties are the most important constant in their lives[, but] to see this closeness in the photos is simply amazing.

"This is a book for all ages. Even young children will enjoy the photos of killer whales, while other children of any age, and that includes you parents, will marvel at the excitement of learning about another species that Alexandra Morton brings across in this book. Morton hopes this book will inspire children to learn about their world. I don't see how it can fail to do so."

Moses, Antoinette. Dolphin Music. Level 5. Cambridge University Press, 1999. Also available as a 2-cassette boxed set in the Cambridge English Readers Series (Level 5), read by Patricia Tomlinson. 3 hours, 4 minutes. (Fiction)

Mulkerns, Val. Very Like a Whale. London: Murray, 1986. (Fiction)

Mullin, Penn. High-Five Series: Whale Summer. Novato, California: High Noon Books, 1991. (In a set with Spirits of the Canyon and Trail to Danger.)

Mulville, Frank. Dear Dolphin: Iskra's Atlantic Adventures.

Munitich, Brenda. Tuff Guy. De Jager-HAUM. (Fiction)

Mystery story with dolphins, twins, and speech disorder elements.

Murphy, Catherine Frey. Songs in the Silence. New York: Simon & Schuster Children's/Canada: Maxwell Macmillan Canada, 1994. Grades 3-7. (Fiction)

Hallie, a troubled eleven-year-old girl, finds solace from her grief and guilt over her younger brother's accident when she comes to the aid of two stranded pilot whales, with whom she has found a mental link, in Portland Harbor, Maine. She hopes to use the whales' healing power to help her hospitalized brother.

From Kirkus Reviews,, May 1, 1994: "Her little brother Josh has been burned in an accident, and Hallie is deeply troubled. She misses her parents, mostly at the hospital with Josh; she feels excluded (she's not quite 12, so can't join them) and suffers guilt because, frozen with horror, she watched while others rushed to Josh's aid. She's sure that if she can be with Josh it will help him--a sound hope since the two, who live on a small Maine island, are unusually close. Grieving, Hallie goes out in a neighbor's dinghy (she is implausibly inept at rowing), nearly drowns, but is saved by a whale, Melae, whose singing she somehow understands. Melae too is trying to save one of her kind, the ailing Globo, an effort hampered by curious people flocking to the scene and by well-meaning experts and Coast Guard personnel who try to separate the whales in the mistaken belief that Globo will surely ground himself but that Melae, on her own, will be safe. Though the fantasy is a bit contrived, Melae (a sort of consoling, otherworldly godmother) is intriguing and the parallels nicely reinforce the theme; Hallie's ultimate success in helping Globo find his way back to Melae and in getting together with Josh make a satisfying conclusion. A strong sense of place, deftly drawn characters, and an undercurrent of tenderness to humans and cetacean[s] add up to a fine second novel by the author of Alice Dodd and the Spirit of Truth." Copyright (C) 1994, Kirkus Associates, LP. All rights reserved.

Murphy, Elspeth C. The Mystery of the Dolphin Detective. Illustrated by Joe Nordstrom. Three Cousins Detective Club Series, Vol. 8. Minneapolis, Minnesota: Bethany House Publishers, 1995. Ages 7-10. (Fiction)

From the back cover: "In The Mystery of the Dolphin Detective, Titus McKay and his cousins take a trip to a dolphin study center that retrains the gentle animals for life in the wild. Titus has always dreamed of swimming with dolphins--now the big day has finally arrived! But a mysterious light in the night and a surprising discovery may spoil Titus's plans. Something fishy is going on! Is the dolphin's gift a clue?

"Theme: Gentleness"

___________. The Mystery of the Silver Dolphin. Ten Commandments Mysteries.

Murphy, Jim. Gone A-Whaling: The Lure of the Sea and the Hunt for the Great Whale. Clarion Books, 1998. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

From The Horn Book: "Whaling was a young man's game, or rather a young boy's. Using a variety of sources, Murphy makes it plain that the crews of whalers included a substantial number of youths barely out of childhood. Although presented from [the perspective of young whalers through their detailed journal entries and letters], the book is more than a collection of biographical vignettes. It is a substantive examination of the history of whaling, the socio-economic forces that supported it, the process by which whales were transformed into salable commodities--from oil to corset stays--and, finally, the environmental impact of reckless commercialism as technology increased the hunters' success. In this context, Murphy offers proof of the innate cruelty of the whale hunt, refutes legends of the whale's evil intent and vengeful nature--including that icon of American literature, Moby Dick--and comments on the decimation of many species through lack of regulation even today . . . The concluding chapter takes the reader into the twentieth century where cameras substitute for harpoons as spectators join whale watching expeditions . . . " Copyright 1998 The Horn Book, Inc. All rights reserved.

Murray, Julie. Beluga Whales. Animal Kingdom series. Abdo & Daughters, 2002. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

___________. Humpback Whales. Animal Kingdom series. Abdo & Daughters, 2002. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

___________. Spotted Dolphins. Animal Kingdom series. Abdo & Daughters, 2002. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

Myers, Arthur, and Jean Zallinger. Sea Creatures Do Amazing Things. Step-Up Books Series. New York: Random House, 1981. (Nonfiction)

My First Photo Book with Dory Dolphin. Camera Books series. Penton Overseas, 2000. Ages 4-8.

Nakatani, Chiyoko. Fumio and the Dolphin: A Picture Story from Japan. Illustrated by Chiyoko Nakatani. New York: The World Publishing Co.

Fumio lived in a fishing village by the sea. One day when Fumio and his brother Taro went out fishing, the saw something moving in the sun-speckled waters--two dolphins, a mother and her playful baby. Streamlined, silvery-gray, they leaped high out of the water to catch the fish the boys threw to them. But when the other fishermen discovered the large school of dolphins, they threw out their nets to catch them. How Fumio and Taro manage to save their special dolphins is a heartwinning story told in simple language.

Narvaez, Cynthia de. My Dear Dolphin. Photographs by Jerry Greenberg. New York: American Heritage Press, 1969. (Nonfiction)

Written in diary style by the mother of four children who spent two spring vacations swimming with captive dolphins in Florida. Describes the children's various interactions with the dolphins, as well as their emotional relationship with them.

National Geographic Society. Amazing Animals of the Sea: Marine Mammals. Books for World Explorers series. Washington, D.C.: National Geographic Society, 1981. (Nonfiction)

Naughton, Bill. My Pal Spadger. Illustrated by Charles Mozley. London: Dent, 1978. (Fiction)

Nayer, Judy. Whales and Dolphins at Your Fingertips. Illustrated by Greg Harris. At Your Fingertips series. New York: McClanahan Book Co., 1998. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

Book description: "The excitement and wonder of the world are right at a child's fingertips in these magnificently illustrated series of oversized board books. Die-cut tabs [of various species of whales], fascinating information, and engaging artwork delight and captivate children from toddlers through elementary grades. In Whales and Dolphins, discover our amazing mammal cousins, from the blue whale -- the largest animal in the world -- to the river dolphin, which makes it's home in the Amazon."

Nechodom, Kerry. The Rainbow Bridge: A Chumash Legend. Los Osos, California: Sand River Press, 1992. (Fiction)

Dolphin folklore.

Neill, John R. Lucky Bucky in Oz. Illustrated by John R. Neill. Chicago: Reilly & Lee, 1942/New York: Books of Wonder, 1996. (Fiction)

From the dust jacket: "One minute young Lucky Bucky is aboard a tug boat in New York Harbor and the next he's thrown sky high--all the way to the Nonentic Ocean! There our young hero is befriended by a Wooden Whale named Davy Jones and together they make a valiant voyage to that most magical of places, the Emerald City of Oz."

Trisha: I've only skimmed through this one, but it looks like Lucky Bucky and Davy Jones have many rousing adventures on their journey to the Emerald City.

New England Aquarium Teacher Resource Center. Whale Kits. Joel Rubin, Teacher Resource Center, New England Aquarium, Central Wharf Boston, Massachusetts 02110-3399, USA, (617) 973-6590.

The Teacher Resource Center offers curriculum guides, videos, books, marine mammal parts, and programs.

Nickel, Scott. Freddie Fish: A Whale of a Tale. Humongous Entertainment, 2001. Baby - Preschool. (Fiction)

Nicklin, Flip, and Valerie Weber. The Wonder of Whales. Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Gareth Stevens Inc., 1992. (Nonfiction)

Nielsen, Nancy J. Killer Whales: Orcas of the Pacific Ocean. Animals and the Environment Series. Mankato, Minnesota: Capstone Press, 1994. Grades 3-4. (Nonfiction)

Nobisso, Josephine. Shh! The Whale is Smiling. Illustrated by Maureen Hyde. New York: Green Tiger Press, 1992/Gingerbread House, 2000. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

Publisher's annotation: "In this rhythmic and poetic book . . . , an older sister comforts a little brother frightened by a wind storm. Knowing his love of whales, she comes to his room to comfort him with a fantastic tale that takes him and the reader right out of the bed and into the undersea world of a loving Humpback who 'watches us and guides us through the floating, flying freedom of the deep.' Children love joining in on the choruses of 'Shh!' and will ask to hear it again and again."

Reviewed in Horn Book, 1992: "An older sister helps her younger brother fall asleep by sharing with him a lullaby-like story about an encounter with a whale. The rhyme is coy and belabored, and the figures are clumsily composed." -- Copyright (c) 1992 The Horn Book, Inc. All rights reserved.

Nobody Listens to Me. New York: Scholastic Paperbacks, 1991.

From the publisher: "Mendy loves spending time with her father, enjoying his whale-watching excursions off the coast of Cape Cod. But a newspaper article attaching whale-watching and the death of her favorite humpback whale change Mendy's mind. She beings a campaign to end the excursions, pitting herself against the whole town . . . and her own father."

Norris, Kenneth, as told to Jane Werner. The Happy Little Whale. Illustrated by Tibor Gergely. A Little Golden Book. New York, 1960. (Fiction)

Trisha: This one should be entitled The Happy Little Whale, as Seen through the Eyes of of the Captive Industry. It is the story of a little whale who lives happily with her family in the sea, but is then captured and taken to an aquarium where she is "as lonely as could be." Then along comes a dolphin (identified only as a "strange black fish" in the story), who feeds her squid and teaches her tricks, "to wear a fancy hat and to jump through a hoop, and things like that." After she has learned all the tricks, she is moved to a tank with another little whale, and they are "as happy in the pool as they once had been in the deep-sea school. They swim and they roll and blow spray when they wish, and they do all their tricks for treats of fish."

Norroy, pseud. A Tale of a Whale. Illustrated by Norroy. London: Dean & Son, 1884.

O'Brien, Seumas. The Whale and the Grasshopper, and Other Fables. Boston: Little, Brown & Co., 1916/London: T. Fisher Unwin/Dublin: Talbot Press, 1920. (Fiction)

Oakley, Mark. Whales and Dolphins. New York: Penguin USA, 1997/ Ladybird Books, 1997. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

O'Dell, Scott. Zia. Oxford, England: Oxford University Press, 1976. (Young adult fiction)

"A young Indian girl, Zia, caught between the traditional world of her mother and the presnt world of the Mission, is helped by her Aunt Karana whose story was told in the Island of the Blue Dolphins."

___________. Island of the Blue Dolphins. Newberry Award winner. New York: Dell Publishing/Yearling Books, 1968. (Young adult fiction) (See also Lone Woman of Ghalas-Hat: The True Story of the Island of the Blue Dolphins, by Rice D. Oliver in the Cetacean Nonfiction Bibliography.)

For a teachers' aid on this book, see A. G. Hill, Group Textual Study of Fiction in the Primary School, Part 3, A Suggested Programme of Works on Island of the Blue Dolphins by Scott O'Dell Used As a Text for Reading, Discussion and Some Written and Practical Activities . . . , Edinburgh: Moray House College of Education; Pegasus: Island of the Blue Dolphins Unit Guide for Grade 5, Kendall/Hunt Publishing Company, 1992; Victoria I Mayer, Book Bridges 1: Extensions and Activities for the Cay Island of the Blue Dolphins: Call It Courage, Patricia McHugh, Scholastic Reading Guide to Island of the Blue Dolphin by Scott O'Dell, Skippingstone Press, 1990; and Julie of the Wolves - Island of the Blue Dolphin: Curriculum, Center for Learning, 1996.

Olsen, E. A. Adrift on a Raft. Illustrated by L. Le Blanc. Fayetteville: Oddo Publishing, 1970. Grades 3 and up. (Fiction)

O'Mara, Michael. Bath Time with Whale. (A Waterproof Plastic Book). Trafalgar Square, 1999.

Oppel, Kenneth. Peg and the Whale. Illustrated by Terry Widener. New York: Simon & Schuster, 2000. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

From a review in The Horn Book: "In this stalwart and spirited tall tale, a female fishing prodigy harbors the decidedly un-p.c. ambition of catching the world's largest mammal. By the time she is seven years old, young Peg, clad perpetually in yellow rain hat and slicker, has hooked just about everything else . . . But she wants more. She wants a catch flashy enough to prove once and for all that she's the "World's Best Fisherman." Dismissing her father's argument that a whale is not a fish . . . , she finds a berth on a whaling ship and ends up pulling a Jonah. That is to say, the whale catches her instead. Terry Widener's rounded figures look as if they might have been made by Fisher-Price, in keeping with the narrative's playful delivery and air of embellishment. Other details are delightfully depicted in pictures and words. When the whale takes a turn through the Arctic, Peg rides atop its back and keeps warm "by doing jumping jacks and singing sea shanties." Her cozy home-away-from-home in the whale's belly [is] furnished with assorted swallowed items . . . In the end, of course, she becomes far too fond of the whale to keep it for a trophy. The last spread shows her on land -- she's already conquered the ocean, after all -- striding toward a distant peak. Watch out, Mt. Everest." Copyright 2000 The Horn Book, Inc. All rights reserved.

Oppenheim, Shulamith Levey. The Selchie's Seed. Illustrated by Diane Goode. San Diego, California/New York/London: Harcourt Brace & Co., 1996. Ages 10 and up. (Fiction)

From the back cover: "'One legend has it that a man came upon the selchies leaving off their skins. He stole a skin and hid it away above his door. Soon there came a lovely young girl wandering, distracted, searching for her covering, for without it she could never return to the sea. They married, for she had no other choice, but the girl never ceased pining for the lost sealskin and for the sea. . . . All her descendants, so it is said, have within themselves the selchie's seed.'

"One storm-wracked night, a magnificent white whale comes to the harbor by young Marian's house. The whale casts a spell on Marian stronger than that of family, stronger than that of home, a spell whose power is rooted in a dark family secret of which even Marian is unaware."

Trisha: If you liked the mysterious, foreboding quality of the jewel of a film The Secret of Roan Innish, you will enjoy this story as well.

Oram, Hiawyn. Dolphin SOS! The Story of Nemo and Lemo. Illustrated by Judith Lawton. London: Orchard, 1996. (Fiction)

Themes: Care of sick, captive marine animals.

Orr, Katherine. Discover Hawaii's Marine Mammals. Illustrated by Katherine Orr. Aiea, Hawaii: Island Heritage, 1995.

Trisha: Discusses all marine mammals present in Hawaiian waters, but features humpback whales and Hawaiian spinner dolphins. Beautifully illustrated by the author in her friendly style.

___________. Story of a Dolphin. Illustrated by Katherine Orr. Minneapolis, Minnesota: Carolrhoda Books, Inc., 1993. (Based on a true story.)

Beautifully illustrated book based on the true story of JoJo, a wild dolphin, who befriended people on the island of Providenciales in the Caribbean. The conflicts that arose between JoJo and some humans nearly led to the dolphins' death. Yet love and insight prevailed. [And JoJo continues to live and interact with humans in the Caribbean today. Nice book--Trisha]

Orstadius, Brita. The Dolphin Journey (Delfinresan). Illustrated by Lennart Didoff. Translated by Eric Bibb. Stockholm/New York: R & S Books, 1989. (Distributed in the U.S.A. by Farrar, Straus and Giroux.)

Card catalog description: "While visiting her friend Ianni's relatives on a Greek island, Pia meets a friendly dolphin who saves Ianni from drowning, only to need their help later when it ends up on the beach by mistake."

Osborne, Mary Pope. Dolphins at Daybreak. Illustrated by Sal Murdocca. First Stepping Stone Books. Magic Tree House Series. Random House Books for Young Readers, 1997. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

"Jack and Annie climb into their Magic Tree House once again and find themselves on an underwater adventure as they visit with the octopus, see a hungry shark, and witness the beauty of the dolphins swimming through the open waters."

O'Sullivan, Patrick V. A Girl and a Dolphin. Niwot, Colorado: Irish American Book Co., 1997/Dublin: Wolfhound Press, 1994. Young adult. (Fiction)

Overbeck, Cynthia. Splash, the Dolphin. Translated by Dyan Hammarberg. Minneapolis: Carolrhoda Books, 1976. (Originally in French). Grades K-4. (Fiction)

Owen, Oliver S. Calf to Dolphin. Lifewatch Series. Minneapolis, Minnesota: Abdo and Daughters Publishing, 1994. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

Owen-Lewis, Paul O. Storm Boy. Hillsboro, Oregon: Beyond Words Publishing, 1995/Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Gareth Stevens, 1998/Tricycle Publishing, 1999. Ages 5-10. (Fiction)

Synopsis: A story drawn from Haida Indian literary tradition in which a boy falls from his canoe into a world of eighteen-foot-tall humanlike creatures who welcome him and eventually return him to his village.

From Marilyn Courtot, Children's Literature: "Native Americans from the Northwest Coast provide the background and setting for this original heroic adventure story. A chief's son is lost and ends up under the waves, living with a strange people who appear to be killer whales when they go out in to the water. They share knowledge and help the boy return to his people. After he relates his adventures, he is granted the right to display a killer whale crest and his story becomes a legend among his people. Extensive notes about the culture and paintings that display clothing, totems, and other Native American artifacts make this book a useful one for social studies or multicultural programs."

From Publisher's Weekly: "Lewis . . . draws on folkloric and artistic traditions of the Pacific Northwest coastal tribes for this somewhat attentuated tale. Thrown from his canoe during a storm, a boy is 'washed ashore under a strange sky he had never seen before.' Inhabitants of the coastal village, who are very large and dressed in vivid garb, welcome him with a feast and a celebration. The chief recognizes the boy's homesickness and returns him to 'his very own village'--where he discovers that a year has passed in his absence. Though the totem-like motifs of Lewis's boldy colored and sharply defined artwork provide drama, several illustrations are repetitious. Also, despite a few clues (fish swimming in what appears to be the sky, killer whales displayed like trophies in one of the strangers' houses) the story's key element may perplex younger readers--these 'finely dressed people' are in fact whales in human form. A comprehensive--and sophisticated--author's note credits the mythological motifs encountered in the story (Separation, Initiation, and Return) to the writings of Joseph Campbell."

___________. Davy's Dream. Hillsboro, Oregon: Beyond Words Publishing, 1988/Tricycle Press, 1999. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

Publisher's annotation: "One day, a body named Davy dreams of sailing among a pod of wild Orca, 'killer' whales. The dream is so real he feels he has become a part of their world. Excited by his vision, he sets out to realize his dream. He is not afraid even though he has been warned that the so-called 'wolves of the sea' are not tame whales. As Davy embarks on his adventure, he finds that in their frolic the wild whales don't notice him. Saddened, he returns to shore and falls asleep dreaming of how he wants to be included in the whales' play. Then he has his dream again, but this time, something is radically different! Davy learns that dreams pursued can come true.

Packard, Edward. Secret of the Dolphins. Choose Your Own Adventure Series, No. 134. Illustrated by Tom La Padula. New York: Bantam Books, 1993. Grades 4-7. (Fiction)

Frmom the back cover: "Will you discover the legendary city of the dolphins?

"You are a summer intern at the renowned Dolphin Institute in Hawaii, hoping to help find the fabled underwater city of the dolphins and make scientific history. As you're nearing the spot where the treasure-filled city is believed to lie, your group is approached by some boaters. When they press you for details about what you're doing, your suspicions are aroused. How much should you reveal?

"If you decide to tell them the truth, turn to page 30. If you make up another story, turn to page 70. Think carefully before you decide! If you trust the boaters, they might do as you ask and leave the area. Or they could double-cross you and claim the treasures of the dolphin city for themselves!

"What happens next in the story? It all depends on the choices you make. How does the story end? Only you can find out! And the best part is that you can keep reading and rereading until you've have not one but many incredibly daring adventures!"

___________. Spy Trap. Choose Your Own Adventure, No. 6. New York: Bantam Books, 1989. Grades 4-7. (Fiction)

___________. Your Code Name Is Jonah. Choose Your Own Adventure Series. Grey Castle Press, 1988. Grades 4-7. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "By making the correct decisions, the reader assists the Special Intelligence Group in rescuing a marine scientist and recovering a whale song tape from the clutches of the KGB."

Packard, Mary. Jonah and the Whale. Illustrated by Nancy Pistone. Golden Super Shape Books. Artist and Writers Guild Books, 1996. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

Page, Deborah. Orcas Around Me: My Alaskan Summer. Illustrated by Leslie W. Bowman. Albert Whitman & Co., 1996. (Nonfiction)

Synopsis: "As his parents work on their fishing boat, Taiga enjoys the beauty surrounding him; yet when his family has a frightening encounter with a killer whale, his appreciation for the power of the natural world is greatly increased."

From Kirkus Reviews: "Page chronicles the real events of her family's fishing life from the perspective of her oldest son, Taiga, making him the voice of the first-person narration. Taiga and his brother, Ryland, spend a summer assisting their parents on fishing boats in Alaska, where experience becomes their best teacher. Taiga, by necessity, must help out, catching and cleaning fish, but the entire day is filled with unique and valuable interactions with the natural world. Taiga's father tells of the time he accidentally hooked a porpoise and was unable to free the thrashing creature; the family dog began to 'sing,' an act that somehow calmed the porpoise. Taiga is sleeping when the fishing boat gets grounded on a rock, but wakes up in time for an encounter with orcas--killer whales--that surround them. He is scared, but the whales eventually pass by, and the family is unscathed. In this setting, nature is neither cute nor predictable--an attitude that recognizes that humans don't control or even completely fathom the workings of the natural world. Bowman's watercolor scenes exhibit an attention to detail and make these stories ring true, capturing the many moods of a summer spent mostly shipboard. Taiga's adventures combine natural history and good storytelling, and will captivate young listeners if read aloud." Copyright 1997, Kirkus Associates, LP. All rights reserved.

Paige, Joy. The Blue Whale: World's Largest Mammal. Animal Record Breakers series. Powerkids Press, 2002. (Nonfiction)

Paine, Stefani. The World of the Arctic Whales: Belugas, Bowheads, and Narwhals. San Francisco: Sierra Club Books, 1995. (Nonfiction)

Offers insights on the natural history of the only three whale species who live their entire lives surrounded by ice, explores their role in the lives of the peoples of the northern world, and considers their precarious future.

Palazzo-Craig, Janet, and Pamela Johnson. Descubriendo Ballenas y Delfines (Discover Whales and Dolphins). Troll Associates, 1994. In Spanish. (Fiction)

Palmer, Sarah. Narwhals. The Whale Discovery Library. Vero Beach, Florida: Rourke Publishing Group, 1998. (Nonfiction)

Introduces the physical appearance, habits, diet, and habitat of this toothed whale and threats to its existence.

___________. Tiburones Ballenas. Translated into Spanish by Lois Sands. Vero Beach, Florida: Rourke Corp., 1992. (Nonfiction)

___________. World of Whales. Avenal, New Jersey: Random House Value Publishing, 1990. (Nonfiction)

___________. Blue Whales. Vero Beach, Florida: Rourke Enterprises, 1989. Grades K-5. (Nonfiction).

Describes physical appearance, habits, diet, habitat, and threats to their existence.

___________. Dolphins. Vero Beach, Florida: Rourke Enterprises, 1989. Grades K-5. Also available in Spanish as Delfines. (Nonfiction)

Describes physical characteristics, infancy, habits, behavior, and habitat.

___________. Fin Whales. Vero Beach, Florida: Rourke Enterprises, 1989. Grades K-5. (Nonfiction)

Describes physical characteristics, habits, and natural environment of the world's most common whale.

___________. Gray Whales. Vero Beach, Florida: Rourke Enterprises, 1989. Grades K-5. (Nonfiction)

Describe physical characteristics, location, diet, and family life.

___________. Humpback Whales. Vero Beach, Florida: Rourke Enterprises, 1989. Grades K-5. (Nonfiction)

Describes physical characteristics, habits, diet, habitat, and threats to their existence.

___________. Killer Whales. Vero Beach, Florida: Rourke Enterprises, 1989. Grades K-5. (Nonfiction)

Describes physical characteristics, habits (including eating of other marine mammals), and natural environment.

___________. Narwhals. Vero Beach, Florida: Rourke Enterprises, 1988. Grades K-5. (Nonfiction)

Describes physical characteristics, habits, diet, habitat, and threats to their existence.

Papastavrou, Vassili. Whale. Photographs by Frank Greenway. An Eyewitness Book. New York: Alfred A. Knopf/London: Dorling Kindersley, 1993/Econo-Clad Books, 1999 Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

Describes whales, dolphins, seals, and other marine mammals, their habitats, communication, and family life.

Chapters include: Marine Mammals; Whale Evolution; Whales Big and Small; Inside the Whale; Seals and Sea Lions; Ocean Giants; Teeth for Grasping...; ..And Baleen for Filtering; Clicks, Barks, and Songs; Courtship and Birth; Social Life; Dolphins and Porpoises; The Killer Whale; The Amazing Narwhal; The Sperm Whale; The Elephant Seal; I Am the Walrus; Sea Cows; Hunting the Mighty Whale; Whaling in the 20th Century; Oils, Brushes, and Corsets; Seal Hunting; Myths and Legends; Stranding and Whale Watching; Fishing and Pollution; Studying Sea Mammals; and Save the Whales! Indexed.

Review in Horn Book, 1994. "Most aspects of cetacean biology are glossed over in this illustrated introduction to whales and other marine mammals. The lack of substantive information renders the book useful mainly for browsing. Full-color photographs and drawings of the animals, skeletons, and artifacts from the whaling industry are scattered collage-style across each page." -- Copyright (c) 1994 The Horn Book, Inc. All rights reserved.

Trisha: Each topic is covered in brief, but each is lavishly and beautifully illustrated via crisp color photographs.

Parisi, Dan. The Legend of Doll Fin. Illustrated by Dan Parisi. West Sacramento, California: A & D Publishing, 1996. (Fiction)

From the back cover: "The Legend of Doll Fin is a . . . tale of a young physically challenged dolphin's courage. Her acts of bravery [inspire] others to action. Doll Fin learns that life's hardships can prepare her for unknown challenges."

Trisha: A story about Doll Fin, who is teased by whales but becomes the heroine in the end. Story includes dolphin-herring races and shark ramming, and could have been better written. Interesting illustrations.

Park, Ruth. My Sister Sif. Puffin Books, 1997. (Fiction, Young Adult)

From Kirkus Reviews, May 15, 1991: "In another beautifully written story by the author of Playing Beattie Bow (1982), an adult Erika ('Riko') narrates events in 2000 A.D. when she was 14, imaginatively linking environmental concerns with a plausible explanation of mermaids as humans with special adaptations (e.g., webbed fingers), but with lungs and sophisticated technology to maintain their undersea cities; the 'tail' is a sort of wet suit. Daughters of a mermaid (Marika) and a Scandinavian seaman, Riko and Sif, 17, are unhappily living with a bossy older sister in Australia; until their father's death, they had lived on an island near Tahiti, where they were friends with dolphins and could visit their mother. Riko plans to become a marine biologist, but Sif pines for the sea; deeply concerned, Riko contrives to take her back to their beloved paradise. They find it threatened by man's depredations: whales and porpoises are tragically born dead; the sea people plan to migrate to a cold, desolate, but safer place, and Marika wants Sif to join them. Sif is torn: she realizes how precious she is to Riko and has also fallen in love with Henry, a young scientist they have both learned to trust. Like many of the poignantly evoked sea creatures, Sif doesn't survive, losing her life in a dramatic undersea climax. In a final chapter/epilogue, people are finally stirred by the earth's impending death (and by Henry and Riko's well-informed pleas) to give up their greed and begin to reclaim their environment. A compelling novel with unique, memorable characters and a thoughtful message."--Copyright (c)1991, Kirkus Associates, LP. All rights reserved.

Parker, Steve. Inside the Whale and Other Animals. Illustrated by Ted Dewan. New York: Delacourt Press/London: Dorling Kindersley, 1992. (Nonfiction)

This is a terrific resource book in animal physiology. Excellent illustrations; easy for a child to use.

___________. Whales and Dolphins. San Francisco: Sierra Club, 1994. Ages 8 to 11. (Nonfiction)

"With its accurate, easy-to-read text, dozens of photographs and illustrations, and fold-out flaps, this book gives young naturalists a close-up look at sea-dwelling mammals--from the smallest dolphin to the giant blue whale."

Parker, Victoria. Jonah and the Whale and Other Old Testament Stories. Discovering the Bible Series. Lorenz Books, 2000. Ages 9-12. (Fiction)

Parr, Letitia. Dolphins Are Different. Illustrated by Patricia Mullins. Sydney/London: Angus and Robertson, 1972. (Nonfiction)

Pascoe, Elaine. Animal Intelligence: Why Is This Dolphin Smiling?. New Explorers Series. Woodbridge: Blackbirch Press, 1998. Ages 9-12.

Card catalog description: ":Examines dolphin intelligence and the ways in which dolphins communicate among themselves and with humans."

From Kirkus Reviews, September 15, 1997: "An entry in The New Explorers books, adapted from the PBS [U.S. Public Broadcasting System] series of the same name. The television techniques of overly dramatic prose, tightly framed images, and quick cut-away discussions do not translate well into print. There are too few details given on the contemporary scientists who are mentioned, and too little context provided for their work in animals intelligence, brain size, languages, etc. A busy format includes marginal full-color photographs from the programs, colored captions, pull-quotes, and borders; readers may be dazzled, but they won't come away with integration information . . . " Copyright 1997, Kirkus Associates, LP. All rights reserved.

Patent, Dorothy Hinshaw. Alex and Friends: Animal Talk, Animal Thinking. Lerner Publications, 1998. Grades 6-10.

"When parrots talk, they usually say silly things like 'Polly want a cracker.' They don't really know what they are saying. But there is one parrot who actually speaks more than a hundred words and understands their meaning. He is an African grey parrot named Alex.' Scientists have used various methods to investigate animal thinking and communication. In this book, Dorothy Hinshaw Patent describes how scientists study parrots and other animals, such as chimpanzees, dolphins and pigeons, to find out how their brains work."

Contains a glossary and is indexed.

___________. Looking at Dolphins and Porpoises. New York: Holiday House, 1989. (Nonfiction)

Discusses their appearance, as well as how they feed, the way they bear and raise their young, their means of communication, and their intelligence. Also also describes how they are trained and introduces several species, including the bottlenosed dolphin.

___________. Humpback Whales. New York: Holiday House, 1989. Grades preschool-3. (Nonfiction)

Describes physical characteristics, habitat, and behavior.

___________. All About Whales. New York: Holiday House, 1987. Grades preschool-4. (Nonfiction)

An introduction to whales, what they eat, how they communicate, and the various kinds of whales.

___________. Dolphins and Porpoises. New York: Holiday House, 1987. Grades 4 and up. (Nonfiction)

A general introduction to dolphins and porpoises, highlighting such areas as individual species, life cycles, anatomy, feeding habits, sonar system, and social organization.

___________. Whales, Giants of the Deep. New York: Holiday House, 1984. Grades 3-7. (Nonfiction)

Topics covered include: Bearing and raising young, feeding habits, sonar system, social organization, breaching, stranding, history of whaling and modern "save the whale" movement, and behavior of more than fifteen toothed and baleen whales.

Paterson, Diane. Pinocchio and the Great Whale. Illustrated by Diane Paterson. Mahwah, New Jersey: Troll Assoc., 1982. (Fiction)

Patterson, Geoffrey. Jonah and the Whale. New York: Lothrop, Lee & Shepard Books, 1992/Frances Lincoln, 1991.

Paul, Frances Lackey. Kahtahhah: A Tlingit Girl. Illustrated by Rie Munoz. Portland, Oregon: Graphic Arts Center Publishing Company, 1996. Ages 6 and up. (Nonfiction)

Trisha: I don't know the contents of this true story of a Tlingit girl in Southeast Alaska in the 1800s, but it has a killer-whale totem on the front cover.

A Smithsonian Notable Books for Children selection for 1996

Pearce, Q. L. Whales and Other Wonders - Frozen Worlds. Amazing Science Series. Parsippany: Silver Burdett Press, 1991. Grades 4-6. (Nonfiction)

Peggie, Andrew. Whale Song: An Oratoria for Children. Music by Andrew Peggies, lyrics by Stephen Clark. Colchester: SchoolPlay Productions, 1988.

For narrator, three characters (solo voices) and two unison choruses with piano accompaniment.

Penny, Malcolm. Let's Look at Whales. Danbury, Connecticut: Franklin Watts, 1990. Grades K-4. (Nonfiction)

Perry, Phyllis J. Freshwater Giants: Hippopotamuses, River Dolphins, and Manatees. Watts Library: Animals series. Franklin Watts, 2000. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

Horn Book review: "These dry but serviceable books provide general overviews of their respective groups of mammals. Each animal is discussed in a separate chapter that lists information about its physical features, life cycle, diet, habitat, and behavior. The texts are rife with statistics, but the facts could have been presented in a more interesting manner. Maps, captioned color photographs, and sidebars round out the presentations. Bib., glos., ind." -- Copyright (c) 1999 The Horn Book, Inc. All rights reserved.

Petch, Robin, and Dave Renninson. Dilo and the Grots. To obtain a copy of the script of this play or to organize a Dilo play in your school (in England), call Robin at 01482 634 028 or contact International Dolphin Watch, Parklands, North Ferriby, E. Yorks HU14 3ET, England, voice: 01 482 844468, fax: 01 482 634914.

"Dilo [the dolphin] was greeted with wild enthusiasm at Bricknell Avenue Primary School in Hull when Dilo and the Grots was performed in July 1996 . . . Dilo and his mother were played by two eleven-year-old pupils whose dances conveyed the graceful movements of dolphins underwater. These sequences were interspersed with above-water scenes in which the boys and girls acted out some typical crass human behaviour on the beach. The Dolphinicity inflatable was mobilised to represent the fishing boat. 'It was hilariously funny in parts but the scene in which Dilo's mother was caught in the net was very moving. It brought tears to my eyes,' said one member of the audience."

Peters, David. Giants of Land, Sea & Air, Past & Present. New York: Alfred A. Knopf/San Francisco: Sierra Club Books, 1986. (Nonfiction)

Describes and illustrates various living and extinct large animals. A human couple appears on each page to demonstrate the relative difference in size between humans and the animal being discussed. Contains some foldout pages to show the difference in size between, for instance, a blue whale and the human couple. The blue whale's body extends over a total of seven pages, and the humans are shown swimming at the lower edge of the tail flukes on the very last page. Gives the reader a real feel for the difference in size.

Marine animals described include the seagoing reptiles Elasmosaurus, Kronosaurus, Shonisaurus, and Tylosaurus, the modern whales Sperm Whale, Killer Whale, Blue Whale, and Bowhead Whale, and an evolutionary offshoot of modern whales, the Zeuglodon. Also contains an evolutionary time chart, a glossary, and an index to the animals.

Petty, Kate. Whales. Small World Series. New York: Gloucester Press/ Danbury, Connecticut: Franklin Watts, 1988. Grades 1-3. (Nonfiction)

___________. Whales Can Sing: And Other Amazing Facts about Sea Mammals. Illustrated by Jo Moore and Darren Harvey. I Didn't Know That series. Brookfield, Connecticut: Millbrook Press, 1998. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

Synopsis: "Examines the many facets of whales and dolphins, including physical characteristics, breathing, hunting, migration, and reproduction."

Pfeffer, Wendy. Dolphin Talk. Let's-Read-and-Time-Out Science Series. New York: HarperCollins Children's Book Group, 2003. (Nonfiction)

Pfister, Marcus. Rainbow Fish and the Big Blue Whale. Illustrated by J. Alison James. New York: North-South Books, 1998. Ages 5-8. (Fiction)

___________. Penguin Pete's New Friends. New York: North-South Books, 1997. Ages 1-3. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "Looking for adventure, young Penguin Pete journeys via whale to a big island where he tries to help a little boy fish penguin-style and befriends a group of sea lions."

___________. El Pinguino Pedro y Sus Nuevos Amigos. Translated by Emilio Mayorga. North South Books, 1996. Ages 4-8. In Spanish. (Fiction)

Pfrimmer, Mildred. The Tale of a Whale: Book 5. Altadena, California: Triumph Publishing Co., 1977.

Phleger, Fred B. The Whales Go By. Illustrated by Paul Galdone. I Can Read It All by Myself Beginner Books. New York: Beginner Books, 1959. Grades 1-2. (Fiction)

The story of a gray whale's migration from the Arctic Ocean near Alaska to the Pacific Ocean near Mexico.

Trisha: A very basic, somewhat blandly written story about a gray whale's behaviors and the sites along the way during migration, including the sudden appearance of a baby and the requisite (unsuccessful) pursuit by killer whales. Bold, colorful illustrations.

Picture Me with Jonah and Whale. Randolf Productions, 1997. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

Pidgeon, Pauline. The Whale Who Wanted a Waistcoat. Illustrated by W. Grant Gordon. Speedwell Graded Junio Supplementary Readers, series 1, no. 3. London: Thomas Nelson & Sons, 1948. (Fiction)

Pinkham, Daniel. A Biblical Book of Beasts: For Two-Part Chorus of Treble Voices and String Quartet or Piano. Boston, Massachusetts: E. C. Schirmer, 1992.

Contents: Whale, Dove, Frog, Rooster, Lion, and Colt. Sacred choruses (children's voices) with instrumental ensemble; vocal scores with piano.

Pinkham, Julia. The Polar Seas Encyclopedia Coloring Book. Stemmer House Publishing, 1996. Ages baby - preschool.

"Lots of whales and dolphins."

Pinocchio and the Whale. Disney's Wonderful World of Reading. London: Collins, 1977, 1983. (Fiction)

Pitcher, Caroline. The Snow Whale. Illustrated by Jackie Morris. San Francisco: Sierra Club Books for Children, 1996. Ages 4-8.

From a review in American Bookseller: "A bountiful snowfall allows a group of kids a whale of a good time as they build and have fun with a snow whale. In the process, the snow whale completes the life cycle back to the oceans supporting real whales. The pleasant illustrations even catalog different kinds of whales for an interactive read."

From School Library Journal: "A well-intentioned, but disappointing, attempt to provide a small amount of information on the hydrological cycle. As a brother and sister build a snow whale, the girl explains where snow comes from and where it goes when it melts. That night the whale disappears and the younger brother tells his weeping sister that is has returned to the ocean. The sweet but slight story may be confusing to literal-minded children. The sun that brings about the thaw is said to cause the snow sculpture to 'glisten like silver,' not specifically to melt. The accompanying illustration, in three panels, pictures water droplets, a river, and the ocean in which the gray-black tail of a real whale swims. In the final page of text, the children are seen at their window while the sister sobs, 'Where has the whale gone?" Readers must deduce that the sun has caused it to melt. This process, central to the story, is not supported clearly enough by the pictures, although in the final one the white tail of a whale may be interpreted as melting into the grass or diving into the sea. This would be a novel addition to snowy-day story times if supported by nonfiction picture books such as Eleonore Schmid's The Water's Journey (North-South, 1990) and Mark Rauzon and Cynthia Bix's Water, Water Everywhere (Sierra Club, 1994).--Kate McClelland, Perrot Memorial Library, Greenwich, Connecticut

Play and Learn: Dolphin. Book Buddy series. Safari. (Nonfiction)

Twelve-page dolphin-shaped board book with accompanying dolphin toy.

Playschool Staff. My First Whale: A Bath Book and Toy. New York: NAL/Dutton, 1997. (Fiction)

Pluckrose, Henry, ed., Small World of Whales. Illustrated by Norman Weaver. Danbury, Connecticut: Franklin Watts, 1979. Grades K-3. (Nonfiction)

Podendorf, Illa. I Want to Know About Minerals/Whales. I Want to Know About series (two subjects per volume). Children's Press/Grolier's, 1972.

Polakoff, P. Byron. Arnold Palmer and the Golfin' Dolphin. Illustrated by Deborah Mackall. Chicago: Turnbull & Willoughby, 1984. (Fiction)

Trisha: In this amusing and brightly illustrated story, written entirely in rhyme, Duffy the dolphin, who lives in "a golf course's waterhole pool" and learned to play golf by watching the greats, rescues Arnold Palmer from certain defeat.

Pom-Pom and the Dolphin. Illustrated by Bosch Battle. Hemma, [n.d.]. (Fiction)

Trisha: A sweet story about the friendship between a boy and a dolphin and their reciprocal rescue, first of the dolphin by the boy, and then of the boy by the dolphin. The cover illustration (even though the pectoral fin of the dolphin is inaccurate) will make you smile :-).

The Porpoise-Ful Mad. New York: Warner Books, 1991. (Humor)

Posell, Elsa Z. The True Book of Whales and Other Sea Mammals. A New True Book. Chicago: Children's Press, 1982. (Nonfiction)

This large-print book contains the following chapters: Giants of the Sea, Whales Are Mammals, How Whales Breathe, How Whales Keep Warm, Baby Whales, Kinds of Whales, Whale Relatives, Whale Hunting Long Ago, Whale Hunting Today, Whales Are Protected, and Words You Should Know. Indexed.

Postgate, Oliver, and Peter Firmin. Noggin and the Whale. London: Edmund Ward, 1965. (Fiction)

Powell, Richard. If You See a Whale. Illustrated by Ana Larranaga. Golden Books, 1999. Baby - Preschool. (Fiction)

" When you lift a flap and find a dolphin you should jump like a dolphin. Find a penguin and waddle. But what do you do if you find a shark behind some coral? Hide!"

___________. The True Book of Whales and Other Sea Mammals. Chicago: Children's Press, 1963. (Nonfiction)

Presnall, Judith Janda. Navy Dolphins. Animals with Jobs series. Kidhaven, 2001. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

Prevost, John F. Bottlenose Dolphin. Minneapolis, Minnesota: Abdo and Daughters, 1996. Ages 5-8. (Nonfiction)

___________. Beluga Whales. Minneapolis, Minnesota: Abdo and Daughters, 1995. Ages 5-8. (Nonfiction)

___________. Blue Whales. Minneapolis, Minnesota: Abdo and Daughters, 1995. Ages 5-8. (Nonfiction)

___________. Common Dolphin. Minneapolis, Minnesota: Abdo and Daughters, 1995. Ages 5-8. (Nonfiction)

___________. Freshwater Dolphins. Minneapolis, Minnesota: Abdo and Daughters, 1995. Ages 5-8. (Nonfiction)

___________. Gray Whales. Minneapolis, Minnesota: Abdo and Daughters, 1995. Ages 5-8. (Nonfiction)

___________. Humpback Whale. Minneapolis, Minnesota: Abdo and Daughters, 1995. Ages 5-8. (Nonfiction)

___________. Sperm Whale . Minneapolis, Minnesota: Abdo and Daughters, 1995. Ages 5-8. (Nonfiction)

___________. Spinner Dolphin. Minneapolis, Minnesota: Abdo and Daughters, 1995. Ages 5-8. (Nonfiction)

___________. White-Sided Dolphin. Minneapolis, Minnesota: Abdo and Daughters, 1995. Ages 5-8. (Nonfiction)

Priestly, Doug. All about Whales, Dolphins and Porpoises of the Southern Oceans [Australia and New Zealand]. Ages 9-15. (Nonfiction)

Contents: Into the Realm of the Blue Giant, What is a Cetacean?, From Land to Sea, The Rise of Modern Whales, Up for Air - How Whales Breathe, Slippery Cetaceans - Moving in the Marine Environment, Looking and Listening Beneath the Waves, Seeing with Sound - Echolocation, Strandings - How do they Happen?, Keeping in Touch - How Whales Communicate, Living Together, Wandering Whales - Why do they Migrate?, Food and Feeding, New Life, Whale Enemies - Above and Below, Whale Guide, Toothed Whales, Dolphin Guide, Whales and People, Porpoises

Pringle, Laurence. Dolphin Man: Exploring the World of the Dolphins. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1995. (Nonfiction)

Introduces the field of dolphin study, with a focus on Randy Wells, who studies a wild-dolphin population in Sarasota, Florida. Unfortunately, Pringle completely ignores the controversies surrounding dolphins in general and Wells in particular.

Propper, Erica and Arthur. The Dolphin: Reading Level 3-4. Illustrated by Roy Coombs. Vero Beach: Rourke Corporation, 1983/London: Macdonald Educational, 1979. Grades 2-5. (Translated from the French.) (Nonfiction)

Provoost, Anne. My Aunt Is a Pilot Whale. Translated by Ria Bleumer. Women's Press, 1994. Young adult. (Fiction)

From Publisher's Weekly: "Belgian author Provoost tackles a weighty issue--incest--with limited success in this novel set on Cape Cod. Anna's cousin, Tara, and her parents move in with Anna's family and then into a nearby beach house allegedly haunted by a mermaid witch. Intermittently withdrawn and violent, Tara is prone to cryptic discourses. Provoost's often plodding narrative alludes to Tara's abuse by her father, but only after Tara's mother commits suicide does Tara confide in Anna. After much inner deliberation, Anna turns for help to Petr'Ann, a marine biologist who has involved the cousins in a rescue mission of beached pilot whales, and Petr'Ann effects Tara's rescue as well. Obtuse imagery, overabundant symbolism and circuitous conversations cloud this attempt to convey an inarguably important message."

From the author (provoost@glo.be):"Anna is not at all happy when she hears that her cousin Tara Myrold and her parents are moving from Cleveland to Cape Cod and renting the beach house where the sea witch Goody Hallett used to live. 'If you talk about things that are secret, Goody Hallett will turn your mouth into stone,' says Anna. Tara presses her lips together and does not reveal her secret. She only wears red T-shirts, because red means 'stop.' She gathers cork bottles to send messages to Europe. She draws fish and tells strange stories. When Tara's mother dies, she sits for days in the dunes and talks to no one. Until the day when a pod of whales beaches. Tara and Anne experience the entire rescue operation and through the dififculties with the small pilot whale, Baby, Tara begins her story. Through talking, she realizes that her mouth cannot turn into stone. Anne Provoost lives in Belgium. She was born in 1964 and has two children. This book if her first . . . It received several major awards . . . "

Quadrillion Media Staff. Whales and Dolphins. Start Me Up series, vol. 5. Scottsdale, Arizona: Quadrillion Media, 1998. Translation of Wale und Delphine. Grade levels 3-8. (Nonfiction)

Quinn, Kaye. Dolphin's Cave. Amazing Mazes Story Series. Price Stern, 1989. Grades K-3.

Rabley, Stephen. Maisie and the Dolphin. White Plains, New York: Longman Publishing Group, 1989.

Raff, Courtney Granet. Giant of the Sea: The Story of a Spermaceti Whale. Smithsonian Oceanic Collection. Soundprints Corp. Audio, 2002. Ages 4-8. Book and tape. (Fiction)

Raffi. Baby Beluga. Raffi Songs to Read Series. Illustrated by Ashley Wolff. New York: Crown Books for Young Readers, 1990. Grades preschool-2. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "Now just right for little hands, Raffi's signature song comes in a board book edition. Baby Beluga--who lives in the deep blue sea, swims wild and free, and sleeps snug and warm by his mother's side--is one of the most endearing animal characters in all the world of children's songs. Raffi's simple lyrics are a loving tribute to an endangered creature."

Raintree Publishers Inc. Staff. Dolphins. Science and Its Secrets Series. Austin, Texas: Raintree Steck-Vaughn Publishers, 1990. Grades 5-9.

Randall, Ronne. Get Off My Tail, Little Whale: Touch and Play. Little Friends series. Illustrated by Caroline Church. Silver Dolphin, 2002. Ages baby - preschool. (Fiction, popup)

From the publisher: "Little Fish and her friends are frightened by Big Whale. They try hiding in the shipwreck, the treasure chest, and the underwater caves, but Big Whale always chases after them. Little Fish finally stops being afraid when she learns Big Whale only wants to be friends."

Raschka, Chris. Whaley Whale. Thingy Things series. Hyperion, 2000. Ages Preschool - Beginning Readers. (Fiction)

Karin Snelson for Amazon.com: "Normally, a whale wouldn't be hiding under a chair. But in Caldecott Honor artist Chris Raschka's wacky world of Thingy Things, that's exactly where she hides. 'Is she on the table? No, Whaley Whale is not on the table.' Preschoolers will like knowing exactly where Whaley Whale is at all times. The question of why a whale might be inside a house doesn't ever come up--and that's just fine. Designed for children just learning to read, all the Thingy Thing books reinforce simple sounds and word repetition. Don't miss the rest of the books in the series . . ."

Rea, C. J., and Ba Rea. A Whale's Tale from the Supper Sea. Glenshaw, Pennsylvania: Bas Relief Publishing Group, 1999. (Fiction) (Humpback whales)

Read, Andrew J. Porpoises. Voyageur Press, 1999. Ages 10 and up. (Nonfiction)

Book description: "Porpoises is a solid introduction to the ecology and conservation of this intriguing and threatened group of marine mammals whose biology predisposes them to conservation challenges. In Porpoises, Dr. Read describes the six species of porpoises, conservation issues, the future of these enigmatic animals, and the striking differences between porpoises and the better-known bottlenose dolphin. For marine mammal and natural history buffs ages 10+."

Reader's Digest Editors. The Whale's Tale. Illustrated by Trace Moroney. Little Bible Playbooks, vol. 2. Pleasantville, New York: Reader's Digest Young Families, 1998. Grades preschool and up. (Fiction)

Reed, Betty Jane. Golfin' with a Dolphin. Illustrated by June Talarczyk. Minneapolis, Minnesota: T. S. Denison & Co., 1983. Grades preschool-2. (Fiction, rhyme)

Story of boy who takes his dolphin golfin'.

Reed, Don C. The Dolphins and Me. Illustrated by Pamela and Walter Carroll. San Francisco: Sierra Club Books/Boston: Little, Brown and Company, 1989. (Nonfiction)

Don Reed, a former diver at Marine World/Africa USA in California introduces us to Ernestine, Gordo, Spock, and the other dolphins whose underwater world he shared for almost fifteen years. Drawing readers into the drama of the dolphins' daily lives, he chronicles their playful antics, training for shows, and illnesses, as well as the birth of their babies. The more Don experiences the dolphins' gentle ways, the more he grows to love and respect them. But their all-too-frequent displays of violence--often directed at the humans in their midst--grow more and more troubling. Finally, Don struggles to come up with ways to keep these wonderful and intelligent creatures happy in a manmade sea.

Reese, Bob. Dale the Whale. Danbury, Connecticut: Children's Press, 1983. Grades preschool-2. (Fiction)

Reeves, Randall R., and Stephen Leatherwood. The Sea World Book of Dolphins. San Diego/New York/London: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1987.

The authors survey the habits and history of dolphins in an "engaging and readable text highlighted by dozens of . . . full-color photographs . . . They have collaborated on numerous projects and have long wish to write for the young, for they believe that 'the hope for positive change in the relationship between [humans] and the environment . . . lies in educating and creating special sensitivities in children.'"

Chapters include: The Remarkable Dolphin, How Dolphins Evolved, How Dolphins Have Adapted, River Dolphins, Coastal Dolphins, Dolphins of the Continental Shelf, Oceanic Dolphins, Captive Dolphins, Conservation of Dolphins, Scientific Names, Chart of Dolphins and Porpoises. Also includes suggestions for further reading and an index.

Reid, Alexandra. Sea Starr's Day at the Beach. A Sky Dancers doll story. Illustrated by John Gentile and Anthony Gentile. HarperTrophy, 1996. (Fiction)

Rein, Betty Brothers. Dolphins Love Our Florida Keys Home!. Miami, Florida: Litoky Publishing, 1982.

Scott: Story about Suwa and Dall.

Reiss, Diana. The Secrets of the Dolphins: What Are Dolphins and Where Did They Come From?. Illustrated by Laurie O'Keefe. New York: Avon Books, 1991. Grades 7 and up. (Nonfiction)

Did you know that dolphins are among the most intelligent creatures on Earth? Did you know that they make their own toys, sing their own songs, and nurse their young?

Naturalist Diana Reiss runs a program that lets dolphins teach humans how to better understand their secrets. In this book, she describes how these astonishing mammals are born, how they grow up, how they learn their language--and how you can learn to communicate with dolphins. She also tells about the dangers that dolphins face in our world and what you can do to help protect them in their environment.

Reiter, Chris. The Blue Whale. Endangered and Threatened Animals Series. [Publisher unknown], 2003. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

Resnick, Jane. All About Training Shamu. Sea World All About Books. Third Story Books, 1994. (Nonfiction)

Trisha: Clearly, this one is not going to tell the whole story.

Reynolds, Susan Lynn. Strandia. New York: Farrar/Straus/Giroux, 1991. (Young adult fiction)

From the dust jacket: "On the island of Strandia, the women of the landholding raeth class are revered for their 'talent'--the ability to send telepathic feelings to the doraado [dolphins], asking them to herd fish into the men's nets. But, for Sand, this talent goes much deeper, and she can actually mindspeak, with a doraado named M'ridan. Sensing that her people might fear this special gift, she has always kept M'ridan a secret. And now, faced with an arranged marriage that for Sand represents all the privileged trappings of her class--and means she would have to abandon her freedom and her friendship with M'ridan--she decides to run away.

"Sand is taken in by some Midislanders, people who have no telepathic powers or wealth, and she begins to make a new life for herself among women and men who live and work as they choose. It is not long, though, before Sand is found, captured, and punished for defying her duties as a raeth. When she is put to sea in an oarless boat, it is M'ridan who comes to save her.

"She wakes up, barely alive, far away from Strandia, and unable to use her talent. Sand misses M'ridan terribly, and she never stops yearning for Strandia-- in spite of all that happened. When she hears a warning that a tidal wave is coming, she knows that somehow she must find her way to the island to tell her people of the imminent danger.

"Sand's struggle and triumph in her search for independence and a home make Strandia a stirring and exciting fantasy adventure."

Trisha: Good book.

Ricciuti, Edward R.. Catch a Whale By the Tail. Science I Can Read Books. Illustrated by Geoffrey Moss. New York: Harper & Row, 1969. Grades preschool-4. (Nonfiction)

Gayle: Silly story, but good beluga information. Drawings suit the story. Challenging vocabulary.

Richardson, Adele. Dolphins: Fins, Flippers, and Flukes. The Wild World of Animals series. Bridgestone Books, 2001. (Nonfiction)

Riedman, Sarah Regel, and Elton T. Gustafson. Home Is the Sea: for Whales. New York: Rand McNally & Company, 1966/London/New York: Abelard-Schuman, 1971. (Nonfiction)

From the dust jacket: Presents "scientific information and fascinating . . . stories about whales, their early ancestors, their evolution, and their present-day kin."

Contents include: What About Whales?; Early Ancestors and Living Relatives; Weighing a Whale; Swimming, Diving, Blowing; Heartbeat Under the Sea; Living Off the "Fat of the Sea" Always Warm, But Never Hot; The Private Life of a Whale; The Sea Through Their Senses; Whistles, Clicks, Echoes; Of Brains and "Talking" Dolphins; What's Ahead for Whales?, Which Whale Is Which?, Suggested Reading, Index

Rinard, Judith. Whales: Mighty Giants of the Sea. Illustrations by Ned and Rosalie Seidler. A National Geographic Action Book. Washington, D.C.: National Geographic Society, 1990/Vol. 2, 1996. (Volume 2 is the same as volume 1, but also includes a two-and-a-half minute, 33 rpm sound sheet of humpback songs.) Grades preschool and up. (Nonfiction)

Trisha: It doesn't get any better than this, folks--truly the most amazing and elaborate, beautifully illustrated pop-up book I've ever seen, including everything from swimming pods of various species, a giant tail fluking as a whale dives, an orca surfacing to breathe, a sperm whale with a giant squid in its jaw, a mother gray whale pushing her baby to the surface to breathe, a minke and a humpback whale lunge feeding, an orca chasing a fish, krill floating by a minke whale's eye, a humpback whale breaching and pec slapping, an orca tail slapping, a barnacle emerging from its shell, a school of dolphins leaping, a pilot whale spy-hopping, a size-comparison illustration, and a four-and-a-half page (thirty-eight-inch) pullout of a blue whale mother and her calf, plus well-written, informative text. Superb!

___________. Dolphins: Our Friends in the Sea. Books for World Explorers. Washington, D.C.: National Geographic, 1986. Grades 4-5. (Nonfiction)

Scott: Beautifully illustrated, well written, but from the perspective of "captive studies are necessary, but controversial."

Ripple, William J. Keiko the Whale, the Star of Free Willy. Photography by Paul VanDeVelder and Tim Jewett. Corvallis, Oregon: Nu, 1998. Grades preschool-4. (Nonfiction)

Ritchie, Rita, and Patricia Corrigan. The Wonder of Dolphins. Illustrated by John F. McGee. Animal Wonders Series. Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Gareth Stevens, 1996. (Nonfiction)

Rivers, Karen. Dream Water. Orca Book Publishers, 2000. (Fiction, Young Adult). For two reviews of this title by librarians in the January 21, 2000 issue of CM, click here.

From the back cover: "When a trainer falls into the killer-whale pool at the Victor Seaquarium, spectators, including a class of elementary schoolchildren, are horrified as they watch the whales drown the young woman. Dream Water takes up the story of Cassie and Holden, two of the children who witnessed the tragedy, several years later as they each struggle to deal with the effects of what they saw."

Further description: "The book catches up to Cassie, a promising dancer, and Holden, a burgeoning artist, several years later as each struggles to deal with the effects of what they saw, while all the while coping with the pains of growing up, discovering their sexuality, and struggling with their inner demons. Holden's life is complicated by an alcohol addiction, and his mother's illness, while Cassie moves away from home to attend a School for the Arts. Each has more than their share of things to deal with, but the accident with the orcas still haunts their dreams and nightmares . . . until each is able to finally find some kind of resolution."

From the author's website: "Dream Water was my first attempt at writing a book for a [young adult] audience. I wrote it many years after a tragic incident which involved a girl in my home town being drowned by a killer whale after falling into the pool at the aquarium where she worked. I remember being shocked, horrified, and shattered when it happened -- it truly changed my perspective on the whole idea of keeping whales in captivity, an issue which I confess I was ignorant about until that point. Like many of you, I'm sure, I'd seen endless 'killer whale shows' at aquariums in my home town of Victoria, in Vancouver, in San Diego, and even in Hawaii. What I didn't know about was the appalling conditions the whales are kept in, or about the ways they are caught, or about what happens to an animal that relies on sonar when it is kept in a tank the size of a bath-tub. I learned. Boy, did I learn. The amount of information on the internet alone is staggering. A few years back, PBS did a very informative series on the subject. Watch it if you get a chance. Please."

Trisha: The tragedy is magnified by dysfunctional families.

Roberts, Ruth. Whale Watching. Book and cassette. Michael Brent Publications, 1992. (Nonfiction)

Robinson, Claire. Dolphins. In the Wild series. Heinemann Library, 2001. Age 5. (Nonfiction)

"Presents the physical characteristics, habitat, behavior, and life cycle of dolphins, with an emphasis on the bottlenose dolphin."

___________. Whales. In the Wild series. Heinemann Library, 1999. Age 5. (Nonfiction)

Robinson, Jane W. The Whale in Lowell's Cove. Illustrated by Jane W. Robinson. Camden, Maine: Down East Books, 1992. Grades 1-4. (Based on a true story.)

This is the true story of a young whale's month-long stay in Lowell's Cove in Maine in 1990. The drawings are definitive and well done. Informative sidebars.

Robinson, Jeremy. The Dolhpin-Boy. Crescent Moon, 1991. (Fiction)

Rock, Nora. The Silver Dolphin. Illustrated by Penny Simon. London: Hamilton, 1981. (Fiction)

Rockett, Bernard William. Whales and Dolphins. Baltimore, Maryland/ Harmondsworth, Great Britain: Puffin Books (Penguin Books Ltd.), 1975. (Nonfiction)

Scott: For young readers. Short, but with some good details and nice illustrations.

Rockwell, Anne. Tuhurahura and the Whale. New York: Scholastic/Parents' Magazine Press, 1971. Grades K-3. (Fiction)

From "A Note About the Story":

This story is based upon several different Maori legends, but principally upon one about a child named Tuhurahura who had a pet whale called Tutunai. These stories were collected from various Maori chieftains and translated into English by Sir George Grey, who was governor-in-chief of New Zealand in 1845. Aside from the legend of Tuhurahura, there are other casual references in Maori mythology to tame sperm whales. Perhaps they may have actually been common among these people.

Rodgers, Jesse. Esp McGee and the Dolphin's Message. (Fiction)

Rogers, Marianne. The Dolphins Swim Free. Illustrated by Martin Thompson. Kenthurst, NSW, Australia: Kangaroo Press, 1994. (Nonfiction)

From the back cover: "The Atlantis [Marine Park] dolphins had to be set free. Their marine park was closing and there was nowhere for them to go. This is the story of the ambitious project undertaken to prepare the dolphins for their release. From the original group to the birth of a new generation, it follows the dolphins as they learn to adapt to their new-found freedom. This is no simple taks, as they even need to be taught how to hunt schools of fish. Many problems crop up, but so do many delightful experiences. At last, the dolphins swim free, but with some unexpected results!"

Trisha: In this nicely illustrated book, the trauma associated with the capture of seven bottlenose dolphins, Rajah, Nero, Frodo, Rani, Mila, Lulu, and Karleen is glossed over ("they had to be treated gently and selected carefully . . ." " . . . it was hoped they would provide a great tourist attraction." ). Note to dolphins: If anyone ever tries to capture you, hold your breath much longer than usual, as the sole individual who did this during the Atlantis capture process was let go.

The training of the new captives is then described, as well as unsuccessful and successful pregnancies among the females, bearing Echo, Nakita, and Kia.

When the marine park must close due to poor attendance and new standards for dolphin tanks, rehabilitation is attempted in a large sea pen at nearby Two Rocks Marina. Karleen and Lulu die (Lulu apparently due to being ostracized by the other female dolphins following her second unsuccessful pregnancy) and another calf is born.

Following the dolphins' release into the wild, the calf disappears and is presumed dead, and three of the adults are recaptured due to failure to thrive, although "it is hoped they will learn to work around the boats [in the boat harbour where they are being held] so they may be taken out to sea and brought back again]."The remaining five dolphins, three of the original seven captured and two that were born in captivity, are, "to the best of the knowledge" of their captors, doing well.

The final paragraph gets it right: ". . . it is good to know that at least some of the dolphins are back in their rightful place in the wild."

Rogriguez, K. S. The Dolphins of Coral Cove. The Little Mermaid Series, No. 11. Illustrated by Philo Barnhart. New York: Disney Press, 1994. Ages 9-12. (Fiction)

From the back cover: "Ariel and her sisters have some new friends--a pod of dolphins. They met when Ariel, Alana, and Aquata rescued one of them, a baby dolphin named Phindolo, from a coral reef where he'd become stuck. Now Phindolo is in danger again--but this time he's been captured by humans! Will Ariel defy her father's rule against surfacing to try to save Phindolo?"

Roels, Iliane. The Dolphin. After an idea by Iliane Roels, adapted from the text written by Claude Nicolas. Illustrated by Pauline Baynes. Edinburgh: W. and R. Chambers, 1977. (Nonfiction)

___________. Animals at Home: The Whale. New York: Grosset & Dunlap, 1969.

Scott: For young children. A masterpiece of misinformation, including calling orcas "swordfish"! Each page seems to have at least one error in this insensitive, dangerously misinformed little book. Hopefully few copies still survive to pollute young minds.

Rogers, Marianne. Dolphins Swim Free. lllustrted by Martin Thompson. Cincinnati, Ohio: Seven Hills Book Distributors, 1994.

Rolland, Della, and Wendy Wax. Ten Things I Know about Whales. Chicago, Illinois: Contemprary Books, 1990. (Nonfiction)

Romyn, Elizabeth. Introducing Dolphins. Send, Surrey, Great Britain: Cartbridge Press, 1972. (Nonfiction)

Roo, Anne de. Boy and the Seabeast. Publisher unknown. (Fiction)

"The story of a human-dolphin friendship in words that will inspire children."

Roop, Peter. Whales and Dolphins. Illustrated by Carol Schwartz. Hello Science Reader, Level 1. Scholastic, 2000. (Nonfiction)

Rorby, Ginny. Dolphin Sky. New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1996. Ages 10-14. (Fiction)

Twelve-year-old Buddy, whose dyslexia makes things difficult for her both at home and at school, befriends the dolphins who are being held captive and mistreated at a swamp farm near her home in the Everglades and hopes to open the door to her own escape by setting them free.

From Kirkus Reviews, March 1, 1996: "A flawed but worthy first novel about Buddy, 12. Her classmates call her 'dummy' and 'Dumb Buddy,' and her widower father hasan equally low opinion of her. But Buddy's grandfather, the Admiral, loves and understands her because he sees words backwards just as she does. It's 1968 and nobody has heard of dyslexia in this backwater Florida Everglades community. Buddy is a keen observer of the natural world; when wildlife biologist Jane Conroy arrives to conduct research, the young girl finds her first ally outside the family, somebody who speaks up for the mistreated dolphins at Stevens Everglade Eden. With the support of Jane, the Admiral, and even her father, Buddy takes the courageous step of setting the captive dolphins free. The events and dialogue of this novel are occasionally at the mercy of the need to convey information and mov the plot forward. Certain gestures or phrases are overused. Outweighing these concerns are the book's strong points: Buddy's distinctive voice and well-developed characterization, a beautifully evoked setting, and an emotionally satisfying conclusion." Copyright 1996 Kirkus Reviews, LP. All rights reserved.

From a review by Susan Oliver, Hillsborough County Science Library at MOSI, Tampa, Florida: "Buddy's life is not much brighter than that of the mistreated dolphins she sees at Stevens Everglade Eden. School is a torment to her; her crippled grandfather loves and respects her, but her father barely notices her except to express his disappointment at her apparent lack of intelligence. When Jane Conroy, a biologist, befriends Buddy, the woman recognizes her learning disability, does something about it, and opens up her eyes to the rights of animals. A lot happens in the three-month span of this story set in 1968, not all of it plausible. One visit to a psychologist seems to offer a cure for dyslexia; the problem barely surfaces again. Also, Buddy develops a strong enough relationship with one of the captive dolphins to engineer a daring escape for them. Readers will surely recognize the story's similarities to Jordan Horowitz's Free Willy (Scholastic, 1993), but some may question the wisdom of Buddy's actions . . . The writing is occasionally awkward and lacks subtlety early on, but the characters are sensitively drawn and undergo convincing changes, from Buddy's father's awakening to her grandfather's gradual decline and death. While the treatment of dyslexia is disappointing, the issue of animal rights is provocatively and emotionally discussed. Buddy's glossary of terms relating to her Everglades world is informative and a nice touch."

Ross, Judy. Wolves and Whales: Getting to Know Nature's Children. Grolier, 1985. Age: Grade school. (Nonfiction)

Rothberg, Abraham. The Boy and the Dolphin. Illustrated by Imero Gobbato. A Thistle Book. New York: Grosset & Dunlap, 1969. (Fiction)

Once, on a Caribbean Bay, there lived a fisherman's son named Basil, who shared his father's love for the ways of the sea and boats and fish. Basil's heritage was three secrets of the sea, which had been handed down from father to son for generations. One of the secrets was a magic silver flute.

"When you learn to play it and to sing with its voice, the dolphins will come to listen," his father explained.

So began Basil's friendship with the wise dolphin named Simo. The boy and the dolphin became like brothers, with a love and understanding so great that they were willing to die for each other.

Rowland, Della. Whales & Dolphins. Explorer Books. New York: The Trumpet Club, 1991. (Nonfiction)

Julia (aka Nai'a): This book focuses primarily on the great whales, lots of general information and some black and white photos.

Contents: Whales Today, What Is a Whale?, Whale Babies, Baleen Whales, Toothed Whales, The Smallest Whales

Roy, Ronald. A Thousand Pails of Water. Illustrated by Vo-Dinh Mai. New York: Alfred A. Knopf Books for Young Readers, 1978. Grades 1-3. (Fiction)

Gayle: The saving of a whale in a Japanese fishing village. Simple story told in a simple style. Simplistic, but excellent drawings. I really liked this one.

Roy, Thomas Albert. The Vengeance of the Dolphin. Illustrated by Rex Backhaus-Smith. London: Bodley Head, 1980. (Fiction)

Royston, Angela. The Whale. Illustrated by Jim Channel. Animal Life Stories Series. New York/London/Toronto/Sydney: Warwick Press/Nashville: Hambleton-Hill Publishing/London: Kingfisher, 1989, 1993. Grades K-3. (Fiction)

Each book in this series for young children "tells the story of an individual animal and its life in the wild; how it searches for food and defends itself from other animals; how it finds a mate and rears its young."

Trisha: A nicely illustrated, very basic overview of a blue whale's life, including the birth of a calf. Also includes humpbacks, orcas and a sperm whale. There are illustrations and discussion of orcas attacking penguins (successfully) and the blue-whale calf (unsuccessfully), as well as of a sperm whale fighting with a giant squid (the whale wins), which may be disturbing to a young child.

Rubin, Susan Goldman. Dolphin Rescue. Illustrated by John Blumen. Burger King Kids Club Series. Los Angeles, California: The Book Partnership, 1993.

Rush, Christopher. Venus Peter Saves the Whale. Illustrated by Mairi Hedderwick. Gretna, Louisiana: Pelican Publishing Co., 1992. Grades 4-7. (Fiction)

Synopsis: When an ancient green whale is washed up on the beach near his house, six-year-old Peter helps rescue him by getting his grandfather's boat to pull him back into the water.

From The Horn Book, Inc.: "Messy sketches depict a coastal town with talking gulls and whales in this story about a young boy who helps save a grounded whale. Unfortunately, the tale is not magical enough to be a fantasy or fantastic enough to be a tall tale and so merely seems unlikely."

From Deborah Zink Roffino, Children's Literature: "The frenetic activity of coastal gulls is mimicked in this picture book with enormously busy sketches and long, breathless text that tells the tale of a child determined to save an old beached whale. The Scottish fishing village, salty characters, and enthusiasm of young Peter make an imaginative and exhilarating story."

Rushford, Patricia H. Silent Witness. Jennie McGrady Mystery Series, No. 2. Bethany House, 1993. Young adult. (Fiction)

From the publisher: From the publisher: "Jennie McGrady thinks her vacation is doomed when a bomb threat delays her flight to the dolphin research lab in Florida. But then she meets Sarah, a girl who desperately needs her help to solve a two-year-old murder, and Jennie's detective instincts tell something is very wrong. Sarah Stanford has lived in silence since her father's death. Now she's beginning to remember what happened the night of his murder but what if the wrong person finds out she's a witness? Scott Chambers is a young, hot-headed environmentalist who teams up with Jennie in the Florida Keys. Unfortunately, Jennie soon finds out he has more than just a passing interest in the case. Danger lurks just below the surface . . ."

Rustad, Martha E. H. Dolphins. Ocean Life series. Pebble Books, 2001. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

___________. Whales. Ocean Life series. Pebble Books, 2001. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

Ryan, John. Jonah: A Whale of a Tale. Oxford: Lion, 1992.

___________. Jonah ym Mol y Morfil (Jonah: A Whale of a Tale). Aberystwyth: Gwasg Cambria, 1994. In Welsh.

Ryder, Joanne. Winter Whale. Illustrated by Michael Rothman. A Just for a Day Book Series. New York: William Morrow & Co., 1991. Grades K and up. (Fiction)

The day begins as you, a child, walk outside on a warm, rainy day. You slowly grow and change into a large whale (humpback whale), which plays and swims and sings. As the day ends, you come out of the sea and onto the sand as--yourself!

Rylant, Cynthia. The Whales. Illustrated by Cynthia Rylant. New York: Scholastic, 1996. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

From a review by Susan Dove Lempke in Booklist: "Using sea sponges and paint, Rylant illustrates her own poetic paeans to whales, contemplating the thoughts of the great beasts, the places they go, and the things they do: 'Whales love their children, and when they are born, / the babies are gently pushed / to the top of the water / where they take their first breath / and see their first sky and gasp / at the loveliness of living.' She enumerates different kinds of whales and movingly describes the effect the creatures have on people, who see them, 'like angels appearing in the sky,' as 'proof of God.' Her illustrations lack professional crispness and vary in quality, but their joyous innocence and rich, swirling colors give whales majesty without anthropomorphization. Rylant, who has previously brought the mountains to readers living in the plains, now brings whales to children far from the ocean."

Sabin, Francene. Whales and Dolphins. Illustrated by Pamela Johnson. Troll Communications, 1985. Grades 3-6. (Nonfiction)

Sachs, Elizabeth-Ann. Kiss Me, Janie Tannenbaum. New York: Simon & Schuster's Children's Books, 1992. Grades 5-9. (Fiction)

Samuels, Amy. Follow That Fin!: Studying Dolphin Behavior. A Turnstone Ocean Pilot Book. Chatham, New Jersey: Raintree/Steck Vaughn, 1999. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

Sanchez, Isidro, Eulalia Garcia, Andreu Llamas, and Josep Pique. Whales: Giant Marine Mammals. Illustrated by Gabriel Casadevall and Ali Garousi. Secrets of the Animal World Series. Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Gareth Stevens Inc., 1996. Grades 3 and up. Originally in Spanish. (Nonfiction)

___________. Dolphins: Animals with Sonar. Illustrated by Gabriel Casadevall. Secrets of the Animal World Series. Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Gareth Stevens Inc., 1995. Grades 3 and up. Originally in Spanish. (Nonfiction)

Sanchez-Silva, Jose Maria. Adios, Josefina. 1962. In Spanish. Translated into English as The Boy and The Whale and into Finnish from English as Poika ja Valas, 1965. English edition: London: Bodley Head, 1963.

The story of a small boy and his imaginary friend called Josefina, who happens to be a whale, and the pains of growing up into an adult's world.

Sandberg, Harold William. Pudgy the Porpoise. Illustrated by Lawrence Spiegel. T. S. Denison & Co., 1960. (Fiction)

"Delightful adventure of Pudgy . . . who always wanted to go too close to the bridge where the fishermen were . . . he does get caught one day and is almost off to the oceanarium when his family comes to the rescue."

Sanders, Addie. The Dolphin Pool. Forthcoming.

Trisha: Addie Sanders, poet-in-residence with BOCES' artist-in-the-schools program for the past fifteen years, is the author of Alligators, Monsters and Cool School Poems, a book of her poetry, and, with Dr. Harold N. Levinson, of The Upside-Down Kids, a book about dyslexia and other learning disorders. The Dolphin Pool tells of the captive dolphin swim experiences of six children, and her next book will continue to profile three of the latter children plus three new children, each with some kind of disability or problem, and tell "how they learn through dolphin therapy to find the joy often hidden in their own hearts."

Please note that there is no conclusive evidence that "dolphin-assisted therapy" differs in any significant way from "pet-assisted therapy," and for a critique of some of the existing research on the former see L. Marino and S. Lilienfeld's "Dolphin-Assisted Therapy: Flawed Data, Flawed Conclusions," Anthrozoos, 1998, 11(4):194-200.

Sanford, William R., and Carl R. Green. The Bottlenose Dolphin. Mankato, Minnesota: Crestwood House, 1987. (Nonfiction)

Describes the physical characteristics, habitat, life cycle, and behavior of the best-known kind of dolphin.

Chapters include: The Bottlenose Dolphin in Close-Up, The Bottlenose Dolphin and Its Ocean Habitat, A Bottlenose Dolphin Grows Up, People See Dolphins in Many Ways, What Are Those Dolphins Saying? Also includes a map showing the distribution of bottlenose dolphins in the northern hemisphere and a glossary and an index.

Sattler, Helen Roney Sattler. Whales, the Nomads of the Sea. Illustrated by Jean Day Zallinger. New York: Lothrop, Lee & Shepard Books, 1987. (Nonfiction)

The author and the illustrator introduce--in explanatory chapters and a beautifully illustrated glossary of species--the nomads of the sea.

Describes physical characteristics, habits, natural environment, and relationship of whales and dolphins with humans.

Saunders, Susan. The Dolphin Trap. Neptune Adventures No. 3. New York: Avon Books, 1998. Grades 4-6. (Juvenile fiction)

From the publisher: "A 600-pound dolphin who has been part of a 10-year research project is turned over to Project Neptune, and Dana and Tyler learn that he will continue to be held in captivity. Tyler believes the dolphin should be released, but when someone does release Billy, the dolphin's life is in great jeopardy, and Dana and Tyler work to find and save him."

Saunier, Nadine. The Dolphin. Illustrated by Marcelle Geneste. Animal Companions Series. Hauppage: Barron's Educational Series, 1989. Grades preschool and up. (Nonfiction)

Saville, Malcolm. The Gay Dolphin Adventure: A Lone Pine Adventure. Wendover: Goodchild, 1983. (Fiction)

Saylor, Florence. Orbit the Dolphin. New York: Carlton Press, 1993. (Fiction)

Scheffer, Victor B., Little Calf. Illustrated by Leonard F. Fisher. New York: Scribner, 1970. Grades 3-7. (Fiction)

About a sperm whale.

Schlein, Miriam. Sleep Safe, Little Whale: A Lullaby. Illustrated by Peter Sis. New York: Greenwillow Books, 1997. Grades: baby - preschool. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "Listening to this lilting lullaby, young animal lovers will drift off to sleep with visions of elephants, penguins, pandas, and kangaroos, all sleeping soundly. Turn the pages or open the concertina fold-out panels to reveal the over-five-foot-long fantasy panorama. Nine full-color panels."

From Kirkus Reviews, August 1, 1997: "Each soothing verse of this lullaby is paired with a soft drawing of the animal watched over by the mother, father, or, in the case of the baby elephant, the whole herd. On the reverse side of the fold-out pages is a long map where children--if they haven't already fallen asleep--can pick out the sleeping creatures in their habitats." Copyright 1997, Kirkus Associates, LP. All rights reserved.

Schneider, John. My Friend the Porpoise. Schneider Educational Products, 1991.

"Illustrations and brief rhyming text introduce the ocean activities of a porpoise. On board pages."

Scholastic Inc. staff. Free Willy 3. New York: Scholastic, 1997. (Fiction)

Scholes, Katherine. The Boy and the Whale. Illustrated by David Wong. Ringwood, Vic., Harmondsworth: Viking Kestrel, 1985. (Fiction)

Schomp, Virginia. The Bottlenose Dolphin. A Dillon Remarkable Animals Book. New York: Dillon Press/Maxwell Macmillan International/Toronto: Maxwell Macmillan Canada, 1994. (Nonfiction)

Schuch, Scott. A Symphony of Whales. Illustrated by Peter Sylvada. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1999/Voyager Books, 2002. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

From a review in Parents' Choice: "The whale speaks only to Glashka. This is both a gift and a responsibility. When Glashka discovers thousands of whales trapped in an inlet, she finds strength from her gift and derives courage from her responsibility, bringing her people together to rescue the whales. Illustrations by Peter Sylvada are subtly yet richly textured. Conveying movement, concern, urgency, fear, solitude and warmth, Schuch's story is stronger for them. The historical notes provide an added element to the well-told story."

From a review by Gillian Engberg in Booklist, January 1, 2000: "Smart, gifted Glashka has always heard unique music in her head, which the elders of her Siberian tribe tell her is the song of the whales that sustain their culture. To be able to hear the music is a rare gift. When Glashka and her family come across a group of Beluga whales trapped in a bay, the village swings into action, keeping the ice open until a Russian ice-breaker can arrive. When the ship finally comes, Glashka suggests drawing the whales back to sea with music. It's a shame that Glashka's specific culture is never identified in the story, although historical source notes cite the Chukchi Peninsula, where the incident on which the story was based occurred. But this is a quiet, powerful story, beautifully extended by Sylvada's paintings of ghostly whale shapes and glowing, fin-shaped skies. In broad strokes and muted colors, they convey the region's extremes of light and temperature, and the blurry distinctions between the landscape and its inhabitants."

A reader from Billings, Montana: "Heard about this book on NPR and bought it for nephew [because] I liked the idea and the story. What wasn't clearly told was just how incredibly rich Peter Sylvada's illustrations are . . . all oil paintings . . . they capture the beauty and harsh environment of Alaska, as well as slices of life from a native Alaskan village. Even southern dwellers can see some of why those who love it do so. The story is clearly and simply told, with a very likable heroine, and gave me shivers at the end . . . but it was really the illustrations that blew me away."

Awards: 1999 Parents' Choice Silver Honor Winner

Scott, Carlton. "Grin's Message." [Formerly available on the Web.] Speech language therapy ideas for this short story. (Link points to an archived version)

A story in rhyme about helping others. A dolphin named Grin helps an octopus in trouble named Ollie, who then helps the manatee Moo Moo and her calf Mee Mee, who then helps Grin.

Scott, Michael. Fungie and the Magical Kingdom. Illustrated by Steve Simpson. Dublin: Sonas, 1994. (Fiction)

Scott, Susan. Oceanwatcher: An Above-Water Guide to Hawaii's Marine Animals. Honolulu, Hawaii: Green Turtle Press, 1988.

Trisha: Although not specifically written for children, this is a very accessible and simply written book by a marine biologist that provides some basic details and interesting extras on Hawaii's marine invertebrates, reptiles, sharks and rays, fish, birds, and mammals, plus sections on discovering Hawaii's marine life and legends and lore about it.

The section on whales and dolphins includes a brief overview; information on humpback whales, false killer whales, short-finned pilot whales, Pacific bottlenose dolphins, rough-toothed dolphins, spotted dolphins, and Hawaiian spinner dolphins; a few words on the future of whales and dolphins along with some guidelines for dolphin and whale watchers; and a brief look at the surprisingly small role of whales and dolphins in Hawaiian mythology.

Scrace, Carolyn. The Journey of a Whale. Lifecycles Series. Danbury, Connecticut: Franklin Watts, 2000. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

On gray whale migration.

Secret at Dolphin Bay. LEGO series. Beginning to Read, level 1. Dorling Kindersley Publishing, 2000. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

Book description: "Beginning readers will love this exciting rescue story featuring and injured dolphin and an underwater treasure."

Seed, Alice. Toothed Whales: In Eastern North Pacific and Arctic Waters. Illustrated by Maxine Morse. Sea Mammal Series. Florence: Pacific Search Press, 1971. (Nonfiction)

Seidler, Ned, and Rosalie Seidler. Whales: Mighty Giants of the Sea. Washington, D.C.: National Geographic Society, 1990, (888) 225-5647. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

"Discovery the mystery and majesty of whales in this . . . pop-up book with 19 movable parts."

National Geographic sells this book through its catalogue bundled with a 14-inch plush dolphin toy.

Trisha: This is an elaborate pop-up and pull-tab book, with pull tabs to demonstrate tail slapping, pectoral fin slapping, jumping, spyhopping, etc.

Seligson, Marcia. Dolphins at Grassy Key. Photographs by George Ancona. New York: Macmillan Publishing Company, 1989. (Nonfiction)

Captures the unusual activities of the Dolphin Research Center in Grassy Key, Florida, and, more significantly, the remarkable nature of the dolphin.

Selsam, Millicent E., and Joyce Hunt. A First Look at Whales. New York: Walker and Co., 1980. Grades K-3. (Nonfiction) (Nonfiction)

An introduction in simple text and illustrations to the physical characteristics and habits of the various species of whales.

Seminario, Jose R., and Allison Higa. Jonah and the Whale. Pop-Up Books. New York: Random House Childrens Publishing, 1996. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

Semro, Jennifer. A Dolphin of Many Colors: An Inter-Species Friendship. Bonita Springs, Florida: Dolphin Defenders, 1995. Address: P.O. Box 933, Bonita Springs, Florida 34133, USA, (941) 947-2268, fax: (941) 498-2879. (*YA - adult)

"A look at captivity viewed through the eyes of the dolphin . . . The story of Peter, a young man who meets a wild dolphin he calls Alpha. A strong bond forms as their friendship develops. In a surprising twist Peter obtains the ability to understand the dolphins' language. The pair begin an adventure that will change both of their lives forever."

Senn, Steve. A Circle in the Sea. New York: Atheneum, 1981. (Young adult fiction)

Breee was a dolphin, a quiet, dreamy young female dolphin. And like her mother before her, she was troubled with nightsee. Dolphins who had this affliction dreamed of the Others, human beings, when they slept.

Robin Shaw was a girl. She lived on Lando Key, Florida, where her father worked for Costain Lab and did secret deep-sea missions for the Lab and the Navy. From his most recent mission, he brought Robin a gift--a strange ring embedded in rock, taken from the floor of the ocean from ruins.

It was after she got the ring that Robin Shaw began to dream when she slept that she was a dolphin. In fact, it was more than a dream. Her mind actually inhabited the body of the dolphin named Breee. And as Breee, she learned not only how dolphins lived, how they communicated, and how they saw their watery world, but met many fascinating dolphins and whales and learned that dolphins had a history, a tradition. They called themselves "The Returned," since they, too, had once lived on land. Now, made desperate by attacks of the Others and the pollution of the sea environment, they were about to turn, to show their power to those who were destroying them. And Robin-Breee was a part of this.

Trisha: Gayle Julien's favorite; I liked this one very much too.

Serostanova, Lyudmila. Sarmatian Whale. Translated by Walter May. Russia: Kudesniki, 1998.

Poems, stories, and a play for children written in both Russian and English.

Serventy, Vincent. Whale and Dolphin. Animals in the Wild Series. Chatham: Raintree Steck-Vaughn Publishers, 1985. Grades K-5. (Nonfiction)

Shows the whale and dolphin in their natural surroundings and describes their life and struggle for survival.

Seth, Vikram. Arion and the Dolphin. Illustrated by Jane Ray. New York: Dutton Children's Books, 1995.

Trisha: This lavishly illustrated story is "based on the libretto written by Vikram Seth for the opera Arion and the Dolphin, composed by Alec Roth," and primarily consists of lines of verse from the libretto with connecting text.

From the dust jacket: "The story of Arion, the boy musician who rides on a dolphin's back, is told here in a wonderful mixture of prose and verse by Vikram Seth, author of the best-selling novel A Suitable Boy.

"Adventurous, comic, joyful, and sad, at once, this legend from ancient Greece has a special meaning for us today. The friendship between boy and dolphin, cruelly cut short when the dolphin is captured and put on display, is a theme with universal appeal . . . "

Shaw, Gina. All about Whales. New York: Scholastic: 1995. (Nonfiction)

Shaw, Nancy. Dolphin. Mankato, Minnesota: Creative Education, 1998. Grades 1-4.

Shark: Shark. Free Willy Series. New York: Scholastic, 1995. (Fiction)

Sharks and whales.

Shark and Whale. Ultimate Sticker Books. Neew York: Dorling Kindersley, 1994.

Sharth, Sharon, and Joan Powers, eds. Whale: A Sticker Safari. Discovery Kids, 2000. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

Shaw, Clairrie. Danny the Dolphin. London: Adelphi Press, 1994. (Fiction)

Shaw, Nancy. Dolphin. Creative Education, forthcoming August 1998. (Nonfiction)

Shawver, Mark. Whales. Danbury, Connecticut: Grolier Educational Corp., 1986.

Shea, George. Dolphins. Creatures Wild and Free Series. Saint Paul, Minnesota: E.M.C. Paradigm Publishing, 1981. Grades 1-6. (Nonfiction)

___________. Whales. Creatures Wild and Free Series. Saint Paul, Minnesota: E.M.C. Paradigm Publishing, 1981. Grades 1-6. (Nonfiction)

Sheldon, Dyan, and Gary Blythe. The Whales' Song. New York: Dial Books for Young Readers, 1990/New York: Talman Co., 1997. Ages 4-5 and up. Also available on tape via Scholastic Tapes, New York, 1993. (Fiction). Published in Spanish as El Canto de las Ballenas. Translated by Nelson Rivera. Caracas, Venezuela: Ediciones Ekare, 1993.

From the publisher: "Lilly listens to her grandmother's tales of whales and longs to hear the creatures' powerful songs for herself. This eloquent work celebrates the extraordinary relationship between a young girl and the whales that do eventually sing for her [and call out her name]."

From Kirkus Reviews, May 15, 1991: "Lilly's grandmother tells her about whales: ' . . . big as the hills . . . peaceful as the moon . . . wondrous . . . ' When they were more numerous, she used to go to the pier to hear them sing--perhaps in response to her gifts: a perfect shell or stone. Curmudgeonly Great-uncle Frederick counters such fantasies: 'Whales were important for their meat, and for their . . . blubber.' Still, Lilly dreams of whales, then throws them a single blossom from the pier. After a long day's wait, she is rewarded by seeing whales jump against the moon while 'their singing filled the night.' In a spare, poetic narrative, Sheldon captures a child's wonder at these magnificent creatures, echoed, in a splendid debut, in Blythe's generously broad oil paintings. His whales--viewed from near, unusual vantage points--are benignly heroic while, from dawn to moonlight, his sea and sky are beautifully observed; best are his lovely, perceptive portraits of the old woman's wise, lined face and Lilly's tousled curls and expressive eyes." Copyright 1991, Kirkus Associates, LP. All rights reserved.

An Amazon.com customer comments: "This book portrays a loving relationship between a grandmother and her granddaughter as well as a respect for nature. My daughter loved the illustrations of the little girl and the whales. The story is magical and the oil painting illustrations are so realistic. A book that children will love for many years."

A Ship in a Storm on the Way to Tarshish. William Morrow & Co., 1977. (Fiction, stories in rhyme)

Shirotani, Hideo. I Am a Little Whale. Marboro Books. (Fiction)

Short, Joan, and Bettina Bird. Whales. Illustrated by Deborah Savin. Mondo Animals Series. Greenvale, New York: Mondo Publishing, 1997. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

From the publisher: "Discusses the physical features, social behavior, swimming and breathing techniques, communication, migration, and other facets fo whales."

Shreck, Peter K. Reading Words with Debby Dolphin.

Shreve, Susan Richards. Jonah, the Whale. New York: Scholastic, 1998. Ages 9-12. (Fiction)

From Kirkus Reviews, May 11, 1998: "An overweight boy transforms his fantasy of TV stardom into a formula for success in this poignant, affirming novel from Shreve . . . When his mother's boyfriend, Thomas, walks out on their family, 11-year-old Jonah barely has time to react before they move to a more affordable apartment. Feeling empty inside, missing his 'almost-father,' he overeats, and soon none of his three pairs of pants fits comfortably. But there's no money for new pants; Jonah's mother works two low-paying jobs to support him and his baby brother. When he is dubbed 'Jonah the Whale' at his new school, rather than let the insult fester, Jonah turns the image into an unlikely symbol of empowerment: He imagines himself sitting inside a whale on the set of a new talk show exclusively for kids. While his grades and classwork suffer, Jonah methodically develops the idea for his show, selecting his first guests, choosing his questions, and even taping an imaginary interview with basketball star Michael Jordan. Some playground bragging forces Jonah to prove that he really talked to Jordan, and through the boy's initiative--and Jordan's kindness--Jonah succeeds. In fact, his first interviews are so impressive that he eventually winds up with is own television show, just as he dreamed . . . " Copyright 1998, Kirkus Associates, LP. All rights reserved.

Sibbald, Jean. Sea Mammals.

Siberell, Anne. A Whale in the Sky. Illustrated by Anne Siberell using white pine and redwood block prints. A Unicorn Book. New York: E. P. Dutton, 1982/Houghton Mifflin, 1993. (Fiction)

"Long ago, the rivers and sea were filled with fish, and tall trees crowded the mountainsides. There was no written language among the Indian tribes of the Northwest, and storytellers passed history and legends from one generation to the next. Sometimes a chief would hire an artist to carve a story in pictures on the trunk of a giant tree [called a totem pole]. Whale in the Sky is such a tale."

"This is a story about Thunderbird, who watches over all creatures . . . It is about Whale, who swims the deepest oceans, and Frog, who lives on the riverbank and sees Whale chasing the salmon into the river . . . Frog trembles as he watches Whale swallow the salmon. He tells Raven, the messenger . . . Swift and fierce, Thunderbird grabs Whale from the river and drops him atop the highest mountain . . . "

Trisha: The whale is the villain in this story (redeemed in the end), and the mean-looking illustrations of him (even in the end) may be frightening to a young child.

Siegel, Robert. Whalesong Trilogy. (Young adult fiction, humpback whale major character)
Whalesong: A Novel About the Greatest and Deepest of Beings San Francisco: HarperSanFrancisco, 1982.
White Whale: A Novel About Friendship and Courage in the Deep. San Francisco: HarperSanFrancisco, 1993.
The Ice at the End of the World: The Longest Journey. San Francisco: HarperSanFrancisco, 1994.
From the Chinaberry Books catalogue on White Whale: "Begin this book, and you better have put your life on hold for a while because you won't be able to put it down . . .

"Hralekana is a rare all-white whale. With intensity and breathtaking prose, the author weaves a different tapestry of a whale's life. We are utterly and completely drawn into the world of the ocean as we experience the steps taking Hralekana through trials, triumphs, laughter and lessons on love, nature and sacrifice. In being so close to him as we read of his days, we somehow grow with him.

"This is truly a very, very special and unforgettable book."

From the Chinaberry Books catalogue on The Ice at the End of the World: "Siegel continues the story as Hralekana . . . must lead his pod on a dangerous journey under the ice at the pole to find food. A disastrous oil spill has caused their regular feeding ground to dwindle to such a state that it cannot support the entire pod. Working together to make it through the ice, the whales survive the arduous journey and find krill on the other side. The danger continues as the whales are chased by huge fleets of whalers on their return journey. Hralekana destroys one of the whaling boats and then saves the harpooner who was trying to kill him. Soon the whales are joined by the Rainbow Whale, the boat of Mark and Meg, Hralekana's human friends. The Rainbow Whale accompanies them out of the polar region to make sure they are safe from the whalers. Mark then comes to spend some time studying and living with the whales. Eventually Mark asks Hralekana to help prevent a worldwide nuclear catastrophe. Hralekana's actions make him a true hero.

"Siegel's lyrical prose and the rich poetry of the whales' songs lure the reader deep into the gentle world of whales. This very special book is a brilliant ending to a trilogy of books I wish every person would read."

Silverstein, Alan. Mammals of the Sea. Illustrated by Bernard Garbutt. San Carlos, Calif.: Golden Gate Junior Books 1971. (Nonfiction)

Simmons, Monica. Aster Ocean: Dolfina the Bottlenoze Dolfin. The Aster Planet Chronicles series, vol. 4. Fort Pierce, Florida: Long Wind Publishing, 1998. Grades K-4. (Science fiction)

Simon, James. My Friend Whale. New York: Bantam Books, 1991. Grades preschool-3. (Fiction)

Simon, Noel. Whales. Animal Families Series. Illustrated by Terry Riley. London: Dent, 1981. (Nonfiction)

Simon, Seymour. Whales. New York: HarperCollins, 1989. Ages 7-10. (Nonfiction)

Describes in text and illustrations the physical characteristics, habits, and natural environment of various species of whales--the gentle giants of the oceans.

___________. Killer Whales. New York: HarperCollins Children's Books, 1978. Grades K-3. (Nonfiction)

Simons, Jamie, and Scott Simons. Why Dolphins Call: A Story of Dionysus (The Gods of Olympus). Illustrated by Deborah Winograd. Silver Press, 1991. Ages 4-8. (Mythology)

From the publisher: "Kidnapped by pirates, young Dionysus turns his cold-hearted captors into friendly dolphins."

Simons, Scott. Why Dolphins Call: A Story of Dionysus. Morristown: Silver Burdett Press, 1991. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

Sis, Peter. An Ocean World. New York: Greenwillow Books, 1992. Grades preschool-3. (Fiction)

In this wordless book ""[A]e whale had grown up in captivity. She had seen many people, but she had never seen another whale. So when she was put back in the ocean to find others of her kind, who could blame her for mistaken identifications."

Skerry, Brian. A Whale on Her Own: The True Story of Wilma the Beluga Whale. Text and photos by Brian Skerry. Blackbirch Marketing, 2000. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

From the website: " This is the true story of an orphaned beluga whale who decided to make her home in a secluded Nova Scotia bay. While she lived there, she made close contact with the town's people, leaving them with stories and memories they will never forget."

From a review by Sue Grame at Amazon.com: " A Whale on Her Own is a charming story of a young beluga whale who decided to make Chedabucto Bay her home for a while. Jim Johnson, an old time sea traveler and scuba diver [gets] to be friends with Wilma and [explains] a lot about beluga whales and their habits while describing their adventures together. Although told in a story format, the book is quite informative with definitions of terms at the end along with book listings and Web sites to pursue if this book has piqued your interest."

Skinner, David. You Must Kiss a Whale. New York: Simon & Schuster Books for Young Readers, 1992.

From the back cover: "In a house of broken rooms, in the midst of a nameless desert, Evelyn deciphers her father's barely legible script in what turns out to be an unfinished story. It is about a boy named Kevin and a letter that tells him: You must kiss a whale."

"A compelling story, set in the strange yet familiar landscape of the mind. Hard to put down, impossible to forget."--Joan W. Blos, Newbery Medal-winning author of A Gathering of Days

Trisha: A strange, somewhat heavy story of a young teenage girl who lives in the desert in an abandoned house with her spaced-out mother. The mother is trying to invent the perfect raincoat and spends her days outside in a tent, rarely speaking to her daughter and one-year-old son, who the daughter takes care of. The daughter does not attend school, as school authorities might discover she is living in an abandoned house and make her family move.

Her father had left them long ago, and the girl discovers in her mother's chest of drawers a story he had written and spends her days trying to piece it together. It is about a young boy who receives a letter from a stranger telling him, "You must kiss a whale," but the boy in the story is not sure if it says "kiss" or "kill" or something else, so he skips school and takes a taxi ride to the town from which the letter was sent. The sympathetic taxi driver helps him in his search to find out the meaning of the letter.

All turns out well in the end, the girl goes to college, and her brother attends public school, but the feeling tone of the story is overall somewhat dark.

Slottje, Dan. Wyatt the Whale. Illustrated by Byrne White. Greenwich, Connecticut: Armstrong Publishing, 1994. Grades preschool and up.

Smalley, Webster. The Boy Who Talked to Whales. Anchorage Press, 1981. Ages 4-8.

Smith, Elizabeth Simpson. A Dolphin Goes to School: The Story of Squirt, a Trained Dolphin. New York: William Morrow & Co., 1986. (Nonfiction)

Smith, Heather L. Serenity the Peaceful Dolphin: The Power of the Dream. Illustrated by Pamela L. Brown. Modesto, California: Gary Smith Properties, 1997. Grades preschool-6. (Fiction)

Publisher's annotation: "Serenity is a delightful story of a peaceful dolphin who enjoys living life and resolving conflict in a peaceful way. She is quite a unique dolphin who has learned who she is. This . . . story promotes a unique message of the value of one's self and the importance of understanding processing feelings in a very healthy way. [The] book is for children to share with their parents, or teachers and therapists to share with young children to help them understand the values of loyalty, trust and resolving conflict. Good for intermediate to advanced reading levels. Ideal for classroom or group discussions."

Smith, Mel. Introduction to the Humpback Whales of Maui: A Question and Answer Book. M. Smith, 1984.

Smith, Parker. Jonah and the Whale. Illustrated by Kathy Mitchell. A Baby Flap Book. McClanahan Book Co., 1997. Ages baby-preschool. (Fiction)

Smith, Roland. Whales, Dolphins and Porpoises in the Zoo. Brookfield, Connecticut: Millbrook Press, 1994. Grades 3-6. (Nonfiction)

Smyth, Karen C. Crystal: The Story of a Real Baby Whale. Camden, Maine: Down East Books, 1986. Grades 2 and up. (Based on a true story.)

There really is a whale named Crystal, and he lives in the North Atlantic. He is grown up now, old enough to join the other male humpbacks as they compose their famous songs. In 1980, though, Crystal was just a baby when he was first seen--and named--by whale researchers at Stellwagen Bank in Massachusetts Bay.

Like a human infant, a young whale spends its first year growing, exploring, and discovering. Crystal has much to learn about the seemingly endless ocean that is his home, and about the other creatures that share his world. He and his mother move with the seasons from the balmy waters of Silver Bank, in the Caribbean, north to the summer feeding grounds of Stellwagen Bank.

Young Crystal finds beauty in the songs of his fellow humpbacks. He finds danger, too, when he is nearly drowned in an abandoned fishing net. This is the story of Crystal's memorable first year.

This is the most popular children's book in the Whale Adoption Projects' catalogue. [Nice book--Trisha]

Snapshot Staff. Jonah and the Whale. My First Bible Series. New York: DK Publishing, 1997.

So-Big Whale. Plush Pals Board Books. New York: Modern Publishing, 2000.

Soundprints Staff, ed. Oceanic Collection: Beluga Whale, Harp Seal, Walrus and Lobster Books: No. III. Smithsonian Oceanic Collection. Norwalk, Connecticut: Soundprints, n.d. Grades preschool-2.

Speirs, Gill. I Can Draw Sharks and Whales. I Can Draw Series. Little Simon, 1997. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

Spenser, M. D. Deep Trouble at Dolphin Bay. Humanomorphs Series. Weston, Florida: Paradise Press, 2000.

From the back cover: "It looks like another bummer of a summer for Derrick Granger. His father, a marine researcher, is taking him on a field trip to a dolphin study site in the Florida Keys. Ten-year-old Derrick, a bookish boy who's fascinated by Greek mythology, doesn't even know how to swim.

"But soon after they arrive at the center, Derrick overhears a conversation in which terrorists are plotting to kidnap the dolphins and use them to deliver nuclear explosives around he world unless they are paid billions of dollars. No one believes Derrick, and he feels powerless to stop the terrorists -- until he stumbles across a strange seashell that gives him the power to transform into the Greek god Poseidon, ruler of the seas. Derrick has a fighting chance against the terrorists now -- as long as he can steer clear of the family feuds on Mount Olympus."

Spilsbury, Louise, and Richard Spilsbury. A Pod of Whales. Heinemann Library, 2003. (Nonfiction)

Spinelli, Eileen. Whales. Lincolnwood, Illinois: Publications International Ltd./Lake Forest, Illinois: Forest House Publishing, 1991. Grades K-4. (Nonfiction)

Describes history, habitat, and behavior of whales and highlights ten different species.

Spinelli, Jerry. Night of the Whale. Boston: Little, Brown & Co., 1985. Grades 6 and up. (Fiction)

Spizzirri, Linda, ed. An Educational Coloring Book of Dolphins. Illustrated by Peter M. Spizzirri. Rapid City, South Dakota: Spizzirri Publishing, 1986. Grades 1-8. (Nonfiction)

Includes bottlenosed, spinner, Risso's, rough toothed, Pacific striped, Commerson's, common, right whale, Amazon Irrawaddy River, white, Ganges, and Chinese dolphins, and the killer whale.

___________. Dot-to-Dot Whales: An Educational Activity-Coloring Book. Rapid City, South Dakota: Spizzirri Publishing, 1986. Grades 1-8. (Nonfiction)

Stahl, Dean. Dolphins. Nature Book Series. Mankato, Illinois: Child's World, 1991. Grades 2-6. (Nonfiction)

Examines the physical characteristics and behaviors of the dolphin in its natural habitat.

Stansfield, Ian. The Legend of the Whale. Buderim, Qld., Australia: D. Bateman, 1985.

Starbuck, Deborah. Manny's Whale. Minneapolis, Minnesota: Dillon Press, 1986/Morristown: Silver Burdett Press, 1988. Grades 1-3. (Fiction)

Manny and his uncle help rescue a stranded whale.

Stauffacher, Sue. S'gana, The Black Whale. Anchorage, Alaska/Seattle, Washington: Alaska Northwest Books, 1992. Ages 7-14. (Fiction)

From the publisher: Sent to stay with his grandparents in Wisconsin for the summer, Derek is drawn to the local marine park and to its star attraction, a killer whale. Moved by his love for the captive orca S'gana, Derek struggles to free her and, in the process, makes important discoveries about himself and his Haida Indian past.

Inspired by the beliefs of the Haida people, S'gana, The Black Whale is a tantalizing blend of love, freedom, magic, and destiny that will appeal to readers everywhere.

Steele, Philip. The Blue Whale. Fold Out...Find Out Series. New York: Larousse Kingfisher Chambers, 1994. Grades 2-5. (Fiction)

Steig, William. Amos & Boris. New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 1971. (Fiction)

Befriended by Boris the whale as he is drowning in the ocean, Amos the mouse gets a chance to reciprocate years later in an equally unlikely situation.

Trisha: I like the illustrations and story theme--that of befriending and helping another in the face of improbable odds--but I find the writing somewhat uneven in quality.

Steiner, Barbara A. Whale Brother. Illustrated by Gretchen Will Mayo. New York: Walker and Co., 1988/Econo-Clad Books, 1999. Grades preschool-3. (Fiction)

Gayle: The story about Omu, an Eskimo boy who is derided by the rest of his band because all he seems to be good at is making music, and he is supposed to learn to carve. He goes off by himself and meets a pod of orcas. Later one of the orcas is stranded, and the boy sits with him for days, playing for him, talking to him as he dies. The boy idly carves as he sits. The whale dies and the boy sings a poem to his spirit, then realizes that the carved piece in his hand is a perfect orca . . . the Spirit of his friend. He returns to his people able to fulfill his destiny. It is actually a pre-school early elementary read-to book but it is a very moving and wondrous tale. And the illustrations are great.

___________. Biography of a Killer Whale. New York: Putnam Publishing Group, 1978. Grades 3-5. (Nonfiction)

Stevenson, John. The Whale Tale: Starring Jim Henson's Muppets. New York: Random House Books for Young Readers, 1981/London: Sphere, 1981, 1982. Grades 1-5. (Fiction)

___________. A Biography of a Killer Whale. New York: Putnam, 1978.

Stidworthy, John. A Year in the Life of a Whale. Illustrated by Jeane Colville. Morristown, New Jersey: Silver Burdett Press/London: Macdonald, 1987. Grades 4-8. (Nonfiction)

About a sperm whale.

Stone, Lynn M. Mammals of Antarctica. Antarctica Discovery Library. Vero Beach: Rourke Book Co., 1995. Grades 2-6. (Nonfiction)

___________. The Killer Whale. Mankato, Minnesota: Crestwood House, 1987. Grade 5. (Nonfiction)

Describes the physical characteristics, habitat, and behavior of one of the few marine mammals that eats other warm-blooded animals.

Stonehouse, Bernard. A Visual Introduction to Whales, Dolphins, and Porpoises. Animal Watch series. Checkmark Books, 1998. Ages 10-17. (Nonfiction)

Profiles humpback, bowhead, right, grey, beluga, killer, sperm, bottlenose, and pilot whales, narwhals, dolphins, and porpoises.

___________. A Closer Look at Whales and Dolphins. New York: Gloucester Press, 1978. (Nonfiction)

Stoops, Erik D., Jeffrey L. Martin, and Debbie Lynne Stone. Dolphins. New York: Sterling Publishing Co., Inc., 1996/London: Hamilton, 1978. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

Structured in a question-and-answer format.

___________. Whales. New York: Sterling Publishing Co., Inc., 1995. Ages 8-12. (Nonfiction)

Structured in a question-and-answer format, the chapters include: How Whales Live, The Whale's Body, The Whale's Senses, Eating Habits, Whale Reproduction, Self-Defense, Whales and People, and Great Whales. Indexed. Many illustrations and photographs.

Storr, Catherine, and Barry Wilkinson. Jonah and the Whale. Austin, Texas: Raintree Steck-Vaughn Publishers, 1987. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

Strachan, Elizabeth. Whales and Dolphins. Illustrated by Norman Weaver. Finding Out About Series. North Pomfret: Trafalgar Square, 1991/London: Hamilton, 1985. Grades 4-6. (Nonfiction)

___________. A Closer Look at Dolphins and Whales. Illustrated by Norman Weaver. New York: Gloucester Press, 1985. (Nonfiction)

Strange, Florence Pernsteiner. Rock-a-bye Whale: A Story of the Birth of a Humpback Whale. San Rafael, California: Manzanita Press, 1977. Grades K-4. (Fiction)

Strasser, Todd. Free Willy 3: The Rescue. New York: Scholastic, 1997.

From the back cover: "When Jesse goes to work on a research ship, he finds his old friend Willy injured. Willy has a spear through his tail, and that can mean only one thing--whalers. Jesse and his crewmates are determined to stop the whalers before they kill Willy.

"Meanwhile, ten-year-old Max is the son of a whaler. Even before Max meets Willy, he realizes it's wrong to kill whales. Max is on Willy's side, but he loves his father, too. Will max and Jesse be able to save Willy without separating a father and son?"

___________. Free Willy 2: The Adventure Home: Digest Novelization. New York: Scholastic Inc., 1995. Grades 4-7. (Fiction) (See also Foley, Mark; Horowitz, Jordan; and Krulik, Nancy)

Sunshine Books. Level 5, Nonfiction. Oxford: Heinemann Educational.

Contents: The Humpback Whale, The Emperor Penguin, Knights in Armour, No Place Like Home, The Sea Otter, The Solar System, The Super Body Fun Fair. (Nonfiction)

Superflats Kids' Book of Whales and Dolphins. Illustrated by Robin Makowski (RMakowski@aol.com). Chicago, Illinois: Kidsbooks, 1995. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

Swanson, Diane. Whales. Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Gareth Stevens, 1998. Ages 3 and up. (Nonfiction)

___________. Welcome to the World of Whales. Portland, Oregon: Whitecap Books for Young Readers. 1996. Ages 5-7. (Nonfiction)

"Orcas, grays, minkes, belugas, and narwhals: ocean giants have always enthralled young readers. [This book provides] an opportunity for children to experience this dramatic underwater world.

"Discover the friendly acrobatics of the orcas, an animal once feared as the 'killer whale'; learn how gray whales strain their food through bony baleen plates; and glimpse the first days of a shy, baby whale."

Sweeney, Diane, and Michelle Reddy. Dolphin Babies: Making a Splash into the World. Photographs by Jeff Smith. Roberts Rinehart, 1998. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

Swim with the Whales. Super Science Readers series. Scholastic, 2000. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

Swindells, Robert. Norah and the Whale. Illustrated by Avril Haynes. Exeter: Wheaton, 1981. (Fiction)

Tailey Whaley: A Tale of A Whale with a Whale of a Tail. Annapolis, Maryland: Trident Publishing, 1997. Grades preschool-6. (Fiction)

Tangvald, Christine H. Whoosher, the Happy Little Whale. Illustrated by Kathleen Patterson. Cincinnati, Ohio: Standard Publishing Co., 1995. Preschoolers. (Fiction)

Tate, Suzanne. Katie K. Whale: A Whale of a Tale. Illustrated by James Melvin. Suzanne Tate's Nature Series. Nags Head, North Carolina: Nags Head Art, 1995. (800) 541-2722. (Fiction)

From the cover: "Katie K. Whale is based on a true story. I read about Hanna, a whale in Norway that became attached to a black and white ferryboat. She followed the boat daily and became a national celebrity. As in my story, the children were allowed to miss classes, so they could ride the ferry and catch her antics.

"I haven't been able to discover what finally happened to Hanna, but she probably did return to her pod as I related."

Trisha: A large-print book for young children, with an emphasis on orca aunties, hunting for food, Katie K.'s wandering off on her own and entertaining the humans on the ferryboat, and then reuniting with her pod. The moral of the story is: Stay away from strangers, and home is the place to be. A few facts about orcas are provided on the inside front cover.

___________. Danny and Daisy: A Tale of a Dolphin Duo. Illustrated by James Melvin. Suzanne Tate's Nature Series. Nags Head, North Carolina: Nags Head Art, 1992. Grades K-4. (Fiction)

Taylor, Geoff. Blueberg. Illustrated by D. G. Valentine. London: William Heinemann, 1960. (Fiction)

"Blueberg and his friend Blowhard the whale travel from the Antarctic Ocean to the Equator, with almost disastrous results as the water gets warmer, and Blueberg gets smaller."

Taylor, L. R. Dolphins. Illustrated by Norbert Wu. Lerner Publishing Group, 1999. Grades 2-3. (Nonfiction)

Taylor, Theodore. The Hostage. New York: Dell Publishing, 1987. (Young adult fiction)

Trisha: This is a well-written story for young adults that explores various aspects of the captivity issue and requires the reader to consider the basis, merits, and demerits of various viewpoints. About orcas.

Tenison, Marika Hanbury. A Boy and a Dolphin. Illustrated by Pauline Bewick. London: Granada, 1983. (Fiction)

Theodorou, Rod. Blue Whale. Animals in Danger series. Heinemann Library, 2000.

___________, and Carole Telford. Shark and Dolphin. Discover the Difference Series. Crystal Lake: Rigby Interactive Library.

There's a Whale in My Bath. New York: Modern Publishing, 1988. Grades K-2. (Fiction)

Thévenin, René. Barnabé and his Whale. Translated from French by Ben Ray Redman. London: J. W. Arrowsmith, 1924. (Fiction)

Thomas, Ron, and Jan Stutchbury. Whales. Illustrated by Ian Forss. Macmillan Beginners Science Series. South Melbourne: Macmillan Company of Australia, 1990.

Thomas Nelson U.K. Staff. Does a Whale Eat Ice Cream?. Footsteps Big Books. Reading, Massachusetts: Addision Wesley Longman, 1993.

Thompson, Carol. The Eel Beast. Free Willy Animated Series, No. 4. Scholastic Paperbacks, 1996. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "Discovering a huge underwater crater while diving, Jesse is dragged away by a human-hating giant eel, and when their whale friend, Willy, is unable to fit into the tunnels, it is up to Marlene to save Jesse before his air supply runs out."

Thompson, Jeffrey. Coyote and the Whale. Wheaton, Maryland: Jeffrey Thompson (jef@clark.net). For more on Jef Thompson's artwork in Coyote and the Whale and other works, click here. (Link points to an archived version) (Fiction)

From the website: "Coyote and the Whale is mostly based on two nearly identical Northwest Coast Native American folk tales originally titled: Coyote and the Monster of the Columbia and Raven and the Whale. The artwork is based on the intricate woodcarving and weaving patterns of the Tlingit, Haida and Salish peoples of the Northwest Coast."
Thorne, Jenny. Jonah and the Whale/Board Book. Baby's Bible Stories. Aladdin Paperbacks, 1989. (Fiction)

Thrush, Robin A. The Gray Whales Are Missing. Illustrated by Diane De Groat. San Diego: Harcourt Brace & Co., 1987. Grades 3-7. (Fiction)

From the dust jacket: "Ten year old Pence Thompson counts on two things happening during December: the gray whales and Christmas. In his hometown of San Diego, California, their arrival is celebrated almost simultaneously. Every year the sleek gray whales pass the San Diego coast as they migrate south to the warmer waters of Baja California. This year, however, everything has gone wrong. Not a single whale has been seen off the coast . . . the gray whales are missing. Pence is intrigued by this mystery. What begins as simple curiosity quickly turns into a race against time, as Pence's search for answers leads him to the experts at Sea World and eventually to the U.S. Navy."

Tipton, Rose. Christmas Magic, and Coral the Dolphin. London: Avon, 1994. (Fiction)

Toast, Sarah. Baby Dolphin: At Home in the Ocean.

Tobin, Deborah. Tangled in the Bay: The Story of a Northern Right Whale Calf. Nimbus Publishing, 1999. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

Tokuda, Wendy, and Richard Hall. Humphrey the Lost Whale: A True Story. Illustrated by Hanako Wakiyama. Union City, California: Heian International, Inc., no date/Demco Media, 1992. Available on video as Humphrey's Tale, narrated by Wendy Tokuda. San Francisco: Channel 5, KPIX/Group W Television, 1991. Grades K-6. (Nonfiction)

Describes how a migrating humpback whale mistakenly entered the San Francisco Bay in 1985 and swam sixty-four miles inland before being led back to the sea by humans concerned for his welfare.

Roverandom, J. R. R. Tolkien. New York: Houghton-Mifflin/London: Harper Collins, 1998. Grades 4 and up. (Fiction)

From the Quality Paperback Books catalogue: "[This] newly discovered fantasy from J. R. R. Tolkien . . . is the story of Rover, a dog on a quest who encounters a ferocious dragon, a wise old whale, a curmudgeonly wizard, and the Man-in-the-Moon. Complete with five illustrations by the author . . ."

From Kirkus Reviews, February 1, 1998: "In 1925, the Tolkien family took a vacation at the beach, where four-year-old Michael lost his favorite object, a tiny toy dog. So to console him, Father J.R.R. improvised the tale of a dog magically transformed into a toy. The story . . . tells of a young and impolite puppy Rover, who bites the wizard Artaxerxe's trousers; as a punishment, the wizard transforms him into a toy. Deposited in a toyshop, Rover is bought by a boy named Two, who loses the dog on a beach; but soon Rover meets Psamathos the sand-sorcerer. Psamathos sends Rover off on the back of Mew the gull to visit the Man-in-the-Moon. But the Man-in-the-Moon already has a moon-dog named Rover, so our Rover becomes Roverandom . . . After various cutesy doings, Roverandom learns that Artaxerxes has taken a job under the sea, so he rides inside Uin the Right Whale to plead with Artaxerxes to change him back into a real dog. Which [the wizard eventually does], and Roverandom returns to Two . . ." Copyright 1998, Kirkus Associates, LP. All rights reserved.

Tomaselli, Doris. The Boy Who Could Hear Dolphins. Illustrated by Kevin Lyles and Steven Roberts. A Storybuilder Kit Series, Vol. 2. Westport, Connecticut: Joshua Morris Publishing, 1997/Reader's Digest, 1997. Grades 2-6. (Fiction)

"When a little boy makes friend with a dolphin, it signals the beginning of amazing adventures under the sea--all accomplished with the assistance of young readers. Set includes 12-page, full-color paperback; complete art materials, including stickers, punch-outs, yarn, stick-on jewels and eyes; instruction sheet."

Torgersen, Don Arthur. Killer Whales and Dolphin Play. Children's Press, 1982. (Nonfiction)

Tracqui, Valerie. Baleine, Geante des Mers/The Whale, Giant of the Seas. Photography by Francois Gohier. Animal Close-Ups Series. Watertown, Massachusetts: Charlesbridge Publishing, 1995/Econo-Clad Books, 1999. Ages 9-12. In French and English. (Nonfiction)

Troll Communications Staff. Flipper. Mahwah, New Jersey: Troll Communications, 1996. Grades K-3. (Fiction)

Tucker, T. Sammy the Shark and Donald the Dolphin: A Story for Children. Winfarthing: Farthing, 1985. (Fiction)

Turner, Philip. Wigwig and Homer. Illustrated by Graham Humphreys. London: Dent, 1978. (Fiction)

Twinem, Neecy. In the Ocean. Animal Clues Board Books. Charlesbridge Publishing, 1998. Ages baby-preschool. (Fiction)

Humpback whales and other marine life.

Twinn, Michael. Dolphin. Book Buddy series. Child's Play International, 2000. Grades baby to preschool. (Nonfiction)

___________. Great Dolphin. Illustrated by Pam Adams. Great Pals Series. Auburn, Maine: Child's Play International, 1997. Grades baby to preschool.

___________. Pocket Dolphin. Illustrated by Pam Adams. Pocket Pals Series. Auburn, Maine: Child's Play International, 1997.

Two Can Publish Ltd. Staff. Whales. Columbus, Ohio: Highlights for Children, 1991. Grades 2-7. (Nonfiction)

Van Dusen, Chris. Down to the Sea with Mr. Magee. Illustrated by the author. San Francisco: Chronicle Books, 2000. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

From a review by Michael Cart in Booklist: "Mr. Magee and his little dog, Dee, love spending time in their boat on the sea. So right after breakfast one early morning, off they sail with Magee at the wheel and Dee on the deck. All goes swimmingly until they encounter a rambunctious little whale who wants to play. Alas, his play becomes the shipmates' folly and in short order Magee and Dee find themselves shipwrecked--not on a desert island but high atop a nearby spruce. Oh, what a predicament! Will the sailors--and their boat--remain hopelessly stuck, 60 feet up? Well, let's just say that where there's a whale, there's a way. Van Dusen's sing-song, rhyming story makes for an agreeable read-aloud while his cheerful, candy-colored cartoon illustrations provide equal fun for the eye." Copyright (c) American Library Association. All rights reserved.

VanRoekel, Byron H., and Mary Jean Kluwe. From Dolphins to Dunes. Harper & Row Design for Reading. California Department of Education, primary, level 8, reader. New York/London: Harper & Row, 1973.

Trisha: Dobie the dolphin introduces each section in this content reading skills collection, with sections on: You and Reading, How to Read Social Studies, How to Read Mathematics, How to Read Stories and Poems, and How to Read Science.

Vansant, Rhonda, and Barbara L. Dondiego. Shells, Whales, and Fish Tails: Science in Art, Song, and Play. Science in Every Sense Series. Tab Books, 1996. (Nonfiction)

Vigor, John. Danger, Dolphins, and Ginger Beer. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1993. Grades 3-7. (Fiction)

From the dust jacket: "While their father is at a medical conference in New York, Sally, Peter, and Andy Grant are enjoying a taste of independence on Crab Island in the Caribbean. Though the hotel manager will keep an eye on them, they are camping on their own at the edge of the lagoon, . . . sailing the Redwing, their dinghy. All three of them are first-class sailors who have been assisting their father in sailing their yacht around the world since their mother died nearly two years earlier.

"Just when they are beginning to really enjoy the camp, some unsettling events occur--Jan and Jon, twins sailing in their catamaran, Gemini, challenge the Grants to clear out of what they consider their campsite. And then they are all horrified to encounter a cruelly wounded dolphin in the lagoon. Who could do such a heartless thing? Sally, who is trying to live up to what her mother would have wanted her to be, goes all out to rescue the dolphin with the help of her younger brothers.

"Finally, they witness a shocking boat accident in which two adults, inexperienced sailors, nearly succeed in blowing themselves up, along with their boat. What Sally, Peter, Andy, and Jan and Jon eventually discover about these two people provides mystery, suspense, and adventure.

Vogel, Carole G., and Kathryn A. Goldner. Humphrey the Wrong-Way Whale. Morristown, New Jersey: Silver Burdett Press/Minneapolis, Minnesota: Dillon Press, Inc., 1987. (Fiction)

Vogel, Julia. Dolphins. Illustrated by John F. McGee. Our Wild World series. Creative Publishing International, 2001. (Nonfiction)

Book description: "There are nearly 35 species of dolphins swimming the oceans of the world. This fun book explores the similarities and the differences among the species. Readers learn things like: What do dolphins eat? How fast can they swim? Where do they live? When are calves born? And much more."

Vollmer, Dennis. Joshua Disobeys. Kansas City, Missouri: Landmark Editions, 1988. To order, call (800) 653-2665. Grades K-3. (Fiction)

When Joshua, a baby whale, disobeys his mother and swims too close to shore to visit with a friendly human boy, he becomes stranded on a beach. Includes factual information about whales in a separate section in the back of the book.

Written, and well-written, by a six-year-old, who won The National Written & Illustrated By... Awards Contest for Students in 1986. (For more information on the latter, write to Landmark Editions, Inc., P.O. Box 4469, 1420 Kansas City, Kansas City, Missouri 64127.)

Vornholt, John. Dolpin Watch. Dinotopia Series, no. 15. New York: Random House Children's Publishing, 2002. Ages 9-12. (Fiction)

Wade, Larry. Whales in the Classroom, Vol. 2: Getting to Know the Whales. Illustrated by Stephen Bolles. Minnetonka, Minnesota: Singing Rock Press, 1995. Grades 4-8.

From the website: "Whales in the Classroom is a concept, designed to be an educational experience for middle school children and for those of all ages who love the ocean and its inhabitants . . . The information and activities are designed to give you an experience of some of the types of work that oceanographers do, and helps to emphasize how important and how much fun this work is -- but also serves as a reminder that working hard in school in a variety of subjects helps to give you more choices about what you do and how you do it."

Contains activities and data from scientific data contributed by marine biologists. Also contains interviews with whale biologists.

Contents: From Ocean to Land and Back, Living the Life of a Whale, Whale Research, Whaling and Conservation, Whale Dreams and Visions, Activities

cav@wave.net, a customer of Amazon.com: "It is difficult to evoke excitement about the natural world in young teenagers, but I am devoted to trying! This book is overflowing with hands-on activities, games, and interviews with real people who have a passion for their work. I am an award-winning middle school science teacher, and this is one of the best resources I have found!"

___________. Whales in the Classroom, Vol. I: Oceanography. Illustrated by Stephen Bolles. Minnetonka, Minnesota: Singing Rock Press, 1992. Grades 4-8. (Nonfiction)

Contains many facts, illustrations, activities, and questions and answers.

Contents: Our Changing Earth, Rivers in the Sea, Marine Communities, The Ocean's Clean-Up Crew, Meadows in the Sea, Upwelling: The Underwater Elevator, Marine Ecology, Activities

Wagenman, Mark A. The Adventures of Aloha Bear and Maui the Whale. Illustrated by Mark A. Wagenman. Aiea, Hawaii: Island Heritage Publishing, 1997. Grades preschool-2. (Fiction)

Wainer, Nora Roberts. The Whale with A Jail. Illustrations by Eric Carle.

Walker, Sally M. Dolphins. Nature Watch Book series. Carolrhoda Books, 1999. Ages 9-12 (Nonfiction)

From Parents' Choice(R):"Whether preparing a report or reading for pleasure, this straightforward reference book provides older children extensive information on this popular aquatic mammal. While the color photographs are average, the text is detailed and covers many topics, such as physical characteristics, feeding, life cycle, communication, and conservation. A 2000 Parents' Choice(R) Approved winner."

Wallace, Karen. Diving Dolphin. Level 1: Beginning to Read. Dorling Kindersley, 2001. Ages baby-preschool. (Fiction)

___________. Imagine You Are a Dolphin.

Wally Whale Tubby Book. Colorado Springs, Colorado: Chariot Victor Publishing, 1987.

Walsh, Jill Paton. The Dolphin Crossing. London: Puffin, 1995. (Fiction)

Ward, Nathalie. Do Whales Ever . . . ? What You Really Want to Know about Whales, Porpoises, and Dolphins. Illustrated by Tessa Morgan. Camden, Maine: Down East Books, 1997. Ages 9-12. (Nonfiction)

From the publisher: "Nathalie Ward knows what interests kids about whales, porpoises, and dolphins. As a whale-watching guide for many years, she collected many of their most-asked questions about sea mammals. This entertaining and informative book gives serious answers to questions such as "Do whales ever sleep?", "Do they have ears?", "Do whales ever get cavities?", and "Do whales really sing?". Along with the answers (some of which will amaze you), Ward leads the reader on a fascinating tour of sea mammal evolution, biology, physiology, and diversity. Some of the facts are suprising: -- Whales and dolphins "sleep" with one half of their brain at a time -- Whales have tiny ear openings, but can hear sounds up to 50 miles away -- A sperm whale can hold its breath for more than an hour and a half -- A young blue whale calf may gain nine pounds an hour Imaginative and colorful illustrations by Tessa Morgan provide just the fight touch or whimsey to the- easy-to-follow text. This is the perfect introduction to some of the Earth's most fascinating creatures."

Ward, Natalie, and Carole Carlson. Whales and Dolphins Inside Out. Illustrations by Tessa Morgan. International Fund for Animal Welfare, 1996.

From a review by William Rossiter in the October 1996 issue of Whales Alive!: An activity book about whales and dolphins of the Caribbean, this " . . . is another in the brilliant array that includes Wet, Wild and Rare, Do Whales Ever . . . ?, and Jump With Whales. All are certain to get children enthralled with whales and dolphins . . . Supporting the big puzzles and crayon-inviting pages are sophisticated facts and drawings that make much more expensive educational efforts pale by comparison."

Warner, Caroline. Keiko: The True Story of a Famous Orca. Illustrations by Linda Shaw. Mill Valley, California: Fresh Tracks, 1996. Available at the Nature Company in California. A portion of the profits will be donated to the Free Willy Foundation.

This is a small book packaged with an orca T-shirt and stuffed orca that can ride along in the "ocean habitat pocket" of the T-shirt.

Watanabe, Yuichi. Wally: The Whale Who Loved Balloons. Torrance, California: Heian International Publishing, 1982. Originally in Japanese. Grades preschool-4. (Fiction)

"Wally, a baby whale, becomes airborne when he swallows the colorful balloons floating above a harbor festival. Follow Wally as he floats over the countryside."

Waters, John F. Watching Whales. New York: Cobblehill Books/Dutton Chilren's Books, 1991. Grades 4 and up. (Nonfiction)

Introduces young readers to whales in their native habitat and illustrates what they can see on a whale-watching cruise and tells about how a fifth-grade class adopts a whale.

Species discussed include blue, finback, gray, humpback, killer, and right whales.

___________. Some Mammals Live in the Water. New York, USA: Dodd, Mead & Company, 1972. (Nonfiction)

From a review in the September-October 1972 issue of Oceans magazine: "Journalism and teaching combine in the background from which John Waters writes of sea otters; the sirenians (manatees and dugongs); seals and sea lions; walruses; the delphinids--dolphins and porpoises including the largest of that tribe, the killer whale; the true whales; and something about whaling. The chapter on 'Marine Mammals in Captivity' will be specially interesting to youngsters and those who take them to the many popular shows featuring sea mammal acts. The work of scientists--chiefly that with various delphinids--is given a few closing words. The book has many first-rate photographs."

___________. Watching Whales. New York: Dutton. Gradeschoolers. (Nonfiction)

Introduces young readers to whales in their native habitat and illustrates what they can see on a whale-watching cruise.

Watson, Jane Werner. Whales. Illustrated by Rod Ruth. Big Picture Books. Preschoolers. Goldencraft, 1979. (Nonfiction)

___________.Whales, Friendly Dolphins, and Mighty Giants of the Sea. Illustrated by Richard Amundsen. New York: Golden Press, 1975. Grades 3-7. (Nonfiction)

Wax, Wendy. Ten Things I Know about Whales. Ten Things I Know Books. Lincolnwood: NTC/Contemporary Publishing, 1990. (Nonfiction)

Webb, Margaret. Marty the Marlin. New York: Vantage Press, 1984. Grades 1-3. (Fiction)

Webster, Elizabeth. Dolphin Sunrise. West Seneca, New York: Ulverscroft Large Print Books, 1994/Souvenir, 1992. (Young adult)

From the dust jacket: "Tragedy has aged young Matthew far beyond his fifteen years. Numb with shock and horror following the London fire that left him orphaned and badly injured. Matthew's anguished spirit permits no human contact or consolation. He is not, however, beyond the reach of all living things, and welcomes the lifesaving friendship that comes in the form of a dolphin. With a devotion greater than anything Matthew has known from a person, the dolphin waits every day by the beach to play, to rest quietly--to provide the companionship that even the most hardened heart craves.

"In this moving tale of a boy's rapport with one of earth's most loyal and intelligent mammals, Matthew learns to come to terms with his grief and acquires a deeper understanding of the people who attempt to help him. But even as he emerges from his shell, he finds himself confronted with the plight of the dolphins in their battle with pollution, drift-nets, and man's unthinking hostility.

"Growing to a maturity born of sorrow, Matthew begins to understand the dolphin's lesson: One must glory in the moment and not allow life to be blighted by sadness at what is past or what may come."

From Kirkus Reviews, April 15, 1993: "Webster . . . continues to boost noble causes to relieve the downtrodden . . . , but stick-figure characters, awash in sentiment, are just not up to carrying a Cause--which is too bad, because the cause here is the rescue of threatened sea mammals, specifically dolphins. Fifteen-year-old Matt's alcoholic mother died in a fire with her latest man, but Matt was able to rescue four children in the building . . . He is sent to Cornwall for swimming therapy for his burns, and there he meets a marine biologist, a right-thinking swimming instructor, a grouchy old "Captain" who turns out to be a millionaire, and "Flite" the dolphin, whose joy in living is infectious. (Flite also rescues a small boy from floating out to sea.) Matt . . . plays his guitar for the dolphins and seals. Then an aunt-by-marriage in San Diego sends for him. There, he'll . . . meet an animal-rights activist, and go off to Baja, where he'll learn firsthand of the cruel deaths of dolphins from the giant fishing firms with drift nets. All along, Matt collects adults who want to do their best for the lad; finally, there are reunions, a trip back to England, and a sad/joyful last view of Flite. Webster appends facts about the slaughter of dolphins--but it's unfortunate that the author has chosen a dweeb like Matt for their spokesperson." Copyright 1993 Kirkus Associates, LP. All rights reserved.

Wedeven, Carol. The Story of Jonah and the Whale. Illustrated by Anne Kennedy. My First Bible Stories Board Books, No. 4. Little Simon Books, 1997. Ages baby-preschool. (Fiction)

Weller, Frances Ward. I Wonder If I'll See a Whale. Illustrated by Ted Lewin. New York: Philomel Books, 1991/Putnam Publishing Group, 1998. Grades preschool-3. (Fiction)

From the publisher's Web site: "She'd seen shadows through the mist, spouts far away, but despite her many foggy morning trips, she had yet to see a humpback whale. Her friend Stormy knew they were there--he had seen them before-- but where were they now? This morning, would they see a whale?

" . . . Frances Ward Weller shares the very real excitement and suspense of whale-watching, capturing the pure joy of a face-to-face meeting with a humpback whale. With Ted Lewin's realistic watercolor illustrations, [this book] brings readers to a greater understanding and appreciation of these large, beautiful animals, our cousins in the sea."

Gayle: The illustrations are actually paintings and they are in brilliant, rich colors and are just superb. It's a story of a young child's [humpback] whale-watching journey, though anyone would enjoy it if only for the aesthetics.

Includes factual information on the whales spotted off the New England coast.

Wells, Robert E. Is a Blue Whale the Biggest Thing There Is?. London: Watts, 1995. (Nonfiction)

Westerskov, Kim. Playmates of the Sea. Austin, Texas: Raintree Steck-Vaugh, 1991/Econo-Clad Books, 1999. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

"Illustrates the concept of big, bigger, and biggest by comparing the physical measurements of such large things as a blue whale, a mountain, a star, and the universe."

Carolyn Phelan, American Library Association, for Booklist, December 15, 1993: "In a picture book designed to expand children's horizons, Wells begins by comparing the hugeness of the blue whale with the relative smallness of an elephant. Next, he shows that even a tall tower of giant jars full of blue whales would be quite small compared with the size of Mount Everest. Even a tower of Mount Everests 'would be a mere WHISKER on the face of the Earth,' and so on, as he goes on to compare the size of the earth with that of the sun, and the sun with the red supergiant star Antares, which in turn is much smaller than our galaxy, which is tiny compared with the universe. What How Much Is a Million did for big numbers, this picture book does for big sizes, making the inconceivable more imaginable through original, concrete images: the earth as one of a packet of marbles dwarfed by the sun, or the sun as one orange in a crate that looks insignificant beside Antares. Lively ink-and-watercolor illustrations brighten the pages of this accessible concept book. The title and cover will draw a large audience of small children fascinated by big things. Carolyn Phelan, copyright (c) 1993, American Library Association. All rights reserved.

Westwood, Gwen. The Gentle Dolphin. Illustrated by Peter Warner. London: Hamish Hamilton, 1965.

Wexo, John Bonnett. Whales. Zoobooks Series. Mankato, Minnesota: Creative Education, 1990/San Diego: Wildlife Education Ltd., 1992. Grade 4. (Nonfiction)

Discusses the variety, characteristics, and future of whales.

Whale. An Eyewitness Book. Dorling Kindersley, 2000. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

Whale of a Rescue. Crestwood House, 1988. (Fiction)

A Whale of a Tale. Loughborough: Ladybird, 1994. (Fiction)

Whale Museum. Gentle Giants of the Sea. Friday Harbor, Washington: Whale Museum. Grades K-6. (Nonfiction)

Whales. A First Discovery Book. New York: Scholastic.

Whale. Children's Nature Library Series. New York: Smithmark Publishers, 1992. (Nonfiction)

Whales. A Science Discovery Book. Monday Morning Books. Ages 8 and up.

"50 pages of creative learning and activities."

Whales. San Diego, California: Wildlife Education, 1983. (Nonfiction)

Whales. Wonder Starters Series. Los Angeles: Wonder-Treasure Books, 1984. Grades K-3. (Nonfiction)

Whales: Mighty Giants of the Sea. A 3-D action book from The National Geographic Society Educational Services, P.O. Box 98019, Washington, D.C. 20090-8019, USA, (800) 368-2728, fax: (301) 921-1575. For grades pre-K and up. 1990.

Whales and Dolphins. Information Series. New York: Penguin USA. (Nonfiction)

Whales and Dolphins: A Close-Up Look at the Mysterious and Playful Mammals of the Deep. The Unfolding World Series. Philadelphia: Running Press Book Publishers, 1994.

From the publisher: "An exciting plunge into the undersea world of whales and dolphins gives readers a close-up look at these playful mammals in a handy mini-book filled with solid information featuring a fifteen-page foldout at the back."

Whales and Dolphins: Zooguides. CD-ROM produced by REMedia/Sony Electronic Publishing, 1994. Rated one of the top 50 CD-ROMs by MacUser. Ages 10 to adult.

Expert narration, video, animation, and photographs bring the world of cetaceans to life in this beautiful reference and learning guide. All 70 known species of cetaceans are described and illustrated, along with the threats to their survival. Each cetacean family has a library of material that can be easily accessed, including photos, video clips, and worldwide distribution maps. Sections include: Introduction, Life Cycle, Ecology, Body Plan, and Species Classification.

Whales, Dolphins, and Porpoises. Little Guides series. Federal Street Press, 2001. (Nonfiction)

Wheat, G. Collins. Whales and Dolphins; The Largest and Most Intelligent Mammals of the Sea -- How They Grow, Develop, and Survive. Golden Library of Knowledge series. New York: Golden Press, 1963. (Nonfiction)

Whitehurst, Pamela. Walter and His Adventure. Grades K-2.

Whitfield, Philip. Can the Whales Be Saved? New York: Viking Kestrel, 1989. (Nonfiction)

Whittell, Giles. The Story of Three Whales. Illustrated by Patrick Benson. Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Gareth Stevens Children's Books, 1989/Telegraph Books/Walker Books, 1988. Grades 2-4. (Based on a true story.)

Tells the story of the three gray whales--two adults and one baby--who were trapped in the ice in Barrow, Alaska, the death of the baby, and the freeing of the adults by a cooperative human effort.

Whyte, Malcolm. Great Whales. Illustrated by Daniel Smith. Los Angeles: Price Stern Sloan, 1995. Grades preschool and up. (Fiction)

___________. Dolphins and Whales Model Set. Price Stern Sloane, 1992. Ages 4-8.

Wildlife California. Introduction by Judd Howell. San Francisco: Chronicle Books. Ages 8-12. (Nonfiction)

"A unique, easy-to-use, visual guide to western wildlife targeted specifically for children. Wildlife California features 26 animals that can actually be seen in California's wilderness areas," including the gray whale. "The text introduces children not only to the animals themselves, but to vocabulary words associated with animal behavior, such as 'nocturnal,' 'raptor,' 'omnivorous,' and 'ectothermic.' In addition, the book provides information about endangered species and offers clues to locating or tracking animals in the field, explaining how to behave if a particular animal is encountered. A valuable resource for parents who want to interest their children in animals and the environment, particularly in preparation for a trip to any one of California's many parks . . . "

Wildlife Education Ltd. Staff. Dolphins - Porpoises. Zoobooks Series. San Diego, California: Wildlife Education Ltd., 1990. (Nonfiction)

Wilhelm, Doug. Search the Amazon!. Illustrated by Ron Wing. Choose Your Own Adventure Series, No. 149. New York: Bantam Books, 1994. Ages 9-12. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "Investigating the strange disappearance of the pink dolphin with the reader's world-famous biologist grandfather, the reader must venture forth to rescue grandfather from kidnappers who do not want anyone to solve the mystery."

Williams, Louise B. How the Rabbit Fooled the Whale and the Elephant. Illustrated by Sari. New York: Wonder Books, 1946. (Fiction)

Williams, Marcia. Jonah and the Whale. Walker Books, 1989.

Wilson, Bob. Stanley Bagshaw and the Twenty-Two Ton Whale. North Pomfret: Trafalgar Square, 1984. Grades preschool-3. (Fiction)

Wilson, Lynn. Baby Whale. Illustrated by Jean Cassels. All Aboard Books. New York: Putnam Publishing Group/Platt and Munk, 1991. Grades preschool-2. (Nonfiction)

Cute book about about a baby whale and its unique times in its oceanic world.

Winnick, Karen B., Sandro's Dolphin. Illustrated by Karen B. Winnick. New York: Lothrop, Lee & Shepard Books, 1980. Grades 1-3. (Fiction)

Sandro lived long ago in a small village on the Mediterranean Sea. Everyday the men from the village went out in their boats to catch fish. Sandro watched from the shore and longed for the time when he would be big enough to do with them.

One day Sandro decided he couldn't wait until he was older to be a fisherman. He went out to sea along. Sandro might have drowned that day if a young dolphin hadn't been there to save him.

People who make their living from the sea have told stories about friendship and dolphins for hundreds of years. No one knows if this story really happened, but people who still live in Sandro's village believe it did.

Winton, Tim. The Deep. Illustrated by Karen Louise. Tricycle Press, 2000. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

From a review by Lauren Peterson in Booklist:"'The water looked beautiful. It went all greeny-blue out there. It was deep. So deep you couldn't see the bottom.' These thoughts run through Alice's head as she tries to overcome her fear of swimming in the deep ocean water near her home. Frightened and miserable, she watches every day as her parents and two older brothers jump and dive, calling her to join them. Alice does overcome her fear, but the way it happens--she unthinkingly follows some playful dolphins who come into the shallow water back out to the deep--is so unique it doesn't give youngsters with similar fears any way to transfer and adapt Alice's actions to their situation. Louise's realistic illustrations capture the fresh colors of the sea, and the landscapes are strong, but some of the figures appear awkward and disproportionate. Although this title may not find a broad audience, it will strike a chord with kids who relate to Alice's fears. Copyright (c) American Library Association. All rights reserved.

Wise, William. The Strange World of Sea Mammals. New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1973.

Wise, Terence. Whales and Dolphins. Animals of the World Series. Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Raintree Children's Books/London: Wayland Publishers, 1980. Grades 4-8. (Nonfiction)

Provides a brief introduction to the two kinds of whales and whale behavior and to blue whales, orcas, right whales, belugas, sperm whales, false killer whales, minke whales, dolphins, and porpoises. Briefly mentions whaling and the harm it has caused to whales.

Wiskur, Darrell. Timothy Whale's Rainbow. New Leaf Press, 2000. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

Woe, Jonathan. The Wing'ed Whale from Woefully. Longboat Key, Florida: Hawk Publications, 1989/Osprey, Florida, 1992.

"Picture book with rhyming verse encouraging responsible treatment of sea creatures, such as the little whale this tale is about. Very unusual combination of ecology and children's art . . ."

Trisha: Superbly illustrated, this rhyming story of a little whale with a butterfly-like tail who loses it to whalers is touching and positive. Because he can no longer move in the sea without his tail, in the end he is given beautiful, feathery wings, which he uses to carry his message to humans:

"I sing all day long/the tale of my woeful wrong./Please save little whales like me/and your friends we'll always be./If we should die,/your children will cry/and mourn for such as we . . . Man, think of a sea without such as we!/What a woeful place it would be!/Man, listen to the tale of the/ loss of my lovely tail,/from the wing'ed whale from woefully."

Wolfer, Diane. Dolphin Song. Freemantle Arts Center Press, 2002. Grades 4-6. (Fiction)

Wolpert, Tom. Whale Magic for Kids. Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Gareth Stevens Children's Books, 1991.

___________. Whales for Kids. Photographs by Flip Nicklin. Minocqua, Wisconsin: NorthWord Press, 1990. (Nonfiction)

Beautiful photographs.

The Wonderful World of Whales. Columbus, Ohio: Newfield Publications, 1996. (Nonfiction)

How big are whales? How do they swim? Breathe? Why do they breach? What is a blowhole? An orca? A pod? How many gallons of milk does a baby calf drink each day? This book answers these questions and more. Oversize hardcover book with excellent photographs.

Wood, Adam. The Whale. Overview Series, Endangered Animals and Habitats. San Diego, California: Lucent Books, 1997. Grades 4-12. (Nonfiction)

Wood, Amanda Jane. There's a Whale in My Bath. Illustrated by Chris Forsey. London: Macdonald, 1987. (Fiction)

Wood, Audrey. The Rainbow Bridge. Illusrated by Robert Florczak. San Diego, California/New York/London: Harcourt Brace & Co., 1995; Voyager Picture Books, 2000. Ages 4-8. (Fiction)

From the dust jacket: "On the island of Limuw, where the heavens touch the sea, Hutash the earth goddess walked alone . . .

" . . . until she planted the seeds from a sacred plant. Instead of flowers, beautiful people came forth from each plant and populated the lush island, forming the Chumash tribe. The tribe flourished, but when the people became too numerous for their island, Hutash knew she must send half of them to the land across the water.

"This unusual legend reveals how she accomplished this dangerous task--and how she saved some of the Chumash from drowning by transforming them into dolphins [who to this day the Chumash understand to be the brothers and sisters of their tribe]."

Trisha: Exquisitely illustrated with paintings by Robert Florczak.

Woodward, George Ratcliffe. The Story of Arion and the Dolphin. Highgate, 1929.

Woog, Adam. The Whale. Endangered Animals and Habitats series. San Diego: Lucent Books, 1997. Grades 4-12. (Nonfiction)

From the publisher: "Presents an overview of various species of whale, how they have become endangered, and what is being done to protect them from extinction."

Wright, Isa L. The Remarkable Tale of a Whale: A Rhyme. Illustrated by John Held, Jr. Chicago: P. F. Volland Co., 1920.

Wright, Kit. Dolphinella. Illustrated by Peter Bailey. London: Andre Deutsch Children's Books, 1995. (Poetry)

Wright, Mary H. Stranded: Stormy's Adventure. Illustrated by Cindy A. Guire. Mills and Morris, 1999. Ages 6-9. All profits from the book go to the Stranding Network. (Nonfiction)

From the publisher: "Stranded: Stormy's Adventure is based on the true story of Stormy, an 18-month-old bottlenose dolphin who was separated from his mother during a tropical storm in the Gulf of Mexico and stranded on the Texas Gulf Coast. The Texas Marine Mammal Stranding Network came to the rescue and nursed Stormy back to health. They gave him his name, and they asked me to give him a voice. It's an exciting story about getting lost in a storm, tangling with sharks, winding up stranded, and being rescued by strange creatures called 'humans' . . ."

From a review by K. B. Hollingsworth at Amazon.com: "As a collector of children's literature, I can see that the genius of the book lies in the fact that the narrative focuses on feelings familiar to children: separation from a parent, getting lost, and the threat of physical harm from a bully - in this case a shark! The story may even work to lessen fear in children as Stormy's escape shows that injuries are not necessarily fatal and can be overcome. Instead of reporting Stormy's condition secondhand, from the perspective of a concerned adult, the author dramatizes Stormy's perilous journey from a first-dolphin point of view, evoking the listener's sympathy for a creature possibly just as complex, just as sensitive as ourselves. "Stranded: Stormy's Adventure might have been written to highlight the role of the Texas Marine Mammal Stranding Network, but the book is also full of basic biological and ecological facts about dolphins. As Stormy's adventure unfolds, children encounter these concepts - not bluntly, in the form of a lecture, but organically, as a natural part of the narrative. Stormy must learn survival skills from elders, just as young humans do. The reader hears him click and whistle, demonstrating the cetacean form of communication, and learn the role of Stormy's dorsal fin in helping him to maintain balance. Stormy also experiences the dangers of his ocean habitat: dolphins can get caught in fishing nets and might run out of air underwater. "The double-page spreads keep the action flowing as the plot progresses. Reading skills are reinforced by the placement of the text within the pictures, showing the connection between verbal and pictorial representation. C. A. Guire's renderings of the dolphin's features and expression are obviously well researched. "I recommend Stranded: Stormy's Adventure to all elementary science teachers, and anyone interested in exposing children to the fauna of the Gulf Coast."

Wu, Norbert. Dolphins. Early Bird Nature Books series. Lerner Publications, 1999. Ages 4-8. (Nonfiction)

From Horn Book:"Accompanied by an array of captioned color photos, this simple, though choppy, text conveys basic information about the behavior and life cycle of dolphins. A 'word detective' feature has readers find and define terms used in the book, and a note to adults includes uninspired activities and obvious questions for discussion. Glos., ind." Copyright (c) 1999 The Horn Book, Inc. All rights reserved.

Wyeth, Sharon Dennis. Mighty Dolphin (Annie K's Theater, No. 4). Illustrated by Heidi Petach. New York: Bantam Books, 1991.

Wyland. The Art of Wyland Coloring Book. Wyland Studios, 1994.

As children add their imagination to this educational coloring book, they can also read and learn about each of the animals in Wyland's art.

Yoh, Shomei. Planet of Dolphins. In English and Japanese. Publisher's phone number in Japan: 03-5385-2324, fax: 03-5385-2323.

Trisha: This is an *exquisitely* illustrated and very sweet story about following your heart and also taking care of the planet. It begins with children viewing a dolphin in an aquarium, but moves from there to the interaction between a young boy and this dolphin, who is now in the sea. The words don't always make sense (perhaps due to the translation), but the message is clear.

Yolen, Jane. Sea Watch: A Book of Poetry. Illustrated by Ted Lewin. New York: Philomel Books, 1996. Ages 4-8. (poetry)

Trisha: One poem is about the orca.

From Lauren Peterson in Booklist, June 1, 1996: " . . . The pair that produced the highly acclaimed Bird Watch (1990) team up again in this equally attractive collection of fourteen melodic poems. Lewin's trademark watercolors, fresh, realistic, and beautifully rendered, nicely complement the poetry, which is interspersed with intriguing, sometimes little-known facts about the habits and characteristics of various exotic sea creatures. Yolen's lyrical language is beautiful, but occasional abstractions may confuse children who lack the background knowledge necessary to decipher obscure references, such as 'Like the Argo of old, / A boat well-held / By the sailors' arms.' The 'Sea Watch Notes' at the end of the book will help. They are crucial to understanding the content of many of the poems, but most children will also need an adult's help to get the most from their reading." Copyright 1996, American Library Association. All rights reserved.

Young, Jim. When the Whale Came to My Town. Photographs by Dan Bernstein. New York: Alfred A. Knopf Books for Young Readers, 1974. Grades 3 and up. (Nonfiction)

A story about an incident that happened in Provincetown, Cape Cod, Massachusetts, and the boy who came to know the whale "in a way few people can."

Ytuarte, Stacey. Watching Wanda: The Migration of a Gray Whale. Illustrated by Frederick C. Spurgeon. Manhattan Beach, California: Seascript Publishing, 1996. Grades 3-5. (Nonfiction)

Zdanys, Al P., and Denise Beaulieu. Deliana and Danica. Newington: Appletree Books, 1989. Preschoolers. (Fiction)

Zemach, Margot. The Three Wishes. New York: Farrar, Strau, Giroux, 1986.

Ziefert, Harriett. Henry's Wrong Turn: Vol. 1. Illustrated by Andrea Baruffi. Boston: Little, Brown and Co., 1989. (Fiction)

In this story based on a true incident, a humpback whale tries to find its way home after mistakenly swimming into New York Harbor.

Zim, Herbert Spencer. The Great Whales. Illustrated by James Gordon Irving. New York: William Morrow & Co., 1951. Grades 3-7. (Nonfiction) (Nonfiction)

Zindel, Paul. Let Me Hear You Whisper: A Play. New York: HarperCollins Publishers, 1974. Grades 7 and up. (Fiction)

Frank Glover: This play involves a lone dolphin in a lab where they're doing behavioral or neurological research. A relationship builds between the dolphin and the nighttime cleaning lady (who, I think, teaches him the title song). In the end, she tries to smuggle him out of the lab.

Ziner, Feenie. Little Sailor's Big Pet. Illustrated by Leslie Stevens. Boston, Massachusetts: Houghton Mifflin Co., 1957. Grades preschool-3. (Fiction)

Zinsser, Anne. Dolphin Magic. West Cornwall, Connecticut: Locust Hill Press, 1996. Grades 3-5. (Fiction)

From the publisher: "A picture in a magazine gives Peter the idea that if he wears his new red swim suit he may land on a beach and find a dolphin waiting there for him."

From the author: "Peter and Leah get a jolt of magic and find themselves spending a summer in the sea with a troop of dolphins. Although magical, the escapades of these two nine-year-olds are so real that they become the adventures of any child who reads this . . . book."

Zoehfeld, Kathleen Weidner. Dolphin's First Day: The Story of a Bottlenose Dolphin. Illustrated by Steven James Petruccio. Book/cassette/stuffed toy: Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution. Book/stuffed toy: Smithsonian Institution/Norwalk, Connecticut: TMC/Soundprints. Grades preschool-2. (Fiction)

This nicely illustrated book and cassette follows "Little Dolphin" through his first day of life as he explores his new and exciting world. Story book with audiocassette tape makes storytime extra special--kids can hear the story as they read along. The set also comes with a small stuffed-toy dolphin.

Trisha: Good story about various events that might occur in a young dolphin's life, including the seemingly obligatory-to-children's-books thwarted shark attack. The playing-with-seaweed encounter with other young dolphins is a bit anthropomorphized.

___________. Little Dolphin Learns. New York: McGraw-Hill Children's Publishing, 2002.


OTHER RESOURCES

NOTE: This section contains information about non-book items (such as games and exhibits) and resources for educators. Please note, however, that there are also resources for educators in the main section of the bibliography that are not repeated here (although a few are).

Barbaresi, Nina. Whales and Dolphins Stickers. Dover Publications.

The Blake School Science Research Unit on Whales, Dolphins, and Porpoises.

"The second grade at The Blake School does an extensive science research unit on whales, dolphins, and porpoises. Students use Kid Pix to create a drawing of the whale, dolphin, or porpoise. A short paragraph about the whale is created within LogoWriter. Enjoy the student projects!"

"Behind the Dolphin's Smile." A Living Earth Learning Project module. Available from Living Earth Learning Project, P.O. Box 2160, Boston, Massachusetts 02106, USA, (617) 367-8687.

Living Earth's motto is "Teaching compassion for animals and respect for the environment." The "Behind the Dolphin's Smile" module examines what it would be like to meet a real-life "Free Willy." Students discuss captive marine mammal issues from a variety of perspectives, including the trainers, owners, and the animals themselves.

In addition to the classroom presentations, Living Earth also offers the following at no charge: a video loan library, speakers for teacher in-service trainings and conferences, lesson plans and activities, and resource materials.

Buffington, Kath, Maria Fleming, Deborah Kovacs, and Karen Steuer. Whales: Activities Based on Research from the Center for Coastal Studies. Scholastic Trade, 1994. Ages 4-8.

>. Chang, Ima, Zoe Danielson, Angela Demeter, L. Ann Huff. . "The Circle of Life Unit: The River Dolphin.". (Link points to an archived version)

This learning unit explores understanding an organism and its place in the world. The specific areas of curriculum include life sciences, social studies, literature/English, technology, and art.

Discovery Channel School.

Videos and/or CDs and lesson plans and/or teacher's guides (grade levels 6-8 and 9-12) for the following topics were once available, and may still be available, at the Discovery Channel School. The old links to each individual topic no longer work, but the above link takes you to the home page for animal-related lesson plans.

Dolly and Daniel Whale Game. Board game. Milton Bradley, 1963. Ages 4-7.

The Free Willy Story: Keiko's Journey Home
In the Company of Whales

Lesson plans for the above two videos include Program Overview, Vocabulary, Discussion Questions, Academic Standards and Benchmarks, Related Resources, and Classroom Activities, including mobiles, living in water, migration, whale adoption, tuna nets, whale songs, and the following major activities:

Create a Habitat--What would it take to create a habitat for a whale that is 25 feet long and weighs four tons?

Make It a Habitat--Sharks, whales, snakes, bears, dogs, cats, killer bees, elephants, and great apes! Oh my! What do these animals have in common? They all have to live somewhere--your job is to figure out the ways they have adapted, then oganize your own ecosystem.

Effects of Commercial Whaling--Go online to analyze and quantify data comparing the number of whales remaining in the world's oceans with the number believed to have existed before commercial whaling began.

Talking to the Animals--Place your students in an activity where they can understand how dolphins and trainers feel when they are trying to communicate without words. This activity is designed for students at all grade levels (K-12).

Dolphins of the World - A Global Project. Administered by Lori Twiss. Information about this project was once available at The Auburn School Website, although the old link no longer works. Click here for the home page of The Auburn School.

"Mrs. Twiss has extensive experience in developing oceanography curriculum for grades K-12. She created World Hunt, an IBM award winning program in which students participated in a computer and video trip around the world solving travel problems while studying global ecology. The teachers and scientists that she worked with were outstanding women and bring invaluable expertise to the project. With their energy and commitment and many connections throughout the country, they have the potential to impact National Standards, gender equity and diversity issues, curriculum in science and technology, educational restructuring efforts and professional development. True role models for students to emulate.

"This proposal will link five school sites located throughout the eastern United States, through the Internet to each other. These schools will work collaboratively, with scientist Denise Herzing, to research and produce a multimedia presentation on dolphins and write a curriculum for the World Wide Web. Participants will be involved in: on-line communication, e-mail, conferencing, portfolio assessment, critical inquiry, data analysis, creation of web pages, peer critiquing which will enhance higher level science, thinking and technology skills while studying ethical and environmental issues of the dolphin environment. Dolphins of the World promises to be an exemplary project with far reaching implications. While impacting teachers, students, educational institutions, world research, and World Wide Web users, it will create an atmosphere for lifelong learning."

Dolphins, Spaceflight, Ice/Snow: Theme Studies for the Classroom. Book 2: Intermediate. Hayes.

Drawing a Whale.

Elk, Catherine K., and Kathleen Lignell. A Teachers' Guide to the Whales of the Gulf of Maine. Orono, Maine: Communications Office of the Sea Grant Marine Advisory Program at the University of Maine at Orono, 1984.

Fin-Fin on Teo, the Magic Planet. Fujitsu Interactive Inc., (415) 538-2900.

From a review by Dave Thau in Wired: "On morningbreak, a blue dolphin-bird named Fin-Fin sleeps on his favorite branch in the Tsubu woods. His eyes and ears--a combination motion detector and microphone perched atop my computer--perk up as footsteps approach, and Fin-Fin wakes onscreen to direct his watery blue eyes my way.

"More than other computer 'pets' [quotation marks added] on the market, Fin-Fin is an independent entity. You can entice him to do tricks by offering berries or talking sweetly to him. You can also drive him to tears by yelling at or ignoring him. He reacts not only to the sounds and movements of the people around him, but also to his environment on the Magic Planet. He wanders off when hungry and sulks a little when it starts to rain. Over time, he exhibits new behaviors, like singing songs and performing acrobatics.

"Fin-Fin . . . is designed to teach children 4 through 12 a sense of concern for the environment and the challenges of building relationships . . ."

Fitz-Patrick, Maria. Zoobooks Thematic Curriculum: Whales. San Diego, California: Wildlife Education, 1995.

Flipper in "Dolphin Love." Sawyer's View-Master stereo pictures, no. 21. Ivan Tors Films and Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, 1966. (Includes 16-page story booklet.)

From the back cover of View-Master envelope: "Teen-age Sandy Ricks and his younger brother, Bud, help their father, Porter Ricks, in his job as chief ranger of Coral Key Park and Marine Preseve in the Florida Keys. Their best friend is Flipper, a dolpin with a winning personality and an amazing repertoire of tricks . . . Suddenly, one day, Flipper begins acting strangely! He stays away for long periods of time, and doesn't come, as he used to, when Bud calls him. Finally they find out the secret--and Bud is jealous and hurt. Flipper has found a dolphin girl friend! An accidental injury to Flipper's girl friend brings matter to a climax."

Griggs, Tamar. Whale Workshops.

Ms. Griggs taught the program she developed called "Whale Workshops" in the public schools of Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, in the 1970s. A one-page flier on Whale Workshops is available from The Animal Welfare Institute, P.O. Box 3650, Washington, DC 20007, USA. See Ms. Griggs book There's a Sound in the Sea above.

From the section entitled "Teaching about whales . . . " in There's a Sound in the Sea:

"The whale workshops grew out of my exploration for roots and feelings about life and they are still growing with each experience with the children. I now have two people helping me . . . and I am delighted to incorporate their ideas into the workshop.

"We seek a rich learning environment and the broadest possible approach. We give workshops to public school children here in western Canada for grades one through seven. We meet for two or three hours every day for three weeks. We spend the first week on the biology of whales (size, eating habits, shape, sound and communication, birth, mother-and-baby relationships, group behavior, and evolution). The second week takes in Indian and Eskimo whaling (why they whaled, their songs and carvings, the raven and whale myths, creation myths and hunting ceremonies). We spend the third week learning of the ocean (tides, waves, relationships in the food chains, productivity in the seas, migration of whales, pressure and cold, light and sounds).

"The ocean evokes all sorts of images becasue life began there; it is a dark and strange place of beginnings and creations, of life forces, and the children love to enter into its magic and mystery. They not only learn something of the physical sea but they also swim in the seas of their imagination.

"In most cases the workshops begin with a series of warming-up exercises which help the children appreciate what their own bodies can and cannot do--how their heads, hands, arms, backs, legs, feet and toes move and what possible comparisons might be found between their bodies and the whale's. What if they were without thumbs or fingers? What if their nose was atop their head? What if they had to guide themselves by ear rather than sight? What if their babies were born in the water? Can they imagine a classroom full of salt water?--how would it feel to be a whale swimming there?

"All the discussions take place in a circle on the floor--no one is left out and ideas flow easily. They make a blowhole with their cupped hands and whoosh their breath in and out while they open and close their hands (whales make a tremendous noise when they breathe at the water's surface). They find a photograph and look at the blue whale's blowhole. They creat a whale with their bodies--some are ribs, moving with each breath, others are a mouth opening and closing, others the tail swishing up and down, two the heart going thump-thump, and one is a joyful spout. Could a real blue whale even fit on a gymnasium floor?

"Warm-up exercises lead to further development in dancing, language and art. The students can dance to the whale sounds or to their sense of the calm or stormy seas. Poems may follow or they may draw or paint their ideas onto paper. And don't forget the huge paper whale sculptures to hang from the ceiling!

"These are just a few of the many activities which the children and I have enjoyed and which can help to nurture their awareness of the whale as well as of all other life forms. The poems and pictures in our book reveal the delight and love and concern which are in every child just waiting to be expressed."

Hawaii's Ocean Angels video. By Ray Hollowell. Honolulu, Hawaii: Ocean Energy Productions, 2000. Available by calling 1-800-754-4421. May be purchased with a curriculum guide for teachers.

From the website: "Filmed in the beautiful Hawaiian Island Chain, Hawaii's Ocean Angels is the story of two sisters' accidental encounter with wild spinner dolphins. This experience changes their lives, as well as their perspective on the planet's fragile marine environment. Filled with tips on what we can do to help protect dolphins and the marine environment, the video captures the essence of Hawaii's aquatic wildlife and our role in its protection . . . Also, meet top dolphin scientist, Dr. Ken Marten of Project Delphis (Earthtrust), as he gives a tour of the underwater research lab at Sea Life Park Hawaii."

Features of the multi-graded, interdisciplinary curriculum guide: It is based on the film's three topics: dolphins, environment, and Hawaii; learning experiences are specifically designed for integration of various content areas; activities for upper elementary school, (grades 4-5, ages 8-10, self-contained); activities for middle school (grades 6-8, ages 10-13, by subject); activities for high school (grades 9-12, ages 13-19, by subjects); subjects include science, computer skills, English/language arts (including speech/debate), math, social studies (geography, environmental issues), art; for all learning modalities; appendices include glossary, bibliography for each school level, internet website listings, environmental and dolphin-related legislation, video transcript and more; also contains for the teacher an excellent overview of dolphins (biology, intelligence, habitat, current issues, etc.)

Award: Communicator Award of Excellence 2000

Hill, A. G. Group Textual Study of Fiction in the Primary School, Part 3, A Suggested Programme of Works on Island of the Blue Dolphins by Scott O'Dell Used As a Text for Reading, Discussion and Some Written and Practical Activities . . . . Edinburgh: Moray House College of Education.

Horizons: Whales. Two 113-page student booklets and a 43-page teacher's manual. Jostens Learning, 1988, 1989. Reading level high 4th to low 6th.

"Pictures, anatomy, facts, products, journal, sea lingo, trivia, behaviors, stories. Teacher's manual contains activities involving vocabulary, analogies, comprehension, etc."

Hoyt, Michael Robert. There's a Sound in the Sea. Written and produced by Michael Robert Hoyt. Available from the producer, 3922 Rickover Road, Silver Spring, Maryland 20902, USA, or may be rented from the Defenders of Wildlife, 1244 ineteenth Street NW, Washington, DC 20036, USA.

A film and manual (manual contains filmscript and teacher's resource unit) on whales.

Jigsaw Puzzles. Provided by the DolphinEar Website, where you may also hear dolphin and whale sounds.

Photos of dolphins and whales are "cut" into jigsaw puzzle pieces, and as you assemble them (by dragging them with your mouse), a narrator tells you about the species in the puzzle.

Jones, Claire. Whales. Ocean Related Curriculum Activities. Pacific Science Center, Seattle, Washington; Washington University, Seattle, Washington. Washington Sea Grant Program.

Journey North, 125 North First St., Minneapolis, Minnesota 55301, USA, (612) 339-6959.

Traces the northward spring migration of various species of animals, including humpback and right whales. Provides information on the best maps, ask the expert, and informational reports put together by students in classrooms around the world.

Kid's World Whale Links.

Lots of good links provided by the Whales in Danger Web site, plus an ongoing contest in which prizes are awarded to kids all over the world for the best drawings of dolphins and whales.

Kastner, Paul, Joan Kastner, and Jessica A. Porter. Gentle Giants of the Sea. 2d ed. Friday Harbor, Washington: The Whale Museum, 1986. (Nonfiction)

A teaching tool for the elementary grades that introduces the physical characteristics, habits, and natural environment of various species of whales and dolphins. Also discusses whale lore and history and the relationship of these sea mammals to humans. Includes teacher's notes and a variety of related activities.

Killer Whale Tales: Environmental Science Through Storytelling.Goodsearch

From the website: "Killer Whale Tales is a (501)(c)(3) environmental education program dedicated to promoting the understanding and active stewardship of the Puget Sound killer whales and their habitat by students through experiential science activities and storytelling. By using a unique approach -- bringing the field directly to the classroom -- the program fosters informed decision making as students explore their relationship and responsibility to the world and the whales around them.

This excellent program includes storytelling with audiovisual aids and activities that support required learning skills.

Lack, Eddie, illustrator. Crazy Dolphin Game. Crazy Game Series. Los Angeles: Price Stern Sloan, 1996. Grades 1 and up.

Lolita's Legion. For more information on joining, contact Lolita's Legion, Giraffe North, c/o Carl W. Dortch, P.O. Box 338, Coupeville, Washington 98239-0338, USA, e-mail: cwesley@whidbey.net.

Lolita's Legion is a group of school children who are interested in freeing Lolita, the orca held in captivity at Miami Seaquarium. It was started in 1996 by Carl Dortch with 50 children at Hillcrest Elementary School in Oak Harbor, Washington, and has grown to twenty-four chapters worldwide with over 2,000 children. The Legion was formed after studying the Giraffe Project's role modeling/service learning curriculum.

New membership is welcome, and there are no fees. It is only asked that every one who becomes a member write a letter to Miami Seaquarium and to their federal, state, and local lawmakers asking them to write to Miami Seaquarium.

You can have an effect by writing to Lolita's owner, Arthur Hertz, c/o The Miami Seaquarium, 4400 Rickenbacker Causeway, Miami, Florida 33149, USA.

If you have a web page, Lolita's Legion invites you to link to their page (http://www.whidbey.net/lolita). They hope this year to expand Lolita's Legion to other schools in Washington state as well as schools in Florida, Wales, and Russia.

Lowe, Paula C., and Richard F. Ferraro. Dolphin KidKit: Discovery Edition. Seattle, Washington: BigEye, 1994. Grades 2-7.

McKay, Bev. Whale Alert: An Integrated Activity Unit. Nashville, Tennessee: Incentive Publishing, 1993.

Moor, Evan. Whales: A Unit Study. Grades 2-5.

" 48-page teaching resource book that covers literature, scientific facts, creative writing, research skills, art, and math in relationship to whales."

Nakata, Atsuko. Origami 4: Rabbit, Dog, Whale. Heian International Publishing, 1991.

New England Aquarium Teacher Resource Center. Whale Kits. Joel Rubin, Teacher Resource Center, New England Aquarium, Central Wharf Boston, Massachusetts 02110-3399, USA, (617) 973-6590.

The Teacher Resource Center offers curriculum guides, videos, books, marine mammal parts, and programs.

Orams, Mark, and Stephen Stembridge. Dolphin Explorer Educational Kit CD.

From the website: "The secondary school educational kit is designed to aid teachers to prepare lessons on dolphins and whales. The material is prepared for educators teaching high school students but can easily be adapted for use with different age groups. Teachers and leaders with children in the younger age groups are encouraged to adapt portions of this material for their use. Likewise, teachers and leaders with older age groups are able to use the material as a foundation and build on it from additional sources in the reference list.

" Purpose of the educational kit: The general aim of this kit is to promote a greater understanding of the biology and behaviour of dolphins and whales, and to use this understanding to increase awareness of the importance of conserving the marine environment. In writing the educational kit we wished to achieve the following aims:

"To provide up to date information on several themes relating to whales and dolphins. To outline some of the current threats to cetacean survival and identify strategies which can be used to reduce these threats. To provide an introduction to the human whale/dolphin interactions which occur in the Hauraki Gulf, North Island, New Zealand."

Orcas in Our Midst CD-ROM. Sunburst. PC and Mac. Grades 4-8.

"This interdisciplinary program focuses on the study of the Orcas of the Pacific Northwest. Students explore topics in depth and apply their learning to interesting challenges.

"Beginning at the Introduction Screen, students view a brief film about the actual whale pods they will study. They become acquainted with natural and social culture of the maritime Pacific Northwest. Collaborating with their classroom teacher, students design a course of study, selecting from six cross-curricular Investigations that cover such topics as whale identification, whales in legends, or orca population studies. Each investigation encourages students to make scientific observations, take research notes, use math, make cultural connections, develop opinions and write descriptively. For students who want to explore topics on a deeper level, each Investigation is followed by 3 Challenges where they can apply their new learning to interesting situations, such as the physics of echolocation, or the business behind creating a whale-watching adventure.

" Because of its multifaceted construction, Orcas in Our Midst readily lends itself to classrooms with diverse learning styles and ability levels. Students gain valuable insights as they: collect, organize, and categorize authentic data; develop, analyze and interpret graphs; write and test hypotheses; construct and solve multistep problems; use maps effectively; address public policy issues; learn on-line research skills with a direct link to related Web sites."

Petruccio, Steven James. Whales Trading Cards. Mineola, New York: Dover Publications/Canada: General Publishing Company/London: Constable and Company, 1996. Ages 4-8.

From the back cover: "Now you can have your own collection of magnificent whales--beautifully depicted on full-color trading cards. Collect these cards, trade them with your friends, use them as bookmarks . . . Each set contains: 12 full-color trading cards; full, informative descriptions on back; beautiful, accurate depictions of Blue, Gray, Humpback, Sperm, Bowhead, Minke, [Northern Bottlenose, White, Pygmy Sperm, Narwhal, Cuvier's Beaked, and Baird's Beaked whales]."

Project S.E.A.-LINK.

Project S.E.A.-LINK is a nonprofit organization based in Maui, Hawaii, whose mission is to promote marine science, education, and awareness. The goal is to provide a LINK between students, teachers, scientists, the local community, the general public, other nonprofit organizations, and governmental agencies. The website provides resources for students and teachers and features a section where scientists and their work is profiled. Students may write in questions, submit marine artwork, and learn about summer camps, volunteer activities, and career opportunities, and teachers can download curricular materials based on current marine science research.

Protect-A-Dolphin Pod Video and Teaching Kit. The Wild Dolphin Project. Available from The Wild Dolphin ProjectGoodsearch, P.O. Box 3839, Palos Verdes, California 90274, USA, e-mail: wilddp@ix.netcom.com, or from The Video Project, 200 Estates Drive, Ben Lomond, California 95005, USA, 1-800-4-PLANET, 408-336-0160, fax: 408-336-2168, e-mail: videoproject@videoproject.org.

"Here is a complete kit to teach about dolphin behavior, anatomy, and habitat. With a unique emphasis on a pod of Atlantic spotted dolphins, the interrelationships between individual dolphins, their environment, and humans are explored. Beautiful live-action footage, dozens of intimate still shots, and spectacular graphics illustrating concepts such as echolocation and the food pyramid will provide the stimulus for further study of this species. Researcher Dr. Denise Herzing models a respectful scientific approach toward understanding wildlife, while the kit's activities stimulate field research methods. The teaching kit includes fact sheets, suggested activities for various ages, glossary, full-color 20" x 24" poster of dolphins habitats and more."

Trisha: This is an excellent resource.

Reid, E., R. Piwko, A. Diebelo, and P. Newbold. Mastery Workbook for the Whale: "Wh" Sound. Start Reading Series. Northville, Michigan: Start Reading, 1986. (Study guide, student manual, etc.)

Sea World Education Department toll-free number, 1-800-23-SHAMU (TDD: 1-800-TD-SHAMU).

The above number is staffed seven days a week from 9 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. PST for students to call with questions about marine animals. (One would assume this to be a helpful service for questions requiring factual answers, but of dubious value for other kinds of inquiries.)

Schimmel, Nancy. "My Sister's a Whale in the Sea" From the All in This Together Activity Book. Berkeley, California: Sisters' Choice, 1997.

The following is a song lyric and excerpt from an activity book for kids on nature and the environment. See Sisters' Choice for more information. From the All in This Together Activity Book, (c(c) 1997 by Nancy Schimmel. May be copied for use by any non-profit school or organization if this notice is retained. Sisters' Choice, 704 Gilman Street, Berkeley CA 94710.
---------------------------------------

MY SISTER'S A WHALE IN THE SEA

My sister's a whale in the sea; I don't think she knows about me. I like to imagine her swimming around From Stellwagen Bank to Nantucket Sound. My sister, my sister, my sister's a whale in the sea.

My sister's a whale in the sea. I've a copy of her pedigree. I picked out a name and my mom sent the cash, It wasn't much money for such a big splash; My sister, my sister, my sister's a whale in the sea.

My sister's a whale in the sea, Swimming so strong and so free. The money will help people learn about whales, They know which is whose by the cut of their tails. My sister, my sister, my sister's a whale in the sea.

So look on your family tree: Is there room for a humpback or three? There's Mirror and Merlin and Clover and Cloud, A sister or brother to make you feel proud. Your sister, your sister, your sister could very well be A forty-foot whale in the sea.

Words and music (c(c) 1986 by Nancy Schimmel Vocal: The Singing Rainbows · Concertina: Ricky Rackin

THE STORY BEHIND THE SONG

Nancy got a letter from the Whale Adoption Project asking her to adopt a whale. She looked over the photographs of whales' tails the project sends out for people to choose a whale from. Instead of choosing a whale to adopt, she sent the project the above song, which they liked.

MY SISTER'S A WHALE IN THE SEA: THINGS TO FIND OUT

1. On a map of Massachusetts, look just south of Cape Cod (that curl of land that sticks out into the Atlantic) to find Nantucket Sound. Is Stellwagen Bank on your map? This is not the kind of bank you put money in, but a shallow part of the ocean. Look up sound in the dictionary. Which meaning does it have in this song?

2. Look up pedigree in the dictionary. The scientists in the Whale Action Project can recognize whales that come back every year in their migrations and they keep track of which calves belong to which mothers. If they know who your adopted whale's mother and sisters or brothers are, they will tell you.

3. "The money will help people learn about whales . . ." It will also help the whales directly. Whales breathe air, like we do, instead of getting oxygen dissolved in water, as fish do, so they have to come to the surface to breathe. If they get tangled in fishnets or other underwater junk, they may drown. The scientists studying the whales of Stellwagen Bank have also rescued many that were tangled.

"They know which is whose by the cut of their tails . . ." does not mean that the whales' tails have been cut. Sailors used to say "the cut of his jib" when they were talking about someone's appearance. The jib is the triangular sail at the front of an old square-rigged sailing ship. Other people started saying "I like the cut of your jib," when they meant, "You make a good first impression on me." So in the song, "the cut of their tails" refers to the shape and color and markings on a whale's tail.

4. Look up whales in an encyclopedia or find a book about whales. How are humpback whales different from other kinds of whales? Are they baleen or toothed whales? What is the difference? What do humpback whales eat?

BOOKS TO READ AND LOOK AT

You can find out more about the whales of Stellwagen Bank from Crystal, the Story of a Real Baby Whale by Karen Smyth, with drawings by Norma Cuneo (Down East Books, 1986).

If you like to imagine whales swimming around, try The Whales' Song by Dyan Sheldon, illustrated by Gary Blythe (Dial Books for Young Readers, 1990; Talman, 1997).

Why the Whales Came is a story that takes place in England during the first World War. Besides whales, there are ghosts and a curse. It was written by Michael Morpurgo in 1985 and published by Scholastic in 1990.

Soffer, Ruth. Whales & Dolphins Tattoos. Mineola, New York: Dover Publications/Toronto, Ontario, Canada: General Publishing Company/London: Constable and Company, 1997.

From inside front cover: "This book contains 10 temporary tattoos of a variety of whales and dolphins. These safe and nontoxic tattoos can be easily applied . . . The tattoos can be removed if desired . . . , or will wear off after several days; they are also waterproof and can withstand washing with soap and water.

"The [species included are:] (1) Killer Whale; (2) Spinner Dolphin; (3) Northern Bottlenose Whale; (4) Narwhal; (5) Atlantic White-Sided Dolphin; (6) Humpback Whale; (7) Bottlenose Dolphin; (8) Great Blue Whale; (9) Dusky Dolphin; (10) Sperm Whale."

Sohl, Marcia, and Dackerman, Gerald. Moby Dick Student Activity Book. Illustrated by Alex Nino. Now Age Illustrated Series. West Haven, Connecticut: Pendulum Press, 1976. Grades 4-10.

Splash!. "The Card Game of Fast Action and Fast Fun!" For 4-6 players, ages 7 to adult.

"The key to success is quickness and speed. Grab a dolphin before they disappear, and you could be the winner. But you have to be quick, because there are never as many dolphins as there are players."

Shark and Whale. Ultimate Sticker Books. New York: Dorling Kindersley, 1994.

Tails for Whales game. The Great American Puzzle Factory. Ages 6 and up, 1 to 5 players.

"A fast-paced children's game. Match the whales to their tails. Find a pilot, a humpback, and many other whales. Play alone or with friends."

Teaching Science with Whales. Available from Leighton Taylor and Associates, 1677 Sage Canyon Road, St. Helena, California 94574, USA, (707) 963-2260, e-mail: whales@napanet.net.

"Teaching Science with Whales is an educational package designed to use the IMAX/large-format film Whales to teach science. Classroom and take-home exercises and activities link the natural history footage of whales in the film with the National Science Education Standards. The educational materials are published in Adobe Acrobat format (readable and printable on all platforms) on CD-ROM, available from the IMAX theatre showing Whales in your area, [or click here to obtain the complete contents of Teaching Science with Whales in Adobe Acrobat PDF file format.]"

Thorp, Ellis E. Swimming with the Whales. Teacher's edition. New York: fawcett, 1997.

Todd, Barbara.Whale Research booklet.

From the website: ". . . contains information (12pp) on techniques used by researchers who study whales and dolphins. The booklet explains how different types of whales are identified using their tail markings or shape, dorsal fin shape, saddle patches or callosities. These concepts are illustrated by full color photographs."

___________.Whales, Dolphins, and Porpoises: Resource Manual.

From the website: "The Resource Manual (36pp) contains a wealth of background information on whales, dolphins and porpoises, broken down into logical sections to make it easy to use. This is followed by an extensive listing of other references (books, videos and internet sites) that are available on this topic as well as organizations that can be contacted about whale conservation. The information is well written and easy to understand. There is an excellent glossary giving practical explanations of specific terms which would be suitable for students and adults. The final pocket at the back of the book contains information and activities for the large Whale Chart along with reproducible Blackline Master Worksheets which cover a wide range of student activities."

___________.The World of Whales resource kit. The World of Whales, 431 C Street, Lincoln, California 95648, USA, email: info@whaledolphineducation.com.

From the website: "Discover the answers [to many questions] and more in the . . . new educational kit The World of Whales. This comprehensive, multi-level resource kit on whales, dolphins and porpoises will give educators and their students greater knowledge and understanding of the whale and its magical world.

"Use the resource kit in your classroom, as a reference in your library, for home schooling programs, as educational material in your museum or environmental learning center."

Contents of the resource kit: The Whales, Dolphins and Porpoises Chart, To the Depths of the Sea Chart, 8 Concept Charts, Resource Manual, Research Booklet, 20 Activity Sheets, Over 100 Learning Activities

Turnbull, Deborah Lynn. "Dolphins and Whales In Mythology: Part One of a Multidisciplinary Unit." Yale-New Haven Teachers Institute.

The Ultimate Whale and Shark Sticker Book. DK Publishing, 1994.

Wade, Larry. Whales in the Classroom, Vol. 2: Getting to Know the Whales. Illustrated by Stephen Bolles. Minnetonka, Minnesota: Singing Rock Press, 1995. Grades 4-8.

From the website: "Whales in the Classroom is a concept, designed to be an educational experience for middle school children and for those of all ages who love the ocean and its inhabitants . . . The information and activities are designed to give you an experience of some of the types of work that oceanographers do, and helps to emphasize how important and how much fun this work is -- but also serves as a reminder that working hard in school in a variety of subjects helps to give you more choices about what you do and how you do it."

Contains activities and data from scientific data contributed by marine biologists. Also contains interviews with whale biologists.

Contents: From Ocean to Land and Back, Living the Life of a Whale, Whale Research, Whaling and Conservation, Whale Dreams and Visions, Activities

cav@wave.net, a customer of Amazon.com: "It is difficult to evoke excitement about the natural world in young teenagers, but I am devoted to trying! This book is overflowing with hands-on activities, games, and interviews with real people who have a passion for their work. I am an award-winning middle school science teacher, and this is one of the best resources I have found!"

___________. Whales in the Classroom, Vol. I: Oceanography. Illustrated by Stephen Bolles. Minnetonka, Minnesota: Singing Rock Press, 1992. Grades 4-8. (Nonfiction)

Contains many facts, illustrations, activities, and questions and answers.

Contents: Our Changing Earth, Rivers in the Sea, Marine Communities, The Ocean's Clean-Up Crew, Meadows in the Sea, Upwelling: The Underwater Elevator, Marine Ecology, Activities

Whale Conservation Institute Education Division.

Excellent educational programs and curricula for all levels. The Whale Conservation Institute was founded by Dr. Roger Payne, well known for his long-term studies of humpback whale song and the right whales of Patagonia.

The Whale Game. By Wildlife Games. 1985.

From an owner of the game: The primary object of this board game is survival. Each player is a humpback whale, and the hazards that each whale may encounter include whalers, depleted fisheries, pollution, etc. Play consists in rolling a die and moving the corresponding number of squares along the migration routes indicated on the board. Hazard and Bonus cards may add or subtract from your roll.

WhaleNet. J. Michael Williamson, MICS, 20 Moynihan Rd., So. Hamilton, Massachusetts 01982, USA. (In English, French, Spanish, and German)

There is a wealth of information/links on cetacean-related educational/curricular materials at this site, including "Ask a Scientist," as well as information on teacher workshops and professional development. The focus is interdisciplinary education "to foster excitement about learning and the environment."

Whale of a Tale CD. Windows and Macintosh. Texas Caviar, 1995. Ages 5-10.

"When Ernest the orca swallows a book in his breakfast by accident, he begins a journey to discover who won the Great War. Along the way, he also learns about asking questions and friendship from a lively cast of sea creatures. Companion learning activities introduce World War 1, music of Tin Pan Alley, inventions, language arts, whales, and friendship. Games include nautical knot-tying, sea sounds, and more."

Texas Caviar is an award-winning, independent publisher of education CD-ROM titles for children. Each title combines an original story with classic, curriculum-based, liberal arts materials and activities at the computer and away from the computer.

A Whale of a Tale series educational software. Innova Multimedia, 2000.

A Whale of a Tale series is developed around core curriculum topics in Mathematics, Language Arts, Science and Social Studies and utilizes animated cartoon characters to " to add an interesting storyline to the delivery of key curriculum concepts."

Modules: Leap into Language 1, 2, 3; Dive into Math 1, 2, 3; Surf into Science 1, 2, 3; Surf into Science 3, Spanish edition; Swim into Social Studies, 1, 2, 3

Whales. An Eyewitness Kit. New York: Dorling Kindersley, 2000. Ages 8 and up. (Blue, orca, and sperm whales)

An ". . . educational, fun filled kit. Learn about the world of whales. Discover the difference between toothed whales and baleen whales . . . kit includes every thing needed to make three very unique 7" whale replicas and one [sperm] whale tooth. Hours of constructive fun and learning! Kit includes: 2 reusable mold trays, PerfectCast - casting medium, paints and paint brushes, magnets and glue, illustrated educational booklet, instructions."

Whales. A Wonders of Learning Kit from The National Geographic Society Educational Services, P.O. Box 98019, Washington, D.C. 20090-8019, USA, (800) 368-2728, fax: (301) 921-1575. For grades K-2. 1984.

"Presents both large and small whales. Discusses characteristics of whales and some of their adaptations to life in the sea. How whales breathe, communicate. Mothers with calves."

Whales: Integrated Activities for Whole Language and Thematic Teaching. Creative Teaching Press. Grades 2-3.

"A 32-page resource book with integrated activities for literature, math and science, social studies, music and creative dramatics, arts and crafts, cooking, speaking, reading and writing, and P.E. and health. Whales discussed include: gray, right, sperm, killer, bowhead, and sei whales, narwhal, and bottlenose dolphin. Topics covered include: echolocation, the history of whaling, whale migration, and the parts of a whale. There are three whale games for P.E. or recess. The whale songs are sung to the tune of 'Jingle Bells' and 'We Wish You a Merry Christmas.' There are 17 reproducible activity pages."

Whales of the World chart. Available from The National Geographic Society Educational Services, P.O. Box 98019, Washington, D.C. 20090-8019, USA, (800) 368-2728, fax: (301) 921-1575. 1976. 22" x 31".

Whales Tales Neverending Tale.

Kids from all over the world are helping to write this never-ending tale about whales.

"Whalesong is a dramatic journey via lecture, slides, and underwater recordings into a universe of majestic proportion and ancient, compelling rhythms. To capture the charismatic qualities of these magnificent creatures known collectively as the order Cetacea, Whalesong interweaves:

* Dynamic discussion of baleen and toothed whales * A group of slides from some of the world's foremost marine photographers * State-of-the-art underwater recordings

"Whalesong also provides a carefully thought out curriculum for school districts, offering a full day of scientific exploration. Students through all grade levels participate in fun-filled experiments designed to provide a greater understanding of the magic abilities of these amazing animals."

Whale Wise.

A lesson on learning about several different species of whales and dolphins.

World of Whales robotic cetacean exhibit, by Dinamation International. Appeared at NOAA's Silver Spring, Maryland, USA, campus at 1301 East-West Highway, until December 21, 1997, where NOAA hosted the exhibit in association with Explore-It-All Science Center. (Thanks to Peter Blathwyt for this information.)

Dr. Alfred M. Beeton, NOAA's chief scientist, is quoted in the journal Sea Technology, September 1997, pp. 93-94: "The exhibit will allow students and others interested in learning more about whales to experience a simulation of these marine behemoths in their natural habitat without going anywhere near the ocean."

The exhibit is described as including a field-trip package aimed at the elementary school science, math, and language curricula. Teachers are provided with materials to prepare students for their visit to NOAA's Science Learning Center, giving them background on whales and guidelines for investigating their life history, habits, and environment.

The journal goes on to say that students will receive materials and instructions to proceed on a whale watch: "Through a 30-minute voyage into a dramatically created marine environment, the students will search for the answers to questions on whale biology and life history. Students will explore the world of whales using hands-on, active participation with interactive exhibits, and observing, computing, and writing skills."

Dinamation International is reported to have designed and created robotic creatures based on scientifically accurate information and modern technical capabilities.

World of Whales and Dolphins study modules. Formerly available at http://www.campus.bt.com/Tictoc/Phase1. I have been unable to relocate either the modules or Claire Allen.

Claire Allen, a teacher at a primary school in mid-Wales, takes you on an underwater journey into the exciting "World of Whales and Dolphins." By following a series of study modules over twelve weeks, the aim is to show that it is possible to study whales and other marine mammals without harming them.

The twelve modules include: Whaling in History, Modern Hunting, Geographical Habitat, Identification, Feeding, How They Live, Giants of the Deep, Pollution, Dangers at Sea, Communication, Breathing, and Behavior. Each is presented complete with lesson plans, curriculum links, and ideas for implementation in the classroom. Most of the tasks have National Curriculum relevance and are outlined in each module. As well as the tasks there are extension activities which children can do in their own time at school or perhaps at home, involving parents. Included also with each module, or task, are two pages which build up to provide the child with an A-Z of Whale and Dolphin Facts coloring book.

Zimbalist, Alison, and Lorin Driggs. Dolphin Demeanor: Exploring Dolphin Behaviors in the Science Classroom. (Link points to an archived version) Grades 6-12. Subjects: Science, interdisciplinary connections.

"Overview of lesson plan: In this lesson, students examine new evidence of violent behavior in dolphins as a springboard for research on various dolphin behaviors, such as communication, feeding patterns, group behaviors, parenting, navigation, and interactions with humans."

Compilation provided by:

Trisha Lamb (Note: I will be in meditation retreat from September 2005 through January 2009 and will be out of communication during that time.)


Back to Cetacean Bibliographies, Audiography, and Videography

Back to Whale-Watching-Web


Whale-Watching Web:
Editors